UPL Limitedenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/... · 1.4.1 Salient Features and Details of Proposed Project 1-5 1.4.2 Location of the Project 1-11 1.4.3 Importance of the

Environmental Impact Assessment&Environmental Management Plan Report

for

Expansion of Manufacturing Capacity of existingproducts and manufacturing of new pesticides

&intermediate chemicals, proposed

by M/s. UPL Limited Unit # 01(ToRF. No.IA-J-11011/582/2017-IA-II(I))

IA/GJ/IND2/71819/2017

UPL Limited(Unit # 1), Plot No.- 117/118, Notified Industrial Estate,

GIDC, Ankleshwar (Gujarat)

AUGUST 2018

Consultant

Shivalik Solid Waste Management LimitedSCO 20-21, Dhakoli, Zirakpur, Punjab- 140 604

(NABET Accredited Environmental Consultant)

(NABET/EIA/1619/RA0040 dated 16 Feb 2017)

(Valid up to 28 March 2019)

EIA/EMP Report for Capacity Expansion of Manufacturing Capacity of Existing Products and Manufacturing of New Pesticides, Intermediate Chemicals (Unit # 1), Plot No.- 117/118, Notified Industrial Estate, GIDC, Ankleshwar (Gujarat)

Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd.

Declaration by Experts contributing to this EIA - EMP and Risk Assessment Declaration by EIA Co-ordinator/s under NABET scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations

I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed

the above EIA.

EIA Coordinator: Name: Ashok Kumar Sharma

Signature & Date: Period of involvement: from March 2018

Contact information:

Office address: - SCO 20-21, 2nd Floor, Near Hotel Dolphin, Baltana, Zirakpur Punjab- 140604 Phone/Telefax: 01762–509496

Declaration by Experts involved in each Functional Area identified under NABET scheme

for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations

I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team for the role/s and assignments carried

out as mentioned herewith.

S.

No.

Functional

Areas

Name of the

Expert/s

Involvement

(Period &Task**)

Signature

I. EIA

Coordinator

Mr. Ashok

Kumar Sharma

March 2018 –till date

EIA Co-

Coordinator

Mr. Vinod

Kumar Gautam

March 2018- till date

II. Functional Area Expert



S.

No.

Functional

Areas

Name of the

Expert/s

Involvement

(Period &Task**)

Signature

1. AP* (Air Pollution

Monitoring,

Prevention &

Control)

Ms. Daksha

Gupta

Quantification of Air pollution and Assessment of Impacts. Period of

Involvement: Mar

2018 –till date

2. RH* (Risk Assessment & Hazard Management)

Mr.Vinod

Kumar Gautam

&

Mr. Shankar

Karhale

Assisted approved FAE during study period Coordinating safety studies, finalization of DMP, contribution to RA/DMP Documentation and contribution to EIA documentation.

3. WP* (Water Pollution Monitoring, Prevention & Control)

Dr. P N

Parameswaran,

Mr. Snehal R.

Lokhandwala &

Mr. Shankar

Karhale

Quantification of water pollution and Assessment of Impacts. Period of

Involvement: Mar

2018 –till date.

4. SHW* (Solid and Hazardous Waste Management)

Ms. Daksha

Gupta &

Mr. Vinod

Kumar Gautam

& Dr. P N

Parameswaran

Quantification of Solid & Hazardous Waste and Assessment of Impacts. Period of

Involvement: Mar

2018 –till date



S.

No.

Functional

Areas

Name of the

Expert/s

Involvement

(Period &Task**)

Signature

5. SE* (Socio-economics)

Sayantani

Chatterjee

Collection and Compilation of Socio-economic data. scenario and CSR Plan. Period of Involvement: May 2018 –till date

6. EB* (Ecology & Biodiversity)

Dr. I. S. Dua,

Mr Silbhadra

Brahma &

Shivani Dutt.

Conducted primary survey work at site, collected information about flora and fauna from Forest department and checked. Period of

Involvement: May

2018 –till date.

7. HG* (Hydrology, Ground Water & Water Conservation)

Yamesh

Sharma

Provided guidance

on Hydrology

aspects of the EIA

Report.

8. GEO* (Geology)

Subhash

Chander

Sharma

Geology and

geomorphologic

analysis based on

secondary data.

9. SC* (Soil Conservation)

BS Lole. Interpretation of

baseline data of soil

analysis and its

interpretation.

Preparation of draft

report considering

impact and



S.

No.

Functional

Areas

Name of the

Expert/s

Involvement

(Period &Task**)

Signature

mitigation on Soil as

per guidelines.

10 LU and NV* (Land use Noise & Vibration)

Mr. Vinay

Kumar

Kurukula

Quantification of Noise & Vibration and Assessment of Impacts. Period of Involvement: March 2018 –till date.

11 AQ* (Meteorology, Air Quality Modeling & Prediction)

Mrs. Daksha

Gupta

Checking air quality data, evaluation of results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM), supervision of air quality modeling and prediction, identification of impacts, suggestion and finalization of mitigation measures. Period of Involvement: March 2018 –till date

Table 12.2: Team Members (TM) and FAA (Functional Area Associate) Associated with the Study

S. No.

Functional Areas

Name of the TM/FAA

Involvement (Period & Task**)

Signature

1. AP* (Air Pollution Monitoring, Prevention & Control)

Vishal Kalhapure Assisted approved FAE Period of Involvement: during study period. Assisted FAE in Site visit, checking air quality data, evaluation of results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM).

2. SHW* (Solid and Hazardous

Vishal Kalhapure & Niraj Jumari Parihar

Assisted approved FAE in Identification of solid and Hazardous Wastes generated, designs for temporary



S. No.

Functional Areas

Name of the TM/FAA

Involvement (Period & Task**)

Signature

Waste Management)

storage facilities for hazardous wastes, mitigation measures for management of hazardous waste, contribution to the EIA documentation.

3. SC* (Soil Conservation)

S. Brahma Assisted approved FAE and site visited and collection of base line data of soil analysis and along with field observation, Preparation of draft report.

4. NV* (Noise & Vibration)

Niraj Kumari Parihar

Assisted approved during study period, analysis of data, identification of impacts and mitigation measures, and contribution to EIA documentation.

5. RH* (Risk Assessment & Hazard Management)

Baseem Zafar Assisted approved FAE during study period Coordinating safety studies, finalization of DMP, contribution to RA/DMP Documentation and contribution to EIA documentation.

6. AQ* (Meteorology, Air Quality Modeling & Prediction)

Baseem Zafar Assisted approved in checking air quality data, evaluation of results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM), and contribution to EIA documentation& compilation of report.


Sunita Dhirta Assisted approved FAE in Collection and Compilation of Socio-economic data.



Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization: I, Ashok Kumar Sharma, hereby, confirm that the above-mentioned experts prepared the EIA / EMP and RA Report for proposed EXPANSION of M/s UPL Ltd. (Unit#1) located at Plot no.-117/118, Notified Industrial Estate, GIDC, Ankleshwar in Gujarat State, India. I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement.

Name: Ashok Kumar Sharma Designation: CEO Signature: Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: Shivalik Solid Waste Management Limited. NABET Certificate: Re-accreditation granted for category A Valid till 16th Feb 2019 Listed at sr. no. 135 of list of accredited consultant organizations (alphabetically) – Rev. 69, Sept 05, 2018.



EIA/EMP Report for Capacity Expansion of Manufacturing Capacity of ExistingProducts and Manufacturing of New Pesticides, Intermediate Chemicals (Unit # 1),Plot No.- 117/118, Notified Industrial Estate, GIDC, Ankleshwar (Gujarat)

Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. i

Index

Declaration by M/s Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd.

Declaration by Function Area Experts Contributing to the EIAUndertaking by Proponent

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1 Background 1-1

1.2 Identification of Project & Project Proponent 1-2

1.3 Purpose of the EIA Report 1-51.4 Brief Description of the Project Nature, Size, Location of the Project and Its

Importance to the Country, Region 1-5

1.4.1 Salient Features and Details of Proposed Project 1-51.4.2 Location of the Project 1-11

1.4.3 Importance of the project to the Region & Country 1-17

1.5 Terms of Reference for EIA Study 1-18

1.5.1 Compliance of Standard Terms of References (ToR) 1-181.5.2 Compliance of Amended Specific ToR During 36th Expert

AppraisalCommittee (Industry-2) held on held during 24-26 April 20181-37

1.6 Regulatory Framework 1-39

1.6.1 Certified Copies of Previous Environmental Clearance 1-421.7 Structure of the EIA Report 1-43

CHAPTER 2: DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

2.1 Introduction 2-1

2.2 Type and Needs of The Project 2-1

2.3 Technology Assessment 2-12.4 Existing and Proposed Production Capacity 2-1

2.5 By Product List (Existing and After Expansion) 2-2

2.6 Manufacturing Process, Reaction and Mass Balance for ExistingandProposed Products

2-13

2.6.1 MANCOZEB (Existing & Proposed) 2-13

2.6.2 Antracol (Existing & Proposed) 2-18

2.6.3 MANEB (Existing & Proposed) 2-222.6.4 ZINEB (Existing & Proposed) 2-27

2.6.5 ZIRAM (Existing & Proposed) 2-31

2.6.6 MONOCHROTOPHOS (Existing & Proposed) 2-362.6.7 DDVP (Existing & Proposed) 2-39

2.6.8 Flonicamide (IKI) (Existing & Proposed) 2-41

2.6.9 TEBUCONAZOLE (Existing & Proposed) 2-492.6.10 Aciflourofen (Existing & Proposed) 2-54

2.6.11 Sulfosulfuran (Existing & Proposed) 2-55

2.6.12 Tri Methyl Phosphite (Existing & Proposed) 2-59

2.6.13 Tri-Ethyl Phosphite (TEP) (Existing & Proposed) 2-632.6.14 KARPHOS (PROPOSED) 2-66


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. ii

2.6.15 Amino Aceto Nitrile Sulphate (AANS) (Proposed Intermediate Product) 2-742.6.16 METALAXYL (Proposed) 2-75

2.6.17 Imazapic (Proposed) 2-79

2.6.18 Process Description for Manufacturing Liquid Pesticide Formulation(Existing & Proposed) 2-84

2.6.19 Process Description for Manufacturing Solid Pesticide Formulation (Existing& proposed) 2-84

2.7 Raw Materials Requirements 2-852.8 Salt Generation from Evaporation (Before and After Expansion) 2-97

2.9 Solvent Recovery (After Expansion) 2-97

2.10 Resource Optimization/Recycling And Reuse at Unit 1 of UPL 2-982.11 Utilities Requirements 2-99

2.11.1 Water 2-99

2.11.2 Steam Generation 2-992.11.3 Power 2-

101

2.11.4 Cooling Tower 2-101

2.11.5 Chilled Water 2-101

2.11.6 Chilled Brine 2-101

2.12 Plant Plot Area and Layout Plan 2-101

2.13 Manpower Requirement 2-102

2.14 Cost of Proposed Expansion 2-103

2.15 Sources of Pollution and Its Control Strategies 2-105

2.15.1 Effluents Generation, Treatment and Disposal 2-105

2.15.2 Gaseous and Particulate Emissions from Stacks 2-108

2.15.3 Hazardous and Solid Wastes Generations and Its Management 2-115

CHAPTER 3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 Introduction 3-13.2 Topography and Physiography 3-1

3.3 Geology of the Area 3-2

3.4 Soil Characteristics 3-33.4.1 Soil Type/ Soil Classification 3-3

3.4.2 Soil Characteristics 3-4

3.5 Water Resources 3-113.5.1 Surface Water Resources 3-11


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. iii

3.5.2 Ground Water Resources 3-123.6 Ground and Surface Water Quality in Study Area 3-15

3.6.1 Ground Water Quality 3-15

3.6.2 Surface Water Quality 3-243.6.3 Treated Effluent Analysis 3-28

3.7 Climatology And Meteorology 3-29

3.7.1 Introduction 3-29

3.7.2 Climatological Data for Surat IMD Station 3-303.7.3 Micro Meteorological Data For The Site 3-34

3.8 Ambient Air Quality 3-40

3.8.1 Ambient Air Quality Sampling Period 3-403.8.2 Selection of Ambient Air Sampling Locations 3-41

3.8.3 Parameters and Frequency of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 3-44

3.8.4 Sampling and Analytical Techniques 3-44

3.8.5 Results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 3-453.9 Stack Emission Monitoring and Fugitive Emission Monitoring 3-60

3.9.1 Stack Emission Monitoring 3-60

3.9.2 Fugitive Emissions Monitoring 3-603.9.3 VOC Monitoring at Existing Plant 3-67

3.10 Ambient Noise Levels 3-67

3.10.1 Noise Monitoring Locations 3-673.10.2 Day and Night Time Leq Noise Levels In the Study Area 3-69

3.10.3 Occupational Noise Levels Within The Existing Plant 3-71

3.11 Traffic Study in the Study Area 3-72

3.12 Landuse& Land Cover through Satellite Imagery Interpretation 3-743.12.1 Methodology adopted for Satellite Imagery Interpretation 3-74

3.12.2 Landuse Land Use and Land Cover for the Study Area 3-75

3.13 Biological Environment 3-793.13.1 Methodology for Biological Study 3-79

3.13.2 Vegetation with in Unit #1 of UPL Plant 3-79

3.13.3 Flora of the Buffer Study Area (Terrestrial Vegetation) 3-823.13.4 Wildlife and Avifauna of The Study Area 3-87

3.14 Socio-Economic Environment 3-91

3.14.1 Introduction 3-91

3.14.2 Demographic and Occupational Pattern of Bharuch District 3-913.14.3 Demographics Details of the Settlements in the Study Area 3-93

3.14.4 Socio-Economic Status of the Study Area 3-94

3.14.5 Living Standards And Infrastructure 3-953.15 List of Major Industries in the study Area 3-96

CHAPTER 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS& MITIGATION MEASURES


4.2 Identification of Activities for Proposed Project 4-14.3 Methodology for Qualitatively Assessment of Environmental Impacts 4-2

4.4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts Due to the Proposed Expansion 4-7


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. iv

4.4.1 Topography and Physiographic 4-74.4.2 Impact on Soil 4-8

4.4.3 Water Resources and Quality 4-10

4.4.4 Meteorology 4-164.4.5 Air Environment 4-16

4.4.5.1 Air Pollutants Dispersion Modeling for Prediction of impacts on Ambient AirQuality

4-19

4.4.6 Impact on Noise Levels 4-484.4.7 Impact on Land Use & Aesthetics 4-54

4.4.8 Impacts due to Waste Generation 4-55

4.4.9 Impact on Flora and Fauna 4-564.4.10 Socio Economic Impacts 4-58

4.4.11 Impacts of the Transport of the Raw Materials and End-Products 4-59

4.5 Impact Evaluation 4-60

CHAPTER 5: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.1 Introduction 5-15.2 Project Alternatives 5-1

5.2.1 Without Project Alternative 5-1

5.2.2 With Project Alternative 5-25.3 Alternatives for Site 5-2

5.4 Alternatives for Resource Optimization/ Recycling and Reuse 5-2

CHAPTER 6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN


6.2 Environmental Monitoring Parameters 6-26.3 Environmental Monitoring Procedure During Emergency 6-4

6.4 Environmental Monitoring Plan with Cost Estimates 6-4

6.5 Budget for Implementation of Environmental Monitoring Plan 6-4

CHAPTER 7:ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 Introduction 7-17.2 Hazard Identification 7-1

7.3 Bulk Storage of Hazardous Chemicals at the Plant 7-2

7.3.1 Hazard Associated with Hazardous Materials Stored at The Plant 7-27.3.2 Hazardous Conditions 7-14

7.4 Accidental Release Scenarios for Consequence Analysis 7-14

7.4.1 Methodology for Selection of Accident Scenarios 7-247.4.2 Maximum Credible Scenarios for Consequence Analysis 7-24

7.5 Consequence Analysis 7-26

7.5.1 Model Used for Consequence Analysis 7-27

7.5.2 Consequence Analysis 7-287.6 Frequency Analysis 7-42

7.6.1 Equipment Failure Frequency 7-42


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. v

7.6.2 Frequency Analysis for the Plant 7-437.7 Risk Analysis and Summation 7-43

7.7.1 Qualitative Risk Matrix 7-43

7.7.2 Quantitative Risk Analysis & Summation 7-457.7.3 Risk Summation 7-46

7.8 Risk Mitigation Measures 7-52

7.8.1 Safety at the Existing Plant 7-52

7.8.2 System Specific Measures 7-527.8.3 Safety Measures at the Plant 7-53

7.8.4 Overall Risk Reduction Measures 7-57

7.9 Disaster Management Plan 7-637.9.1 Updation of Disaster Management Plan 7-63

CHAPTER 8: PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 General 8-1

8.2 Employment Opportunities 8-1

8.3 Other Tangible Benefits 8-2

CHAPTER 9: ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.1 General 9-1

CHAPTER 10: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN


10.2 Purpose of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) 10-1

10.3 Occupational Health and Safety 10-210.4 Environmental Management Cell 10-3

10.5 Environmental Management Plan for Construction Phase 10-6

10.5.1 Pollution Control Arrangement / Mitigative Measures for Construction Phase 10-610.6 Infrastructure Facilities for labour during construction as well as

Operational phase10-21

10.7 Solvent Management Plan 10-21

10.8 Energy Conservation Measures 10-22

10.9 Natural Resource Conservation 10-26

10.10 “Best Manufacturing practice” and “Safe Practice” for Handling Storage,Transportation and Unloading of Hazardous Chemicals

10-27

10.10.1 Best Manufacturing Practices 10-27

10.10.2 Safe Practices 10-28

10.11 Green Belt Development 10-30


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. vi

10.11.1 Design and Development of Green Belt 10-33

10.11.2 Guidelines & Technique for Green Belt Development 10-33

10.11.3 Plantation Details for Green Belt Development at Unit # 1 10-33

10.12 Occupational Health & Safety after Expansion 10-36

10.12.1 Details of Occupational Health Program 10-36

10.12.2 Occupational Health Surveillance Programme 10-36

10.13 Rain Water Harvesting 10-40

10.14 Odour Control Action Plan 10-40

10.15 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) Programme 10-45

10.16 Compliance To Corporate Responsibility For Environmental Protection(CREP) Guidelines

10-48

10.16.1 Segregation of Waste Streams 10-53

10.16.2 Detoxification and Treatment of High COD Wastes Streams 10-53

10.16.3 Efficient Recovery systems for Solvents 10-53

10.16.4 Improvement in Solvent Recovery 10-54

10.16.5 Hazardous Air Pollutants Control 10-54

10.16.6 Control of Fugitive Emissions / VOCs 10-54

10.16.7 Upgradation of Incinerator 10-55

10.16.8 Bio Assay Test and Toxicity Factor 10-55

10.17 Budgetary Provisions for EMP Implementation 10-55

CHAPTER 11: SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS

11.1 Introduction 11-111.1.1 Terms of Reference for EIA Study 11-2

11.2 Project description 11-2

11.2.1 Existing and Proposed Production Capacity 11-2

11.2.2 By Product List (Existing and After Expansion) 11-11

11.2.3 Utilities and Water Requirements 11-


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. vii

1211.3 Description of the Environment 11-

13

11.3.1 Ambient Air Quality 11-13

11.3.2 Stack Emission Monitoring 11-13

11.3.3 Waste Water Generation 11-13

11.3.4 Hazardous Waste Generation and Disposal 11-14

11.3.5 Soil Quality 11-14

11.3.6 Noise Monitoring Details 11-14

11.3.7 Surface Water Monitoring Details 11-15

11.3.8 Ground Water Quality 11-15

11.3.9 Socio Economic Aspects 11-15

11.4 Anticipated environmental impacts and mitigation measures 11-16

11.4.1 Air Quality Modelling and Impact 11-16

11.4.2 Mitigation Measures during Construction & Operation Phase 11-16

11.5 Analysis of alternatives (technology and site) 11-17

11.6 Environmental Monitoring Plan 11-17

11.7 Additional Studies – Risk Assessment 11-17

11.8 Project Benefits 11-17

11.9 Environmental Management Plan 11-18

11.9.1 Green Belt Development 11-18

11.10 Conclusions 11-19

CHAPTER 12: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

12.1 The Consultant 12-1

12.2 Profile of Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. 12-1

12.3 EIA Coordinator and Functional Area Experts 12-2


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. viii


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. ix

List of TablesCHAPTER 1:

Table 1.1 Salient Features and Details of the Project 1-5Table 1.2 Regulatory Framework 1-39

CHAPTER 2 : PROJECT DESCRIPTION

Table 2.1 Existing and Proposed Production Capacities after Expansion 2-3

Table 2.2 Pesticide Formulation Products (Existing & After Expansion) -Excluded in EIA Notification

2-10

Table 2.3 Details of By-product Generated from Existing ManufacturingProcess and After Expansion

2-12

Table 2.4 Raw Materials Requirements for Existing Plant and afterExpansion

2-86

Table 2.5 Details of Existing and Proposed Storage of Raw Materials Storageat the Plant

2-92

Table 2.6 Details of Existing And Proposed Storage Quantity for Other RawMaterials

2-94

Table 2.7 Solvent Recovery (After Expansion) 2-97Table 2.8 Water Requirement Details 2-99

Table 2.9 Land Use Planning and Break-up of Plant Area 2-101

Table 2.10 Manpower Details for Existing Plant and after expansion 2-101

Table 2.11 Estimated Approx. Capital Cost of the Project 2-103Table 2.12 Waste Water Generation Details 2-105

Table 2.13 Discharge Standards for Treated Effluents Prescribed by GPCB 2-107

Table 2.14 Discharge Standards for Treated Sewage Prescribed by GPCB 2-108Table 2.15 Details of Flue Gas Stacks at Existing Plant 2-109

Table 2.16 Details of Flue Gas Stacks after Expansion 2-110

Table 2.17 Fuel Consumption at Existing Plant and After Expansion 2-111

Table 2.18 Process Stacks at Existing Plant 2-112Table 2.19 Process Stacks at Existing Plant and after Expansion 2-113

Table 2.20 Hazardous Waste Details (Existing and After Proposed Expansion) 2-118

Table 2.21 Other Waste Generation and Disposal (Existing and AfterProposed Expansion)

2-120


Table 3.1 Stratigraphical Sequence of the Ankleshwar Area 3-2

Table 3.2 Soil Type/ Soil Classification of the Study Area 3-3Table 3.3 Soil Sampling Locations 3-6

Table 3.4 Standard Soil Classification 3-8

Table 3.5 Soil Characteristics of the Study Area 3-9

Table 3.6 Ground Water Sampling Locations 3-15Table 3.7 Ground Water Quality in the Study Area 3-21

Table 3.8 Surface Water Sampling Locations 3-24

Table 3.9 Designated Best Uses of Water as per CPCB 3-26


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. x

Table 3.10 Analysis Results of Surface Water Samples 3-27Table 3.11 Analysis Results of Treated Waste Water 3-28

Table 3.12 Highest and Lowest Temperatures in the Area 3-30

Table 3.13 Wind Speed in the Area 3-31Table 3.14 Rainfall in the Area 3-31

Table 3.15 Wind Direction (From) in the Area 3-32

Table 3.16 Special Weather Phenomena in the Area 3-33

Table 3.17 Summary of Site Specific Micro-meteorological Data 3-40Table 3.18 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations 3-41

Table 3.19 Techniques Used for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 3-45

Table 3.20 Ambient Air Quality at Gadkhol (AAQMS 1) 3-47Table 3.21 Ambient Air Quality at Juna Diva (AAQMS 2) 3-48

Table 3.22 Ambient Air Quality at Kapodra (AAQMS 3) 3-49

Table 3.23 Ambient Air Quality at Dahal Imam (AAQMS 4) 3-50

Table 3.24 Ambient Air Quality at Project Site (AAQMS 5) 3-51Table 3.25 Ambient Air Quality at Kasiya (AAQMS 6) 3-52

Table 3.26 Ambient Air Quality Amboli (AAQMS 7) 3-53

Table 3.27 Ambient Air Quality at BEIL (AAQMS 8) 3-54Table 3.28 Summary of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring for NAMQS

Parameters3-55

Table 3.29 Summary of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring forAdditional Parameter as per Standard TOR

3-57

Table 3.30 Stack Monitoring for Process and Flue Gas Stacks at the ExistingPlant

3-61

Table 3.31 Fugitive Emissions Monitoring at The Existing Plant 3-66

Table 3.32 VOC Monitoring at Existing Plant 3-67

Table 3.33 Noise Measurements Locations 3-68

Table 3.34 Day and Night Time Leq at Noise Monitoring Locations 3-69Table 3.35 Occupational Noise Levels Within The Plant 3-71

Table 3.36 Details of Traffic Survey on the Ahmedabad-Mumbai NationalHighway-8

3-73

Table 3.37 Land use Land Use and Land Cover for the Study Area 3-76

Table 3.38 Vegetation within the Unit #1 of UPL 3-80

Table 3.39 Plantation of Species in Drums/Pots within Unit #1 of UPL 3-82Table 3.40 Tree Species Present In The Study Area 3-83

Table 3.41 Avifauna of The Study Area 3-87

Table 3.42 Fauna of The Study Area Reptiles 3-90

Table 3.43 Demographic pattern of Bharuch District 3-91Table 3.44 Demographic Details of the Study Area 3-97

Table 3.45 Occupational Pattern of the Study Area 3-100

Table 3.46 List of Major Industries in the study Area 3-102

CHAPTER 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS& MITIGATIONMEASURES

Table 4.1 Impact Rating Assessment Matrix 4-3

Table 4.2 Impact Prediction Matrix during Construction Phase of Unit #1 of 4-5


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. xi

UPL PlantTable 4.3 Impact prediction Matrix during Operation Phase of Unit #1 of

UPL Plant4-6

Table 4.4 Impact Assessment Rating Matrix 4-7

Table 4.5 Stack Emission Loads for Flue Gas Stacks After Expansion 4-20

Table 4.6 Process Stack Emission Loads After Expansion 4-21

Table 4.7 Highest 24- Hourly and Seasonal Incremental GLC Values forParticulate Matter and Grid Point Locations

4-22

Table 4.8 Table 4.8: Highest 24- Hourly and Seasonal IncrementalGLCValues for Sulphur Dioxide and Grid Point Locations

4-25

Table 4.9 Highest 24- Hourly and Seasonal Incremental GLCValues forNitrogen Dioxide and Grid Point Locations

4-28

Table 4.10 Highest 24- Hourly and Seasonal Incremental GLCValues for HCland Grid Point Locations

4-31

Table 4.11 Highest 24- Hourly and Seasonal Incremental GLCValues for Cl2and Grid Point Locations

4-33

Table 4.12 Highest 24- Hourly and Seasonal Incremental GLCValues for NH3and Grid Point Locations

4-35

Table 4.13 Highest 24- Hourly and Seasonal Incremental GLC Valuesfor H2Sand Grid Point Locations

4-37

Table 4.14 Highest 24- Hourly and Seasonal Incremental GLCValues for CS2and Grid Point Locations

4-39

Table 4.15 Highest 24- Hourly and Seasonal Incremental GLCValues for VOCand Grid Point Locations

4-41

Table 4.16 24 Hourly GLCs Values at Discrete Locations in The Study Area 4-43

Table 4.17 Typical Noise Levels of Construction Equipment& Works 4-49Table 4.18 Noise Modelling Results for Construction Phase 4-50

Table 4.19 Impact Prediction of Noise Levels During ConstructionPhase atNearby Settlements

4-51

Table 4.20 Permissible Noise Exposures for Industrial Workers 4-52

Table 4.21 Impact Prediction of Noise Levels During Operation Phase 4-53

Table 4.22 Weighted Impacts without Mitigation Measures (Matrix Method) 4-62Table 4.23 Weighted Impacts with Mitigation Measures (Matrix method) 4-63

CHAPTER 6 : ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

Table 6.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan during Construction Phase 6-5

Table 6.2 Environmental Monitoring Plan during Operation Phase 6-5

CHAPTER 7: RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

Table 7.1 Details of Bulk Storage of Hazardous Chemicals at Unit # 1 of UPL

after Expansion

7-3

Table 7.2 Physical State, Physical and Fire and Toxicity Properties of 7-15


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. xii

Hazardous MaterialsTable 7.3 Hazardous Characteristic, Storage Mode and Type of Hazards (as

per NFPA)7-19

Table 7.4 List of Selected Scenarios for Consequence Analysis 7-25Table 7.5 Consequence Analysis for Flammable Hazardous Materials 7-28

Table 7.6 Consequence Analysis for Toxic Hazardous Materials 7-31

Table 7.7 Qualitative Risk Matrix for the Unit #1 of UPL Ltd. 7-45

CHAPTER 10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Table 10.1 EMP for Construction Phase 10-6Table 10.2 EMP for Operational Phase 10-8

Table 10.3 Vegetation within the Unit #1 of UPL Plant 10-31

Table 10.4 Plantation of Species in Drums/Pots within Unit #1 10-33Table 10.5 Main Odorous compounds, Properties, Exposure, Type of Odour

and Its Health Impact10-41

Table 10.6 Odor Control Action Plan Implemented at Existing Plant 10-43

Table 10.7 Odour Generating Operations and Activitiesafter ProposedExpansion of Existing Plant

10-43

Table 10.8 Summary Tentative Budget for Five-year ESC Plan 10-51

Table 10.9 Five Year Budget for Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) 10-52Table10.10

Budget for EMP Implementation for Existing and After Expansion 10-55

CHAPTER 11: SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

Table 11.1 Details of By-product Generated from Existing ManufacturingProcess and After Expansion

11-5

CHAPTER 12: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

Table 12.1 EIA Coordinator and Functional Area Experts(FAEs) for the Project

12-2

Table 12.2 Team Members (TM) and FAA (Functional Area Associate)Associated with the Study

12-4


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. xiii

List of Figures

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

Figure 1.1 Location Index Map of the UPL’s Unit #1 1-13

Figure 1.2 Location UPL’s Unit # 1 in Notified GIDC 1-14Figure 1.3 10 Km Area Around the Unit # 1 of UPL on Toposheet Map 1-15

Figure 1.4 10 Km Area Around the Unit # 1 of UPLon Google Map 1-16

Figure 1.5 Unit #1 of UPL on Google Map 1-17

CHAPTER 2 : PROJECT DESCRIPTION

Figure 2.1 Process Flow Diagram for Mancozeb 2-16Figure 2.2 Process Flow Diagram for ML Treatment & MEE for Mancozeb 2-17

Figure 2.3 Process Flow Diagram for Scrubber for Mancozeb 2-17

Figure 2.4 Process Flow Diagram for Antracol 2-20

Figure 2.5 Process Flow Diagram NH3Recovery and Scrubber for Antracol 2-21Figure 2.6 Process Flow Diagram NH3Recovery and Scrubber for MANEB 2-25

Figure 2.7 Process Flow Diagram ML Treatment and Scrubber for MANEB 2-26

Figure 2.8 Process Flow Diagram for Zineb 2-30Figure 2.9 Process Flow Diagram for Scrubber for Zineb 2-31

Figure 2.10 Process Flow Diagram for ZIRAM 2-34

Figure 2.11 Process Flow Diagram for ML treatment & MEE treatment andScrubber for ZIRAM

2-35

Figure 2.12 Process Flow Diagram forMonocrotophos 2-38

Figure 2.13 Process Flow Diagram for DDVP 2-40Figure 2.14 Process Flow Diagram for Step 1 of Flonicamidee 2-44

Figure 2.15 Process Flow Diagram for Step 2of Flonicamidee 2-45

Figure 2.16 Process Flow Diagram for Step 3of Flonicamidee 2-46

Figure 2.17 Process Flow Diagram for Step 4of Flonicamidee 2-47Figure 2.18 Process Flow Diagram for Step 1of Tebuconazole 2-51

Figure 2.19 Process Flow Diagram for Step 2of Tebuconazole 2-52

Figure 2.20 Process Flow Diagram for Aciflourofen 2-55Figure 2.21 Process Flow Diagram for Step 1 for Sulfosulfuran 2-57

Figure 2.22 Process Flow Diagram for Step 2 for Sulfosulfuran 2-58

Figure 2.23 Process Flow Diagram for Tri Methyl Phosphate 2-61

Figure 2.24 Process Flow Diagram for Tri-Ethyl Phosphite 2-65Figure 2.25 Process Flow Diagram for Step 2 for KARPHOS(contd…) 2-69

Figure 2.26 Process Flow Diagram for Step 2 for KARPHOS (contd…) 2-70

Figure 2.27 Process Flow Diagram for Step 3 for KARPHOS 2-72Figure 2.28 Process Flow Diagram for Amino Aceto Nitrile Sulphate 2-74

Figure 2.29 Process Flow Diagram for METALAXYL 2-77

Figure 2.30 Process Flow Diagram for IMAZAPIC 2-82Figure 2.31 Schematic Diagram for Liquid Pesticide 2-84

Figure 2.32 Schematic Diagram for Solid Pesticide Formulation 2-85

Figure 2.33 Water Balance Diagram 2-100


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. xiv

Figure 2.34 Pproposed Effluent Treatment Sscheme 2-106

Figure 2.35 Site Layout Plan for UPL Plant 2-117


Figure 3.1 Generalized Stratigraphy of Ankleshwar Area 3-3

Figure 3.2 Soil Map of Study Area 3-5

Figure 3.3 Soil Sampling Locations 3-7

Figure 3.4 Drainage Map of the Study Area 3-11Figure 3.5 Hydrogeological Map of the Area 3-14

Figure 3.6 Ground Water Sampling Locations 3-16

Figure 3.7 Surface Water Sampling Locations 3-25Figure 3.8 Monthly Wind Rose Diagram (Jan to March) 3-35

Figure 3.9 Monthly Wind Rose Diagram (April to June) 3-36

Figure 3.10 Monthly Wind Rose Diagram (July to Sept) 3-37Figure 3.11 Monthly Wind Rose Diagram (Oct to Dec) 3-38

Figure 3.12 Wind Rose Diagram for (Towards Diagram) at the site duringstudy period

3-42

Figure 3.13 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations 3-43Figure 3.14 Graphical Representation of PM10Values 3-58

Figure 3.15 Graphical Representation of PM2.5Values 3-58

Figure 3.16 Graphical Representation of SO2Values 3-59Figure 3.17 Graphical Representation of NO2Values 3-59

Figure 3.18 Graphical Representation of NO2Values 3-60

Figure 3.19 Ambient Noise Monitoring Locations 3-70Figure 3.20 Graphical Presentation of Noise Levels in the Study Area 3-71

Figure 3.21 Process Flow Diagram for Satellite Imagery Interpretation 3-76

Figure 3.22 False colour composite (FCC) satellite Imagery for Study 3-77

Figure 3.23 Landuse and Land cover of the Study area through SatelliteImagery

3-78

CHAPTER 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS& MITIGATION MEASURES

Figure 4.1 Process Flow Diagram for Existing ETP 4-14Figure 4.2 Schematic Diagram for the Proposed STP 4-15

Figure 4.3 Isopleths for Particulate Matter for 24 Hours GLCs 4-23

Figure 4.4 Isopleths for Particulate for Seasonal GLCs 4-24Figure 4.5 Isopleths for Sulphur Dioxide for 24 Hours GLCs 4-26

Figure 4.6 Isopleths for Sulphur Dioxide for Seasonal GLCs 4-27

Figure 4.7 Isopleths for Nitrogen Dioxide for 24 Hours GLCs 4-29

Figure 4.8 Isopleths for Nitrogen Dioxide for Seasonal GLCs 4-30Figure 4.9 Isopleths for HCl for 24 Hourly GLCs 4-32

Figure 4.10 Isopleths for Cl2 for 24 Hourly GLCs 4-34

Figure 4.11 Isopleths for NH3 for 24 Hourly GLCs 4-36Figure 4.12 Isopleths for H2S or 24 Hourly GLCs 4-38


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. xv

Figure 4.13 Isopleths for CS2 for 24 Hourly GLCs 4-40Figure 4.14 Isopleths for VOC for 24 Hourly GLCs 4-42

Figure 4.15 Attenuation of Noise from Source during Construction 4-50

CHAPTER 7 : RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

Figure 7.1 Thermal Radiation Distance for Methanol 21 kl Tank 7-32

Figure 7.2 Over Pressure Distance for Methanol 21 kl Tank 7-32Figure 7.3 Thermal Radiation Distance for Toluene 56 kl Tank 7-32

Figure 7.4 Overpressure Distance for Toluene 56 kl Tank 7-32

Figure 7.5 Thermal Radiation Distance for 1.33 kl Acetone Tank 7-33Figure 7.6 Thermal Radiation Distance for 4.5 kl Hexane Tank 7-33

Figure 7.7 Thermal Radiation Distance for 21 kl Carbon Di Sulfide Tank 7-34

Figure 7.8 Overpressure Distance for 21 Kl Carbon Di Sulfide Tank 7-34

Figure 7.9 Thermal Radiation Distance for 180 kl HSD Tank 7-35Figure 7.10 Overpressure Distance for 180 kl HSD Tank 7-35

Figure 7.11 Thermal Radiation Distance for 230 kl FO Tank 7-36

Figure 7.12 Overpressure Distance for 230 kl FO Tank 7-36Figure 7.13 Thermal Radiation Distance for Jet Fire from NG Piping 7-37

Figure 7.14 Overpressure Distance for Rupture of NG Piping 7-37

Figure 7.15 Thermal Radiation Distance for Jet Fire from Ammonia Release 7-39Figure 7.16 Overpressure Distance for Ammonia Release 7-39

Figure 7.17 IDLH Concentration for Release of Ammonia From Tank 7-40

Figure 7.18 IDLH Concentration for Release of Chlorine From Tonner 7-40

Figure 7.19 IDLH Concentration for Release of H2SO4From Tank 7-41Figure 7.20 ALARP Principle 7-47

Figure 7.21 Iso Risk Contours for Unit #1 of UPL 7-50

Figure 7.22 FN Curve (Day and Night) for Unit # 1 of UPL 7-50Figure 7.23 FN Curve (Combined Day &Night) for Unit # 1 of UPL 7-51

CHAPTER 10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Figure 10.1 Organizational Structure of Environmental Management Cell ofUPL#1

10-5

Figure 10.2 Green Belt Development Plan for Unit #1 10-35

Annexure:Annexure 1 : Copy of Environmental Clearances Obtained by Unit #1, UPl Ltd.

Annexure 2 : CC&A (Consent to Operate) by GPCB

Annexure 2 A : CC&A Compliance (Consent to Operate)Annexure 3 : ToR Approved and Amended by MoEF&CC

Annexure 4 : Certified Copy of Compliance Report of Conditions of EnvironmentalClearance from MoEF&CC

Annexure 5 : Membership of FETP

Annexure 6 : Membership of CHWDF&IF of BEIL

Annexure 7 : HSE Policy of UPL


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. xvi

Annexure 8 : Photographs of the green belt at the plantAnnexure 9 : Annual Health Report

Annexure 10 : MSDS

Annexure 11 : Baseline DataAnnexure 12 : Undertaking of No Banned Pesticides

Annexure 13 : MoU with Cement Industry for co-processing of wastes

Annexure 14 : GIDC Approval for additional water consumption and additional effluentdrainage (NOC)

Annexure 15 : DGVCL NOC for additional power requirement


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd.Abbri - 1

List of Abbreviations

AAQM : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

AAS : Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy

ADT : Average Daily Traffic

AERMOD : AMS/EPA Regulatory Model

ALARP : As Low As Reasonably Practicable

ALOHA : Areal Locations of Hazardous Atmospheres

APCM : Air Pollution Control Measures

APHA : American Public Health Association

BEIL : Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd

BOD : Biological Oxygen Demand

CAS : Chemical Abstracts Service

CC&A : Consolidated Consent and Authorization

FETP : Final Effluent Treatment Plant

CHWDF&IF : Common Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility and Incineration Facility

CIB : Central Insecticides Board

CO : Carbon Monoxide

COD : Chemical Oxygen Demand

CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board

CRO : Control Room Officer

CSR : Corporate Social Responsibility

CTO : Consent to Operate

dB : Decibels

DG : Diesel Generator

DGVCL : Dakshin Gujarat Vij Company Ltd.

DM : De-mineralization

DMF : Dual Media Filter

DMP : Disaster Management Plan

DPMC : Disaster Prevention Management Centre



EAC : Expert Appraisal Committee

EC : Environmental Clearance

EC : EIA Coordinator

EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment

EMC : Environmental Management Cell

EMP : Environmental Management Plan

EMS : Environmental Management Systems

ESC : Entrepreneur Social Commitment

ETP : Effluent Treatment Plant

FAA : Functional Area Associate

FACCO : Fenton Activated Carbon Catalytic Oxidation

FAE : Functional Area Expert

FCC : False Colour Composite

GC : Gas Chromatography

GoI : Government of India

GPS : Global Positioning System

GSI : Geological Survey of India

HDPE : High-Density PolyEthylene

HRT : Hydraulic Retention Time

HSD : High Speed Diesel

HSE : Health and Safety Environment

ICC : Indian Chemical Council

IDLH : Immediately Dangerous to Life & Health

IMD : India Meteorological Department

IRC : Indian Roads Congress

IS : Indian Standards

ISO : International Organization for Standardization

IUCN : International Union for Conservation of Nature

kPa : Kilo Pascal

kVA : Kilo Volt Amperes



LFT : Liver Function Test

LSIR : Location Specific Individual Risk

MCAS : Maximum Credible Accident Scenario

MCPA : 2-methyl-4-chlorophenoxyacetic acid

MCC : Motor Control Center

MEE : Multiple Effect Evaporator

MoM : Minutes Of Meeting

GLCs : Ground Level Concentrations

GPCB : Gujarat Pollution Control Board

GIDC : Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation

MTPD : Metric Tons Per Day

MoEF&CC : Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change

MoU : Memorandum of Undertaking

MSDS : Material Safety Data Sheet

MW : Mega Watt

NAAQS : National Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Standards

NABET : National Accreditation Board of Education & Training

NABL : National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories

NCT : Narmada Clean Tech

NFPA : National Fire Protection Association

NH : National Highway

NOC : No Objection Certificate

NRSA : National Remote Sensing Agency

NRSC : National Remote Sensing Centre

OCP : Operational Control Procedures

OM : Office Memorandum

OSHAS : Occupation Health and Safety Assessment Series

PGR : Plant Grade Regulators

P&ID : Piping and Instrumentation Diagram



PCM : Pollution Control Measures

PCU : Passenger Car Unit

PEL : Permissible Exposure Level

PFD : Process Flow Diagram

PFT : Pulmonary Function Test

PHAST : Process Hazard Analysis Software Tool

PM : Particulate Matter

PPE : Personal Protective Equipment

ppm : Parts per Million

PUCC : Pollution Under Control Certificates

QCI : Quality Council of India

QRA : Quantitative Risk Assessment

GLC : Ground Level Concentration

RC : Responsible Care

RO : Regional Officer

RO : Reverse Osmosis

SAFETI : Software for the Assessment of Fire, Explosion and Toxic Impacts

SCBA : Self-contained breathing apparatus

SPL : Sound Pressure Level

SOI : Survey of India

SOP : Standard Operating Procedure

STEL : Short Time Exposure Limit

SSWML : Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd.

STP : Sewage Treatment Plant

TCL : Toxic Concentration Low

TF : Toxicity Factor

TDS : Total Dissolved Solids

TWA : Time-weighted average

TLV : Threshold Limit Value

TOC : Total Organic Carbon



ToR : Terms of Reference

TREM : Transport Emergency Card

USEPA : United States Environmental Protection Agency

VOCs : Volatile Organic Compounds

ZLD : Zero Liquid Discharge


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd.1- 1

Chapter 1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 Background

UPL Limited is an international company started its operation in the year 1969.

UPL Limited engaged in manufacturing of wide range of Pesticides (Technical),

Pesticides Formulation, intermediates of pesticides and other inorganic

chemicals.

The Unit # 1 of UPL Limited (formerly known as United Phosphorous Limited)is

engaged in manufacturing of pesticides product as Pesticides technical like

Mancozeb,Maneb, Zineb, Ziram, Antracol, Monocrotophos, Dichlorvos (DDVP),

Flonicamide (IKI 1145), Tebuconazole, Sulfosulfuran (SF 10), Acifluorfen (ACF)

and Intermediates like Tri Methyl Phsphite (TMP), Tri Ethyl Phosphite (TEP)and

Pesticide Formulation Products.

The unit had obtained 02 (two) Environmental Clearances for pesticides

&intermediate Chemicals vide letter No.: J.11011/117/2002-IA II dated July

17th,2003 andJ-11011/407/2006-IA-II(I) dated April 4th, 2007 from Ministry of

Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MOEF&CC) in the name of M/sUPL Ltd

Unit#01. The unit has fully implemented Environmental Clearance granted

byMoEF&CCvide letter no J.11011/117/2002-IA II dated July 17th, 2003&The

unit has not implemented environmental clearance Letter No: J-11011/407/2006-

IA-II(I) dated April4 – 2007, which was accorded for product mix change without

change in quantity of the products and without increasing pollution load. The

copy of above environmental clearances is attached as Annexure – 1.The Unit

#1 of UPL hadConsolidated Consent & Authorization (CC&A) under Water act, Air

Act and authorization under Hazardous Waste Rules which was valid up to

12.05.2018 and Renewal Application is under processing;and is attached as

Annexure-2.

The UPL now plans to expand the manufacturing capacity of existing products of

pesticide technical grade, intermediate products and solid / liquid formulations



and also plans to add new products namely,Karphos, Metalaxyl Technical,

Imazapic Technical as Pesticides technical, Amino Aceto Nitrile Sulphate (AANS)

as Intermediate Products and Iris Acifluorfen formulation 04 as liquid formulation

products.

Summarily, the UPL (Unit #1) proposes to expand production of existing 06

pesticide technical & 02 Intermediate products & also plans to add 03 new

Pesticide technical and 01 Intermediate products within the existing site located

at Notified Industrial Estate, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

1.2 Identification of Project & Project Proponent

UPL LTD. operates in every continent and have a customer base in 130 countries

with our own subsidiary offices in India, Argentina, Australia, Bangladesh, Brazil,

China, Canada, Denmark, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Japan,

Korea, Mauritius, Mexico, New Zealand, Russia, Italy, Turkey, Spain, South

Africa, Taiwan, USA, UK, Vietnam, Zambia, Shanghai, Columbia and Netherland.

We rank amongst the top 3 post patent agrochemical industries in the world.

With 25 manufacturing sites (11 in India, 4 in France, 2 in Spain, 3 in Argentina,

1 each in UK, Vietnam, Netherlands, Italy, China) and each of them boast of

strong support from the on-site technical services and the quality control teams.

In India, UPL has well equipped 11 manufacturing units located at Vapi,

Ankleshwar, Jhagadia, Halol, Tarapur (Maharashtra), Jammu and Haldia (West

Bengal) with head office at Mumbai. UPL has marketing network in 133 countries

including America, Europe, Africa, besides in all states of India. The products

range of the UPL includes agrochemicals, industrial chemicals & specialty

chemicals. UPL has made a significant entry in seed business as well.Thus, UPL

has grown rapidly over the years and is a leading Agrochemical manufacturing

company.

Each of UPL units operates under the strict international quality Management

system standards and has been certified under ISO 9001 for Quality

Management System, Environmental Management system standards ISO 14001

and Occupational Health and Safety Assessment system OHSAS 18001.



UPL, have a team of experts in different parts of the world which conducts a

proper study of the market and the other competitors, charts out growth plans

through mergers, acquisitions and strategic alliances.

Promoter Information

ShriRajjubhai D. Shroff, an eminent industrialist, is the Chairman of the UPL. It’s

almost 49 years ago, when UPL Ltd (formerly known as United Phosphorus

Ltd.), was started as a small-scale unit to manufacture Red Phosphorus in 1969.

Through backward and forward integrations respectively, today UPL is a leading

global producer of crop protection products, intermediates, specialty chemicals

and other industrial chemicals. Being the largest manufacturer of agrochemicals

in India, the company offers a wide range of products that includes Insecticides,

Fungicides, Herbicides, Fumigants, Plant Grade Regulators (PGR) and

Rodenticides.

UPL Ltd is signatory to Responsible Care (RC) initiative of Indian Chemical

Council and ICC has allowed to use RC logo.

UPL Management has taken up various Entrepreneur Social Commitment (ESC)

activities/programmes and major activities are in the field of education, health

protection and improvement of infrastructure facilities. The important

organizations Sanskardeep Vidyalaya (Ankleshwar), Gyandham School (Vapi),

Nursing College (Vapi) and Shroff S R Rotary Institute of Chemical Technology

(Ankleshwar) are promoted by UPL Limited.

Working in synergy with customers in the marketplace, UPL recognize the

requirement for the highest level of support in product research, development

and registration. Capability in applied R & D is one of major core competences of

UPL.

UPL Achievements (AWARDS)

UPL has achieved various honors and awards in past decades as listed below:



1971: Gold Shield for Red Phosphorus - Board on Awards for Import

Substitution

1985: Certificate of Merit AIP, PCL3 - Ministry of Commerce

1990: Top Export Award - CHEMEXCIL



1992: Innovative Technology Award for TMP - ICMA

1993: Corporate Excellence Award - Dalal Street Journal

1993: Consistent Export Award - FGMI Association

1993:First Export Award – CHEMEXCIL

1994: The analyst Award - Investor Friendly Company - CFAI

1994: Outstanding Export Performance Award - Ministry of Commerce


1995: Accorded the status of TRADING HOUSE


1996: Outstanding Export Performance Award - ministry of Commerce

1997: Gujarat Govt.’s Award for Outstanding Export Performance

1997: Award for “Social Responsibility” - Indian Chemical

2004: Frost Sullivan Award in Silver category for Process consistency &

Social Responsible Company.

2005: National Energy Conservation Award

2006: Green Tech Safety Award – 2006 from Green Tech Foundation, New

Delhi.

2007: Greentech Environmental Excellence Award

2012 & 2013: Green Manufacturing Excellence Award.

2013:“Awarded by CSR Excellence & Leadership Award 2013 in Global

Summit Competition for Best Waste Water Mgmt. Practices”.

2016: First position in Agrochemical sector awarded by Dun & Bradstreet

India`s top 500 countries

2016: “Golden Peacock Occupational Health & Safety Award in Chemical &

Fertilizer Category.

2017: OSHAI- Special category award for innovation is HSE

implementation.

Silver category for OH&S in EXCEED (EKDKN)

CII Award for Excellence in Water Management, 2017

UPL’s Credentials towards HSE Management



The Unit has implemented Quality Management System Standards ISO 9001;

Environmental Management, System Standards ISO 14001 and Occupational

Health & Safety Assessment Standards OHSAS 18001and got certifications

It has a well laid HSE policy approved by its board of directors and mentions

about various process and policies adopted for management of health, safety

and environment.

It has implemented Responsible Care initiative of Indian Chemical Council and

got RC logo.

1.3 Purpose of the EIA Report

The proposed expansion including manufacturing of additional new pesticide

productsand pesticide intermediatesby Unit#1 of UPLfalls under Category “A”of

EIA Notification dated September 14, 2006 and subsequent amendments issued

by MoEF&CCand the proposed expansion project is listed at 5(b)of the schedule

activities for pesticides industry and pesticide specific intermediates (excluding

formulations).

UPL appointed M/s Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. (SSWML), (NABET

Accredited EIA Consultant for Pesticides Sector) as EIA Consultant

forToRapproval and preparation of Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) and

Environment Management Plan (EMP) and for providing technical support for

obtaining environment clearance.

Environmental Impact Assessment (Report) has been prepared as per Standard

ToR vide letter No.IA-J-11011/582/2017-IA-II(I) dated 10 Feb 2018, Specific ToR

and ToR amendment by MoEF&CC with guidance of Technical EIA Guidance

manual for Pesticides Industry and Pesticides specific Intermediates.

1.4 Brief Description of the Project Nature, Size, Location of the Project

and Its Importance to the Country, Region

1.4.1Salient Features and Details of Proposed Project

The salient features and details of the proposed expansion of existing UPL plant

are given in Table 1.1.



Table 1.1: Salient Features and Details of the Project

Sn. Particulars Details

1. Name ofproject &Address

Expansion of Manufacturing Capacity of existingproducts and manufacturing of new pesticides &intermediate chemicals of M/s. UPL Limited, Unit#01.

PLOT NO-117/118, Notified Industrial Estate, G.I.D.C

Ankleshwar, District-Bharuch, Gujarat-393002

2. ProjectCategory

The proposed project categorized under project activity 5(b)and Screening Category “A” (Pesticides industry andpesticide specific intermediates (excluding formulations)) of

EIA notification dated 14- 09-2006.

3. Project capitalcost

The Proposed project is for the expansion of themanufacturing capacity for existing unit.The capital cost of the Proposed project shall be approx. Rs.35343 Lacks.

4. Products Sr.

No

Product Category ExistingProductionCapacityinMT/Month

ProposedProductionCapacityafterExpansion(Includingnewproducts)inMT/Month

ECrequired(yes / no)

1. Pesticide Technical 1520 5480 Yes2. Intermediate Products 1120 2100 Yes

3. Liquid Formulation* 2000 4000 No4. Solid Formulation* 2270 3550 No

*The pesticide solid/liquid formulation products are excludedfrom Environmental Clearance as per EC Notification SO

1543 dated 14thSeptember 2006.

Total 9 pesticide technical products (6 existing+3 proposedproduct) Intermediates Chemicals (2 existing + 1 proposed):

3 The product quantities (existing & proposed) details aregiven in Table 2.1 & Table 2.2 in Chapter 2 of EIA Report.

5. By-products Total 18 no’s of by products are proposed to be generatedafter expansion. All byproducts will be sold to end users.The total quantities generation is tabulated below. Thedetails of by product generation is given in Table 2.3 inChapter 2 of EIA Report.




Sr.

No

ExistingbyProductGeneration QuantityinMT/Annum

Proposed byProductGenerationQuantity inMT/ Annum

Total by ProductGenerationQuantity inMT/Annum

1. 155184 191414 346598

6. Raw Materials The major raw materials consist of following items:

1) Organic Chemicals2) Inorganic Chemicals (details given in Chapter 2)3) Solvents and

4) Catalysts

7. Resource Requirement

i. Latitude (N)Longitude (E)

Latitude (N) Longitude (E)

21o37' 41.63" 73o00' 48.57"21o37' 47.17" 73o 00' 43.14"

21o37' 48.84" 73o00' 45.19"

21o37' 54.53" 73o00' 44.67"21o37' 56.48" 73o01' 6.20"

ii. Land The unit has total Land area 136677 sq.m. (Plot no. 117/118

at Notified Industrial Estate, GIDC, Ankleshwar). The areadetails are tabulated as below.Sr.No.

ExistingLand Areain sqm

Additional LandAreaRequirementin sqm

Total LandAreaRequirementin sqm

Land UseType

1. 1,36,677 Existing site,Noadditional newlandrequired

1,36,677 Industrial(existingsite islocatedinside theNotifiedIndustrialEstate atGIDCAnkleshwar

iii. Water

Requirement

Total existing water consumption at the UPL plant is

1039 KLD. After proposed expansion, additional water

requirement will be 3718 KLD. Total water consumption

after expansion is estimated 4757 KLD. Water is being

supplied By GIDC and after proposed expansion also,

water will be supplied by GIDC.

iv. Source of water Water is being supplied by GIDC and after proposed




expansion also, water will be supplied by GIDC

v. Wastewater Waste Water GenerationSource

Existing

WasteWaterGenerationin KLD

Additional

Wastewater

Generation inKLD

TotalProposed

Wastewater

generation in KLD

Process 205 207 412

Cooling Water Blow Down fromCT 64 240 304

Boiler Blow Down 18 57 75

MEE Condensate to ETP 86 396 482Total Industrial WasteWater in KLD 373 900 1273

Total Domestic Waste Water inKLD* 50 40 90

Total Waste WaterGeneration in KLD 423 940 1363

Treated Industrial effluent will continue to be sent to,

FETP of NCT, Ankleshwar for further treatment and

disposal into the deep sea. The domestic waste water

will be separately treated in sewage treatment plant

and treated waste water will be recycled/reused within

the plant premises.

vi. Man Power For existing plant operation around 941 persons (330

companyemployees + 611 contractual employees) and

additional manpower requirement for proposed

expansion 1105 persons (227 companyemployees +

878 contractual employees). Total 2046 persons (557

UPL employees + 1489 contractual employees) will be

required after expansion.

S. No.EmploymentType Existing

ProposedduringOperation

TotalAfterExpansion

1DirectEmployment

A.CompanyEmployee 330 227 557

B.ContractualEmployee 256 368 624




2IndirectEmployment

A.ContractualEmployee 355 510 865

Total 941 1105 2046

vii. Electricity/Power

requirement

Total power requirement (Existing + Proposed)will

be 32653 kw (existing 11462 KW and additional 21191

KW i.e. total 32653 KW) shall be supplied fromDGVCL

(Dakshin Gujarat Vij Company Ltd.).

The Existing DG sets: 1X1250 KVA capacity &1X500

KVA used as emergency backup.

Proposed New DG set: 1X1250 KVA Capacity

for emergency.

viii. Utilities Existing Boilers: 3 X 10 TPH capacity natural gas

fired boilers to meet existing steam requirement.

Proposed Boilers:To meet the steam requirement

after expansion, existing boilers will be replaced by

natural gas fired two boilers of 30 TPH capacity each

and one boiler of 35 TPH capacity (2x35 tph+1x30

tph).

8. Air emissions Particulate Matter (PM), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and

Nitrogen Oxide (NOx) will be emitted from boilers and

DG sets stacks, while Hydrogen Chloride gas(HCl),

Chlorine (Cl2), Ammonia (NH3), Hydrogen Sulf ide (H2S),

Carbon Disulfide (CS2) and Volatile Organic Compounds

(VOC)

9. Hazardous

Wastes

Hazardous waste generation details from existing,

additional and total after proposed expansion

production are presented in Chapter 2 of the EIA

report. Summary of Hazardous wastes / solid wastes /

municipal solid waste after proposed expansion is as

below:

Type of Wastes (Category as per

Hazardous & Other Waste

(Management & Transboundary

Movement) Rules 2016.

Total Quantity

After

Expansion

in MT/Annum




Process Waste - Aqueous effluent

from drum Washing / reactor

washing / tank washing (29.1)

1924

Process waste or Residues (Organic)

(29.1)

3692

Date - Expired and off-specification

pesticides (29.3)

57

Empty Barrels/ Containers/ Liners

contaminated with hazardous

chemicals / wastes (Non-recyclable

plastic waste/ insulation waste /PPEs)

(33.1)

761

Empty Barrels/ Containers/ Liners

contaminated with hazardous

chemicals / wastes (33.1)

1263

Chemical sludge from waste water

treatment - ETP Waste (Sludge)

(35.3)

1436


treatment - Salt from Evaporation

System (35.3)

6328


treatment - RO Rejects (after

evaporation)- (35.3)

396


treatment - Evaporation System salt

(35.3)

32

Used / Spent Oil (5.1) 28

Lead (A5) (Batteries) 3 (60 Nos)

10. Alternative site The proposed expansion will be confined within the

existing plant premises only.No additional land is

required for proposed expansion.

11. Land form, Land

use and land

ownership

No additional land is required for proposed expansion.

The existing UPL plant is located in the GIDC Notified

Industrial Estate, Ankleshwar.




12. Project cost The estimated cost of the proposed project is Rs.

35,343Lacks.

Sr.

No

Particulars Cost in Rs

(Lacks)

1. Expansion of Existing Pesticide

Products (Technical

Grade & Intermediate)

17,085

2. Proposed Addition of New Pesticide

Products (Technical Grade &

Intermediate)

16,195

3. Expenditure for the Environmental

Management- Air

Emission control, Water Pollution

Control, Waste

Management Cost, Green Belt

Development Cost

2,063

Total Amount in Rs. (Lacks) 35,343

13. Nearest

Highway

UPL unit#01 is located adjacent to National Highway-

08 (NH-08)

14. Nearest Railway

Station

Nearest Railway Station is Ankleshwar railway station

approx. 1.2 km, SW

15. Nearest Airport Surat Airport, (Gujarat) 63 km, SW (Aerial distance)

16. Nearest Forest There is no forest within 10 km periphery of the

site.Unit #1 site is located inside the Notified Industrial

Estate

17. Nearest Town/

city

Ankleshwar

18. Seismic zone Zone III

1.4.2 Location of the Project

UPL Unit#01 located at Plot No 117/118, Notified Industrial Estate, GIDC,

Ankleshwar, in District Bharuch, Gujarat which is well developed industrial estate

in the state of Gujarat. Different types of manufacturing units are operational at

Notified Industrial Estate, GIDC, Ankleshwar. UPL unit#01 is located adjacent to



National Highway-08 (NH-08), which is the main access road to the Unit. Nearest

Railway Station is Ankleshwar railway station is about 1.2 km away and nearest

bus station is Ankleshwar Bus Station at a distance of 1.4 km in south west

direction.

The location index map for UPL’s Unit #1 is shown in Figure 1.1with 10 km

study area. The location of UPL’ Unit #1 on Notified GIDC map is presented in

Figure 1.2. 10 km study area around the Unit #1 of UPL on Toposheet Map is

presented in Figure 1.3.10 km study area around the Unit #1 of UPL Plant on

google earth maps is presented in Figure 1.4.Unit #1 of UPL on Google Map is

shown in Figure 1.5.



Figure 1-1: Location Index Map of the UPL’s Unit #1



Figure 1-2: Location UPL’s Unit #1 in Notified Industrial Estate of GIDC

UPL Unit 1



`Figure 1-3: 10 Km Area Around the Unit # 1 of UPL on Toposheet Map



Figure 1-4: 10 Km Area Around the Unit # 1 of UPL on Google Map



1.4.3 Importance of the project to the Region & Country

The proposed project of UPL (Unit#1) is for expansion of the existing

pesticides & pesticides intermediate manufacturing capacities as well as

addition of new pesticide products and intermediate of pesticides. The

proposed project for manufacturing of various pesticide products is based on

the market surveys and internal estimates to bridge the gaps in demand and

supply of pesticide in region and in the country.

The proposed project is needed to serve increasing demand from domestic

and export market. Benefits of the project are many folds. Indian Pesticides

are one of the rapidly growing markets and has emerged a strong export

oriented business. Out of the present business of 180 Billion, the export

accounts 100 billion and is steadily growing at a rate of 6.7%. This is 2.5

times more than the world market. With the introduction of genetically

modified crops in India, the consumption of insecticides decreased marginally.

But the other sectors such as weedicides & herbicides, fungicides etc. are

rapidly growing. UPL’s focus is on the sectors of fungicides and herbicides

especially for the export of these group molecules. To support the farmers to

prevent crop damage, UPL is supplying various products as per the

requirement.

Figure 1-5: Unit #1 of UPL on Google Map



1.5 Scope of Study - Terms of Reference for EIA Study

The proposal for the proposed project was considered by Expert Appraisal

Committee (EAC)Industry -2 and Standard ToRwas issued vide letter

no.No.IA-J-11011/582/2017-IA-II(I) on dated 10th February 2018 and the

same is attached as Annexure 3.

Subsequently after receipt of standard TOR, amendment proposal was

submitted for exemption of public hearing and Zero liquid discharge (ZLD)

from granted standard TOR, same was considered in the 36th Expert

Appraisal Committee Meeting held during 24-26 April 2018 and MoM with

exemption of public hearing and Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) condition was

issued. The Copy of MoM is attached as Annexure 3A.

1.5.1 Compliance of Standard Terms of References (ToR)

The compliance of standard ToR issued by MOEF&CC vide letter No.IA-J-

11011/582/2017-IA-II(I) dated 10 Feb 2018, specific ToR issued by MoEF&CC

and ToRamendment for the proposed expansion of the existing UPL Plant is

given below.

S. No. ToR Compliance

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE1. Executive Summary Executive Summary of the project

is attached as in the beginning ofEIA report and Chapter11Summary and Conclusions inthe EIA Report.

2. Introduction

i. Details of EIA Consultantincluding NABET accreditation.

Shivalik Solid Waste ManagementLimited (SSWML) is the NABETaccredited consultant engaged byM/s UPL Limited.

SSWML is listed at S. No. is 133,Rev. 67, as per QCI/NABET list ofEIA Consultant Organizations ason July 9, 2018.




Details are given in Chapter 12 asdisclosure of consultant.

ii. Information about the projectProponent.

The proposed project of expansionof existing Unit#1 of UPL Limited,located in GIDCNotified IndustrialArea Ankleshwar, Gujarat).Details of the project proponentare mentioned in Section 1.2. ofChapter 1 of EIA Report.

iii. Importance and Benefits of theProject

The proposed expansion is neededto serve increasing demand fromdomestic and export market.

Importance and benefits of theproject have been described inSection 1.4.3 in Chapter 1 of theEIA report.

3 Project Description

i. Cost of Project and time ofcompletion

Total cost of the proposedexpansion is Rs. 35,343Lakhs.Kindly refer details given inSection 2.14 of Chapter-2 of theEIA report.

ii Products with capacities for theproposed project.

Details of existing and proposedproducts along with capacities aregiven Table 2.1 and Table 2.2 ofChapter 2 of the EIA report.

iii If expansion Project, details ofexisting products withcapacities and whetheradequate land is available forexpansion, reference of earlierEC if any.

Details of existing and proposedproducts and by product alongwith capacities are given Table2.1and Table 2.2of Chapter 2 ofthe EIA report.

Land Area:The existing plot ofland is located at a NotifiedIndustrial estate of “GujaratIndustrialDevelopmentCorporation (GIDC)” atAnkleshwar, District Bharuch,Gujarat and the Industrial area isa notified by Government of




Gujarat. The total area of Unit#1of UPL is 1,36,677 sqm.PLOT NO-117/118.

Details of land area are given inSection 2.12and Table 2.9 ofChapter-2 of the EIA report.

The unit had obtained following02 (two) EnvironmentalClearances for pesticides &intermediate Chemicals fromMoEF, New Delhi

1) J.11011/117/2002-IA IIdated July 17th, 2003

2) J-11011/407/2006-IA-II(I)dated April 4th , 2007

The unit has not implementedenvironmental clearance LetterNo: J-11011/407/2006-IA-II(I)dated April 4 – 2007 was accordedfor product mix change withoutchange in quantity of productsand pollution load. (EC notimplemented)

iv List of raw materials requiredand their source along withmode of transportation

Details of raw materials required

(for existing and proposed

expansion) are given in Table 2.4

in Chapter-2 of the report. Raw

materials to the plant are

transported by using existing road

network only.

v Other chemicals and materialsrequired with quantities andstorage capacities.

The details of hazardous& other

chemicals storage are provided in

Chapter -2 (Table 2.5 & Table 2.6

of EIA report).

vi Details of Emission, effluents,hazardous waste generationand their management.

Sources of pollution and itsControl measuresare given inSection 2.15of Chapter 2 of theEIA Report.




Details of effluents generation,treatment and disposal are givenin Section 2.15.1 and Table 2.12in Chapter-2 of the EIA Report.

Flue gas emissions details with theAir Pollution Control System aregiven in Section 2.15.2 and Table-2.15& Table-2.16 in Chapter-2 ofthe EIA report.

Process stack emissions detailswith the Air Pollution ControlSystem are given in Section 2.15.2and Table-2.15toTable-2.19 inChapter-2 of the EIA report.

Details of hazardous wastegeneration and its managementare given in Section 2.15.3 andTable 2.20 in Chapter 2 of the EIAreport.

vii Requirement of water, power,with source of supply, status ofapproval, water balancediagram, man powerrequirement (regular andcontract)

Total existing water consumptionat the Unit 1of UPL is 1039 KLD.After proposed expansion,additional water requirement willbe 3718 KLD. Total waterconsumption after expansion isestimated 4757 KLD. Waterrequirement for existing site isbeing supplied By NotifiedIndustrial Estate, GIDC and afterproposed expansion also, waterwill be supplied from GIDC.

The water balance is given inTable 2.8. The water balancediagram is given in Figure 2.33.

The existing power requirement &proposed power requirement isgiven in section 2.11.3 of chapter2.




The manpower requirement isgiven in Section 2.13 and Table2.10.

viii Process description along withmajor equipment’s andmachineries, process flow sheet(quantitative) from rawmaterial to products to beprovided

Details of manufacturing process,reactions and mass balance for allproductsare given in Section 2.6ofthe Chapter 2 of the EIA Report.

ix Hazard identification anddetails of proposed safetysystems.

Hazard identification and details ofproposed safety systems are givenin Chapter 7 of the EIA Report.

X Expansion/Modernization Proposals:A Copy of all the environmental

clearance(s) includingamendments thereto obtain forthe project from MOEF/SEIAAshall be attached as annexure.A certified copy of the latestmonitoring report of theRegional Office of the Ministryof Environment and Forests asper circular dated 30th May,2012 on the status ofcompliance of conditionsstipulated in all the existingenvironmental clearancesincluding amendments shall beprovided. In addition, status ofcompliance of consent tooperate for the on-going/existing operation of theproject from SPCB shall beattached with the EIA-EMPreport.

The unit had obtained 02 (two)

Environmental Clearances for

pesticides & intermediate

Chemicals vide letter No.:

J.11011/117/2002-IA II dated July

17th, 2003 and J-

11011/407/2006-IA-II(I) dated

April 4th, 2007 from Ministry of

Environment, Forest and Climate

Change in the name of M/sUnited

PhosphorousLtd Unit#01.The unit

did not implement expansion for

which environmental clearance

Letter No: J-11011/407/2006-IA-

II(I) dated April4 – 2007 was

accorded due to product mix

change without change in quantity

of products and pollution load.

The copy of above environmental

clearances is attached as

Annexure – 1.




Consent to operate for the projectfrom GPCB is attached asAnnexure-2.The certified copy of latestmonitoring report of regionaloffice of MoEF&CC for grantedEnvironmental Clearances isattached as Annexure 4.

B In case the existing project hasnot obtained environmentalclearance reasons for nottaking EC under the provisionsof the EIA Notification 1994and / or EIA Notification 2006shall be provided. Copies ofConsent to Establish/NoObjection certificate andconsent to operate (in case ofunits operating prior to EIANotification 2006. CTE and CTOof FY 2005-2006) obtainedfrom the SPCB shall besubmitted. Further, compliancereport to the conditions ofconsents from the SPCB shallbe submitted.

The unit had obtained 02 (two)

Environmental Clearances for

pesticides & intermediate

Chemicals. The copy of above

environmental clearances is

attached as Annexure – 1.

Consent to operate for the projectfrom GPCB is attached asAnnexure-2.

Compliance report to existing

consent certified by Schedule 1

Auditor has been attached as

Annexure 2A.

2nd EC was not implemented.

4. Site Details

i. Location of the project sitecovering village, taluka/tehsil,district and state, justificationfor selecting the site, whetherother sites were considered.

PLOT NO-117/118, NotifiedIndustrial Estate, G.I.D.CAnkleshwar, Taluka - AnkleshwarDistrict-Bharuch, Gujarat-393002.

Details of location of the projectsite are given in Section 1.4 inChapter 1 of the EIA report. Thejustification of site selection andalternative analysis is given inChapter 5.

ii. A toposheet of the study areaof radius of 10km and site

A topographical map showing 10km radius area is given in Figure




location on 1:50,000/1: 25,000scale on an A3/A2 sheet(including all eco-sensitiveareas and environmentallysensitive places).

1.3 in the Chapter 1 of EIA report.There is no eco-sensitive area andenvironmentally sensitive placewithin 10 km distance from theproject site.

iii Details w.r.t. option analysis forselection of site.

Alternative analysis has beengiven in Chapter-5 of EIA report.

iv Co-ordinates (lat-long) of allfour corners of the site.

Latitude and Longitude are givenin Table 1.1 in Chapter 1 of EIAreport.

v Google map-Earth downloadedof the project site.

Google map-Earth downloaded forthe project is given in Figue-1.5inChapter-1 of EIA report.

vi Layout maps indicating existingunits as well as proposed unitindicating storage area, plantarea, greenbelt area, utilitiesetc. If located within anindustrial area/Estate/Complex,layout of the industrial Areaindicating location of unit withinthe industrial area Estate.

Layout map indicating existingunits as well as proposed unitindicating storage area, plantarea, greenbelt area, utilities etc isgiven in Figure-2.35 in Chapter-2of EIA report.

The layout of Industrial areaindicating location of unit withinindustrial area estate is attachedas Figure 1.2.

vii Photographs of the proposedand existing (if applicable)plant site. If existing, showphotographs of plantationgreenbelt in particular.

The photographs of existing plant,facilities and plantation greenbeltat existing Unit #1 plant site areshown in Annexure 8 of EIAreport.

viii Land use break-up of total landof the project (identified andacquired), government/ private– agricultural, forest,wasteland, water bodies,settlements etc. Shall beincluded (not required forindustrial area)

The break-up of landuse of theplant is given Table 2.9 and Figure2.35 in Chapter 2 of EIA report.

Ix A list of major industries withname and type within studyarea (10 km radius) shall beincorporated. Land use details

A list of major industries withname and type located withinstudy area are given in Section3.15in Chapter 3 of the EIA




of the study area. report. The land use details of thestudy area is given in Section 3.12of EIA report.

X Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the studyarea shall be included.

Geological features of the studyarea are described in Section3.3and Geo-Hydrological Status ofthe area is incorporated in Section3.5 in Chapter 3 of EIA report.

xi Details of drainage of theproject upto 5 km radius ofstudy area. If the site is within1 km radius of any major river,peak and lean season riverdischarge as well as floodoccurrence frequency based onpeak rainfall data of the past30 years. Details of Flood levelof the project site andmaximum flood level of theriver shall also be provided.(mega green field projects)

Drainage details are given inSection-3.5 and Figure 3.4inChapter-3 of EIA report.

xii Status of acquisition of land. Ifacquisition is not complete,stage of the acquisition processand expected time of completepossession of the land.

The project is expansion of theexisting plant within availablepremises without any landacquisition.

xiii R & R details in respect of landin line with state Governmentpolicy.

The project is located withinexisting notified industrial estate.The proposal does notinvolvesadditional landprocurement for in the project.Therefore, R & R is not applicable.

5 Forests and wildlife related issues (if applicable)

i. Permission and approval for theuse of forest land (forestryclearance), if any, andrecommendations of the StateForest Department(if applicable)

The project is located withinexisting notified industrial estateand no forest land is involved inthe project, hence, forestryclearance is not required.




ii Landuse map based on Highresolution satellite imagery(GPS) of the proposed sitedelineating the forestland (incase of projects involvingforestland more than 40 ha)

Not applicable. However, Landusemap based on High ResolutionSatellite Imagery for land usestudy has been incorporated inFigure 3.22and 3.23in Chapter 3of the EIA report.

iii Status of Application submittedfor obtaining the stage Iforestry clearance along withlatest status shall be submitted.

The project is located withinexisting notified industrial estateand no forest land is involved inthe project, hence, Stage Iforestry clearance is not required.

iv The projects to be locatedwithin 10 km of the NationalParks, Sanctuaries, BiosphereReserves, Migratory Corridorsof wild animals, and the projectproponent shall submit the mapduly authenticated by chiefwildlife warden showing thesefeatures vis-à-vis the projectlocation and therecommendations or commentsof the chief wildlife warden-thereon.

There are no national parks,sanctuaries, biosphere reserves,migratory corridors of wild animalswithin 10 km radius of theprojectarea.

The 10-km study area map(Toposheet) is presented asFigure 1-3in Chapter-1 of EIAreport.

V Wildlife Conservation Plan dulyauthenticated by chief wildlifewarden of the stategovernment for conservation ofschedule I fauna, if any existsin the study area.

The project is located withinexisting notified industrial estate.There is no Scheduled I faunawithin 10 km radius of the project,therefore Wildlife ConservationPlan authenticated by chief wildlifewarden is not required/applicablefor the project.

Details of flora and fauna havebeen incorporated in Table 3.38 toTable 3.42 in Chapter 3 of EIAreport.

vi Copy of application submittedfor clearance under the Wildlife(Protection) Act, 1972 to thestanding committee of theNational Board Wildlife.

Not applicable, as no wildlifesanctuaries/ national park or anyprotected areas involved in theproject as well as study area.




6 Environmental Statusi. Determination of atmospheric

inversion level at the projectsite and site-specific micro-meteorological data usingtemperature, relative humidity,hourly wind speed and directionand rainfall.

Site-specific micro-meteorologicaldata including temperature,relative humidity, hourly windspeed, direction & rainfall werecollected at the site installingautomatic data logger. Details aregiven in Section 3.7 in Chapter-3of EIA report.

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at8 locations for PM10, PM2.5,SO2, NOX, CO and otherparameters relevant to theproject shall be collected. Themonitoring stations shall bebased CPCB guidelines andtake into account the pre-dominant wind direction,population zone and sensitivereceptors including reserveforests.

Based on the CPCB guidelines,Ambient Air Quality monitoringwas carried out at 8 locationsfrom8thMarch 2018 to 3rd June 2018and is incorporated in Section 3.8and Table 3.20&Table 3.29 inChapter 3 of EIA report.

iii. Raw data of all AAQmeasurement for 12 weeks ofall stations as per frequencygiven in the NAQQMNotification of Nov 2009 alongwith – min. max. Average and98% values for each of theAAQ parameters from data ofall AAQ stations should beprovided as an annexure to theEIA report.

Based on the CPCB guidelines,Ambient Air Quality monitoringwas carried out at 8 locations 8th

March 2018 to 3rd June 2018 (12weeks) as per NAQQM Notificationof Nov 2009 and is incorporated inSection 3.8and Table 3.20&Table 3.29 in Chapter 3 of EIAreport.

iv Surface water quality of nearbyRiver (100m upstream anddownstream of discharge point)and other surface drains at 8locations as perCPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

The surface water qualitymonitoring from the Narmadariver & other sources were carriedas per the CPCB/MoEF& CCguidelines and presented inSection 3.6.2 and Table 3.10 inchapter-3 of the Area.

v Whether the site falls near topolluted stretch of riveridentified by the

No, the site is not falling nearpolluted stretch of the riveridentified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC




CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines. guidelines.

vi Ground water monitoring atminimum at 8 locations shall beincluded.

Ground water monitoring wascarried and details aregiven inSection 3.6.1 in Chapter 3 of theEIA report.

vii Noise levels monitoring at 8locations within the study area.

Noise levels monitoring wascarried at 8 locations andincorporated in Section 3.10 andTable 3.33 and Table 3.34 inChapter 3 of EIA report.

viii Soil characteristic as per CPCBguidelines

Characteristics of Soil was doneand incorporated in Section 3.4.2and Table 3.5 in Chapter-3 of EIAreport.

ix Traffic study of the area, typeof vehicles, frequency ofvehicles for transportation ofmaterials, additional traffic dueto proposed project, parkingarrangements etc.

Traffic study of the area, type ofvehicles, frequency of vehicles isgiven in Section 3.11, Table 3.36in Chapter 3 and Section 4.4.11ofChapter 4 of EIA report

x Detailed description of floraand fauna (terrestrial andaquatic) existing in the studyarea shall be given with specialreference to rare, endemic andendangered species. IfSchedule-I fauna are foundwithin the study area, a wildlifeconservation plan shall beprepared and furnished.

Detailed description of flora andfauna (terrestrial and aquatic)existing in the study area werecarried out and incorporatedSection 3.13 in Chapter 3 of EIAreport.

xi Socio-economic status of thestudy area.

Socio-economic study for 10 kmradius study area was carried outand incorporated in Section 3.14in Chapter 3 of the EIA report.

7 Impact Assessment and environment Management Plan

I Assessment of ground levelconcentration of pollutantsfrom the stack emission basedon site-specific meteorologicalfeatures. In case the project is

Assessment of ground levelconcentration of pollutants fromthe stack emission based on site-specific meteorological featureshave been carried out and is given




located on a hilly terrain theAQIP modeling shall be doneusing inputs of specific terraincharacteristics for determiningthe potential impacts of theproject on the AAQ.cumulative impact of allsources of emissions (includingtransportation on the AAQ ofthe area shall be assessed.Details of the model used andthe input data used formodeling shall also beprovided. The air qualitycontours shall be plotted on alocation map showing thelocation of project site,habitation nearby sensitivereceptors, if any.

in the Section4.4.5.1 of Chapter 4of the EIA Report.

Transportation Impacts is given inSection 4.4.11 of Chapter 4 of EIAreport.

ii Water quality modeling- in caseof discharge in water body

The Proposed expansions will addwaste water generation fromproduction of various products.The generated waste water to betreated in effluent treatment plantwith primary, secondary andtertiary treatment. The treatedwaste water will be sent to FinalEffluent Treatment Plant operatedby Narmada Clean Tech (NCT)Ankleshwar for further treatmentand disposal.

iii Impact of the transport of theraw materials and end productson the surroundingenvironment shall be assessedand provided. In thisregard,options for transport of rawmaterials and finished productsand wastes (large quantities)by rail or rail-cum roadtransport or conveyor-cum-railtransport shall be examined.

The unit is located within existingindustrial estate. The major rawmaterials &markets for finishedproducts are available atnearbyarea hence road transport isopted. The export chemicals aresent through water way.

Impacts of the transport of theraw materials and end productsare given in Section 4.4.11inChapter 4 of EIA report.




iv A note on treatment ofwastewater from different plantoperations, extent recycled andreused for different purposesshall be included. Completescheme of effluent treatment.Characteristics of untreatedand treated effluent to meetthe prescribed standards ofdischarge under E(P) Rules.

Details of generation of wastewater are given in Table 2.12 and,Section 2.15.3 of Chapter 2.Details of treatment of wastewaterare given in Section 4.4.3 inChapter 4 of EIA report.

v Details of stack emission andaction plan for control ofemissions to meet standards.

The proposedstacks details alongwith expected pollutant and airpollution control system are givenin Section 2.15.2 of Chapter 2 ofEIA report.

vi Measures for fugitive emissioncontrol

Measures for fugitive emissioncontrol are given in Table 10.1 &10.2 in Chapter 10 of EIA report.

vii Details of hazardous wastegeneration and their storage,utilization and management.Copies of MOU regardingutilization of solid andhazardous waste in cementplant shall also be included.EMP shall include the conceptof waste-minimization,recycle/reuse/recovertechniques, energyconservation and naturalresource conservation.

Details of hazardous wastegeneration & their storage,utilization and disposal. are givenin Section 2.15.3 and in Table2.20 in in Chapter 2 of EIA report.Membership certificate of BharuchEnviro Infrastructure Ltd (BEIL) atAnkleshwar is enclosed asAnnexure 6.

viii Proper utilization of fly ashshall be ensured as per Fly AshNotification, 2009. A detailedplan of action shall beprovided.

The unit uses natural gas /FO as afuel hence no fly ash generation isexpected from proposed project.

ix Action plan for the green beltdevelopment plan in 33% areai.e. land with not less than1,500 trees per ha. Givingdetails of species, width ofplantation, planning schedule

Green Belt Development detailsare given in Section 10.11ofChapter 10of EIA Report.




etc. shall be included. Thegreen belt shall be around theproject boundary and a schemefor greening of the roads usedfor the project shall also beincorporated.

x Action plan for rainwaterharvesting measures at plantsite shall be submitted toharvest rainwater from the rooftops and storm water drain andalso to use for the variousactivities at the project site toconserve fresh water andreduce the water requirementfrom other sources.

Action plan for rainwaterharvesting is given in Section10.13 of Chapter 10.

xi Total capital cost and recurringcost/annum for environmentalpollution control measures shallbe included.

Budgetary provisions for EMPimplementation are given inSection 10.17of Chapter 10 of EIAreport.

xii Action plan for post-projectenvironmental monitoring shallbe submitted.

Post-project environmentalmonitoring plan is given Chapter 6of EIA Report.

xiii Onsite and Offsite Disaster(natural and Man-made)preparedness and emergencymanagement plan includingRisk Assessment and damagecontrol. Disaster managementplan should be linked withDistrict Disaster ManagementPlan.

Emergency Response Pan (naturaland Man-made) preparedness andemergency management plan hasbeen complied as standalonereport separately. The unit is apart of Disaster PreventionManagement Centre (DPMC) as apart of off site emergency plan.

8 Occupational Health

i Plan and fund allocation toensure the occupational health& safety of all contract andcasual workers.

Occupational Health& SafetyHazards for regular and contract/casual workers have beenincorporated in Table10.2 Section10.10 and allocation of funds aredetailed in Section 10.15ofChapter 10 of the EIA Report.Periodical health check-up ofworkers will also be carried out.




ii Details of exposure specifichealth status evaluation ofworker. If the workers’ healthis being evaluated by pre-designed format, chest x rays,Audiometry, Spirometry, visiontesting (far & Near vision,colour vision and any otherocular defect) ECG, during pre-placement and periodicalexaminations give the details ofthe same. Details regarding lastmonth analyzed data of abovementioned parameters as perage, sex, duration of exposureand department wise.

The occupational healthProgramme is given in Chapter 6& Chapter 10 of EIA report.

III Details of existing Occupational& Safety Hazards. What are theexposure levels of hazards andwhether they are withinPermissible Exposure level(PEL). If these are not withinPEL, what measures thecompany has adopted to keepthem within PEL so that healthof the workers can bepreserved,

Details of Occupational Health&Safety Hazards measures aregiven in Section 10.12 of the EIAReport.

IV Annual report of health statusof workers with specialreference to OccupationalHealth and Safety.

Occupational Health & SafetySurveillance Program for the plantafter expansion are given inSection 10.12.2 of the EIA report.

9 Corporate Environment Policy

i Does the company have a welllaid down Environment Policyapproved by its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may bedetailed in the EIA report.

Environmental Policy for thecompany is given in Section 10.3of Chapter 10 and HSE policy isgiven in Annexure 7.

ii Does the environment Policyprescribe for standardoperating process / proceduresto bring into focus anyinfringement/ deviation/

YesEnvironmentPolicy of UPLprescribes for standard operatingprocess / procedures/ Legalcompliances for environmental




violation of the environmentalor forest norms/ conditions? Ifso it may be detailed in EIA.

regulations compliance.Additionally, Industry is havingLegaTrex software developed byTCS for tracking of legalcompliances.Details are given Section 10.4 ofChapter 10 of the EIA report.

iii What is the hierarchical systemor Administrative order of thecompany to deal with theenvironmental issues and forensuring compliance with theenvironmental clearanceconditions? Details of thissystem may be given.

Industry is having hierarchicalsystem in place to deal withenvironmental issues for ensuringenvironmental compliances. TheUnit has full fledgedenvironmental management cell inplace responsible for compliancesand dealing with environmentalissues. TheDetails are givenSection 10.4 and Figure 10.1 ofChapter 10 of the EIA report.

iv Does the company have systemof reporting of non-compliancesviolations of environmentalnorms to the board of Directorsof the company and/orshareholders or stakeholders atlarge? This reportingmechanism shall be detailed inthe EIA report.

Industry is having LegaTrexsoftware developed by TCS fortracking of legal compliances. Byassignment of various tasks todifferent levels of department,monitoring becomeseasy.Compliance at lower levelstoleads to escalation ofnoncompliance to seniorleadership till promoters. Thehierarchical system ofenvironmental compliancereporting is given in Section 10.4and Figure 10.1 of Chapter 10 ofthe EIA report.

v Details regarding infrastructurefacilities such as sanitation,fuel, restroom etc. to beprovided to the labour forceduring constructions as well asto the casual workers includingtruck drivers during operationphase.

The unit is having all facilities inplace and During constructionphase required facilities will beprovided to construction workers.Necessary facilities includingsanitation, food and rest roomswill be provided for workersincluding drivers during operationphase.




11 Entrepreneur Social Commitment (ESC)

i Adequate funds (at least 2.5%of the project cost) shall beearmarked towards theEntrepreneur SocialCommitment based on PublicHearing issues and item-wisedetails along with time boundaction plan shall be included.Socio-economic developmentactivities need to be elaboratedupon.

Detail of Entrepreneur SocialCommitment are given in Section-10.15 and budgetary allocation isgiven in Table 10.8 and Table 10.9of Chapter 10 of the EIA report.

Public hearing for the proposedproject is exempted since projectis located within Notified IndustrialEstate (Notified Before 2006).

12 Any litigation pending againstthe project and/or anydirection/order passed by anycourt of law against theproject, if so, details thereofshall also be included. Has theunit received any notice underthe section 5 of environment(Protection) Act, 1986 orrelevant sections of Air andwater Acts? If so, details,thereof and compliance ATR tothe notice (s) and presentstatus of the case.

No litigation is pending for thisproject.

13 A tabular chart with index forpoint wise compliance of aboveTOR.

Complied and presented in Section1.5.1 of Chapter 1.

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES FORPESTICIDES INDUSTRY AND PESTICIDE SPECIFICINTERMEDIATES (EXCLUDING FORMULATIONS)

1. Commitment that no bannedpesticides will bemanufactured.

UPL does/will not manufactureany banned pesticide as per CIB.

2. Details on solvents to be used,measures for solvent recoveryand for emissions control.

Details of solvent recovery systemare given in Section 2.9 of Chapter2 of the EIA report.

3. Details of process emissionsfrom the proposed unit and itsarrangement to control.

Process stacks details along withexpected pollutant and airpollution control system are givenin Table-2.18 and Table 2.19 of




Section 2.15.2 in Chapter 2 of EIAreport.

4. Ambient air quality data shouldinclude VOC, other process-specific pollutants* like NH3*,chlorine*, HCl*, HBr*, H2S*,HF*, CS2 etc., (*-as applicable)

Based on the CPCB guidelines,Ambient Air Quality monitoringwas carried out at 8 locations8thMarch 2018 to 3rdJune 2018(One Season) as per NAQQMNotification of Nov 2009 and isincorporated in Section 3.8 inChapter 3 of EIA report. Specificparameters VOC, HydrogenChloride gas(HCl), Chlorine (Cl2),Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) andCarbon Disulfide (CS2) were alsomonitored during the studyperiod.

5. Work zone monitoringarrangements for hazardouschemicals.

Work zone monitoringarrangements for hazardouschemicals are given in Chapter 6of EIA Report

6. Detailed effluent treatmentscheme including segregationfor units adopting 'Zero' liquiddischarge.

The company has effluenttreatment plant (400 KLD) withPrimary, secondary & tertiarytreatment facilities. The treatedeffluent is discharged to FinalEffluent Treatment Plant (FETP) ofNarmada Clean Tech (NCT). Themembership certificate showingexisting effluent disposal quantityfor UPL Unit 1 is attached asAnnexure 5.The unit has proposedaugmentation of ETP capacity byaddition of 1000 KLD to existing400 KLD Capacity. Total capacityof ETP after expansion will be1400 KLD. The treated effluentwill be sent to NCT, Ankleshwarfor further treatment and disposal.The UPL has requested MoEF&CCfor permission for disposal ofadditional quantity to FETPOperated by NCT after expansion.




The details of requests and MoMfor standard ToR Amendment aregiven in Section 1.5.2 of EIAReport.

7. Action plan for odour control tobe submitted.

Odour Control Action Plan is givenin Section 10.10 of Chapter 10 ofEIA Report.

8. A copy of the Memorandum ofUnderstanding signed withcement manufacturersindicating clearly that they co-process organic solid/hazardouswaste generated.

Details of Membership of FETP,Ankleshwar are given in Annexure5.

Membership of CHWDF&IF of BEILis given in Annexure 6.

9. Authorization/Membership forthe disposal of liquid effluent inCETP and solid/hazardouswaste in TSDF, if any.

Details of Membership of FETP,Ankleshwar are given in Annexure5.

Membership of CHWDF&IF of BEILis given in Annexure 6.

10. Material Safety Data Sheet forall the Chemicals are beingused/will be used.

Material Safety Data Sheet for allthe Chemicals are being used/willbe used, are given Annexure 10.

11. Authorization/Membership forthe disposal of solid/hazardouswaste in TSDF.

Membership of CHWDF&IF ofBEILis given in Annexure 6.

12. Details of incinerator if to beinstalled.

There is no proposal forinstallation of incinerator at theplant.

13. Risk assessment for storageand handling of hazardouschemicals/solvents. Action planfor handling & safety system tobe incorporated.

Risk assessment for storage andhandling of hazardouschemicals/solvents and action planfor handling & safety system to beincorporated are described inChapter 7 of the EIA Report.

14. Arrangements for ensuringhealth and safety of workersengaged in handling of toxicmaterials.

Arrangements for ensuring healthand safety of workers engaged inhandling of toxic materials aregiven Chapter 7 of the EIA Report.



1.5.2 Compliance of Amended Specific ToRDuring 36th Expert AppraisalCommittee (Industry-2) held on held during 24-26 April 2018

The proposal was considered by EAC (Industry-2) for amendment in the

Terms of Reference/Environmental Clearance granted by the Ministry vide

letter No IA-J-11011/582/2017-IA-II(I) dated 10thFebruary 2018 for the

project ‘Expansion of Manufacturing Capacity of existing products and

manufacturing of new pesticides, intermediate chemicals’ proposed by M/s

UPL Limited Unit # 01, located at Ankleshwar.

UPL requested for amendment in the ToR with the details are as under:

S.No

Para ofToR/EC

Details as perthe ToR/EC

To be revised/read as

Justification/reasons

1. A GeneralDescriptionat Page No 2of StandardToR.

In this regard,under theprovisions of theEIA Notification2006 as amended,the Standard TORfor the purpose ofpreparingenvironment impactassessment reportand environmentmanagement planfor obtaining priorenvironmentclearance isprescribed withpublic consultationas follows:

In this regard,under theprovisions of theEIA Notification2006 as amended,the Standard TORfor the purpose ofpreparingenvironmentimpact assessmentreport andenvironmentmanagement planfor obtaining priorenvironmentclearance isprescribed withoutpublic consultationas follows:

UPL Unit 1 is locatedat within notifiedindustrial estate atGIDC Ankleshwar PlotNo 117 & 118 atGujarat. Thegovernment of Gujarathas notified industrialestate in year 1978vide Gazettenotification no GHU-78-20-GID1977-660-CH dated 07.02.1978.

2 A. StandardTerms ofReference,point number11, sub para-i

Social Commitmentbased on PublicHearing issues anditem-wise details

SocialCommitmentissues and item-wise details

UPL Unit 1 is locatedat within notifiedindustrial estate atGIDC Ankleshwar PlotNo 117 & 118 atGujarat. Thegovernment of Gujarathas notified industrialestate in year 1978vide Gazettenotification no GHU-78-20-GID-1977- 660-CH dated 07.02.1978.

3. Part B – Detailed Effluent Detailed Effluent The Unit has provided



S.No

Para ofToR/EC

Details as perthe ToR/EC

To be revised/read as

Justification/reasons

SpecificTerms ofReferenceCondition No6

Treatment Schemeincludingsegregation forUnits adopting ZeroLiquid Discharge

Treatment Schemeincludingsegregation ofEffluent Streams.ETP treatedeffluent shall besent to FETPoperated by M/sNCT, Ankleshwarfor furthertreatment anddeep sea disposal.

Effluent TreatmentPlant with Primary,Secondary & TertiaryTreatment facilitieswith 400 KLD Capacity.The unit is operated asper valid GPCB consentno H – 88493 valid till12/05/2018 withpermission fordischarge of treatedeffluent to FinalEffluent TreatmentPlant operated by M/sNCT, Ankleshwar forfurther treatment anddeep sea disposalthrough closedpipeline. The UPL Ltdhas extended supportfor establishment ofFETP at Ankleshwararea for prevention ofwater pollution & willcontinue as a leadmember of FETPoperated by NCT,Ankleshwar.Additionally, Unit hasinstalled 125 KLDCapacity RO Plant forrecycle and reuse oflow cod & low TDSstreams which will becontinued. The unithas proposed additionof 1000 KLD Capacityto Existing EffluentTreatment Plant & 100KLD Capacity ofSewage TreatmentPlant. The treatedsewage will be reusedin plantation andcooling towers.

The EAC, after deliberations recommended for proposal for amendment.

1.6 Regulatory Framework



The Unit#1 had obtained 02 (two) Environmental Clearances for pesticides &

intermediate Chemicals vide letter No.: J.11011/117/2002-IA II dated July

17th, 2003 and J-11011/407/2006-IA-II(I) dated April 4th, 2007 from Ministry

of Environment, Forest and Climate Change in the name of M/sUPL Ltd

Unit#01.The unit did not implement expansion for which environmental

clearance Letter No: J-11011/407/2006-IA-II(I) dated April4 – 2007 was

accorded due to product mix change without change in quantity. The Certified

Compliance Report for the previous Environmental Clearances (EC) for Unit #

1 of UPL is attached as Annexure 4.

The Unit #1 of UPL has valid Consolidated Consent & Authorization (CC&A)

under Water act, Air Act and authorization under Hazardous Waste Rules vide

CC&A No.:H-88493 issued on dated 26/9/2017 and valid up to 12/5/2018.

The copy of valid CC&A is attached as Annexure-2.The Unit has applied for

CC&A Renewal on 30.03.2018. The Unit #1 of UPL plant is operated under

the compliance of applicable environmental acts, rules &regulations, which

have been formulated and amended time to time as given in Table 1.2

Table 1.2: Regulatory FrameworkSn. Activity Aspects Compliance of Regulations

1. Manufacturing/

operational

Boiler

Process unit

Cooling tower

D.G. Set

Gaseous

emission

Factory License

The Factories Act, 1948

The Water (Prevention and

Control of Pollution) Act, 1974

and Rules, 1975, as amended to

date.


Control of Pollution) Cess Act,

1977 and Rules, 1978, as

amended to date.

The Air (Prevention and Control

of Pollution) Act, 1981 and

Rules, 1982, as amended to

date.

The Noise Pollution (Regulation

& Control) (Amendment) Rules,

2010

Noise

Water

Pollution

Manufacture, Storage and

Import of Hazardous Chemicals



Sn. Activity Aspects Compliance of Regulations

Rules, 2000 (as amended).

Indian Boiler Act, 1923 & Rules

Bureau of Indian Standards (IS)

Environment Impact Assessment

Notification, dated 14th

September 2006, as amended on

1st December 2009.

Environment (Protection) Act

1986

Hazardous & Other Wastes

(Management & Trans-Boundary

Movement) Rules 2016

E-Waste (Management) Rules,

2016

Plastic Waste Management

Rules, 2016

Construction and Demolition

Waste Management Rules, 20162. Storage of product

and raw material

Dust

Generation




date.




The Explosive Act, 1884 and

rules, 1983 amended to date

The Petroleum Act, 1934 &

Rules, 2002

Chemical Accidents (Emergency

Planning, Preparedness and

Response) Rules, 1996.

Public Liability Insurance Act,

1991 and Rules, 1991 as

amended to date


1992 (as amended).

Gaseous

Emission

Noise

Accidents

3. Transportation of

raw material and

Dust

Generation

Chemical Accidents (Emergency




products Gaseous

Emission

Planning, preparedness and

response) Rules, 1996



Rules, 1982, as amended to date

The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 &

The Central Motor Vehicle rules,

1989

The Environment (Protection)

Act, 1986 and Rules, 1986, as

amended to date

Noise Pollution (Regulation and

Control) (Amendment) Rules,

2010.

Noise

Accidents

4. Treatment

Technology

ETP

MEE

STP

ESP

Scrubber

Sludge

generation

VOC

Generation


Control of Pollution) Cess Act,

1977 and Rules, 1978, as

amended to date.




date.




Hazardous and Other Wastes

(Management and

Transboundary Movement)

Rules, as amended in 2016

Environment Protection Act 1986

& Rules made under.

5. Recruitment/Labour

Welfare

Social Public Liability Insurance Act,

1991 and Rules, 1991 as

amended to date


1992 (as amended).

Employment Relations




Amendment Act 2016

Employees Provident Funds and

Miscellaneous Provisions Act,

1952

Environment Impact Assessment

Notification, dated 14th

September 2006, as amended on

1st December 2009.

1.6.1 Certified Copies of Previous Environmental Clearance

The certified copy of Environmental Clearancesvide letter No.:

J.11011/117/2002-IA II dated July 17th, 2003 and J-11011/407/2006-IA-II(I)

dated April 4th, 2007 obtained from MoEF&CCfor previous expansionsis

enclosed as Annexure 4.

1.7 Structure of the EIA Report

The EIA report for the proposed expansion of Unit#1 of UPL is based on the

structure of EIA report, as described in the EIA Notification dated 14th

September 2006 and ToR approved and amended by MoEF&CC. The EIA

report is divided into twelve chapters. Details of chapters of EIA are

summarized below:

Chapter 1: Introduction–This chapter gives brief outline of the proposed

project and its proponent, brief description of the nature, size, and location

of the project and its importance, and extent of the EIA study, including the

scope of the study.

Chapter 2:Project Description - This chapter deals with the technical

details of the proposed project including existing production, proposed

production, raw materials requirement and storage, manufacturing

processes, mass balance, utilities requirement, sources of pollution and its

control strategies, etc.

Chapter 3:Description of Environment - This chapter presents existing

environmental conditions within 10km radius study area around the site

including topography, geology, soil, drainage pattern, water environment,



climate & meteorology, ambient air quality, noise levels, flora & fauna,

socio-economic conditions, etc. Both primary and secondary data collected

during the study period are depicted in this chapter.

Chapter 4:Impact Assessment & Mitigation Measures - This chapter

describes the anticipated impacts on the environment and mitigation

measures for project during construction and operation phases. The method

of assessment of impacts including studies carried out, modeling techniques

adopted to assess the impact where pertinent have been elaborated in this

chapter. It gives the details of the impacts on the baseline parameters, both

during the construction and operational phases and suggests the mitigation

measures to be implemented by the Unit#1 ofUPL. It also describes the

overall both-direct and indirect, reversible and irreversible impacts of the

proposed activities on different environmental parameters on different

environmental parameters during construction and post construction phase

and underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures.

Chapter 5:Analysis of Alternatives - This chapter gives details of

various alternatives both in respect of location of site and technologies to be

deployed. Alternatives have been compared in terms of their potential

environmental impacts, suitability under local conditions, and institutional

training and monitoring requirements.

Chapter 6:Environmental Monitoring Plan - This chapter covers the

Environmental Monitoring Programme for the plant in various phases of the

project implementation. It also includes the technical aspects of monitoring

to ensure the effectiveness of mitigation measures.

Chapter 7:Additional Studies - This chapter covers the Quantitative Risk

Analysis for existing and proposed expansion of the UPL plant.

Chapter 8: Project Benefits - This chapter highlights the benefits

occurring to the locality, neighborhood, region and nation as a whole. It

brings out details of benefits by way of improvements in the physical

infrastructure, social infrastructure, employment potential and other tangible

benefits.



Chapter 9:Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis -Environmental Cost

Benefit Analysis is not recommended in specified TORs.

Chapter 10:EnvironmentalManagement Plan-This chapter

comprehensively presents the Environmental Management Plan (EMP),

which includes the administrative and technical setup to ensure that

mitigative measures are implemented and their effectiveness is monitored,

summary of mitigation measures, the cost involved for implementation of

the EMP both during the construction and operational phases.

Chapter 11:Summary & Conclusions – This chapter deals with the

overall summary of the proposed project giving details of the project i.e.

salient features, baseline monitoring of various attributes of environment

their mitigation measures, project benefits, etc. which have been discussed

in the above chapters

Chapter 12:Disclosure of the Consultant - This chapter presents in

brief about the consultant engaged along with the key experts as per QCI/

NABET accreditation scheme.

EIA/EMP Report for Capacity Expansion of Manufacturing Capacity of ExistingProducts and Manufacturing of New Pesticides, Intermediate Chemicals (Unit #1), Plot No.- 117/118, Notified Industrial Estate, GIDC, Ankleshwar (Gujarat)

Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd.2-1

Chapter 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Introduction

The Unit is presently manufacturing 06 Pesticide Technical @ 1520 TPM

and02Pesticide Intermediate @1120TPM& Liquid / Solid pesticide formulation

products.It is proposed to expand Pesticide Technical capacity from 1520 TPM to

5480 TPM by manufacturing 9 pesticide technical products (6 existing+3 New

(proposed) products); Pesticide Specific Intermediate capacity from 1120 TPM to

2100 TPM (2 existing+1 New (proposed) Intermediate products).

2.2 Type and Needs of The Project

The proposed project is categorized under project activity 5(b) and Screening

Category “A” (Pesticides industry and pesticide specific intermediates (excluding

formulations) of EIA notification dated 14-09-2006.

This project of UPL (unit#1) is for the expansion of the existing pesticides

manufacturing and to include new products in the basket. The proposed project for

manufacturing of various products is based on the market surveys and internal

estimates. Proposed project is needed to serve increasing demand from export

market. Benefits of the project are many folds. The proposed project for

manufacturing of various products is based on the market surveys.

2.3 Technology Assessment

The proposed project is expansion of the existing pesticides manufacturing

including manufacturing of new products. Technology for existing & new pesticides

and pesticides intermediates is well establish technology being used by the UPL at

its various units.

2.4 Existing and Proposed Production Capacity

The production capacities of existing and proposed pesticide products to be

manufactured after expansion atUPL plant are described in Table 2.1:



Details of production capacities of pesticide formulation products (Existing & After

Expansion) are described in Table 2.2. The pesticide formulation products have

been excluded in EC Notification 2006 and do not require Environmental clearance.

2.5 By Product List (Existing and After Expansion)

The details of by-products generated from existing manufacturing processes and

after expansion of the Unit #1 of UPL are presented in Table 2.3. Total 18 no’s of

by products are proposed to be generated after expansion. From the existing plant,

155084 MT/Annum by products are generated while after expansion total 346598

MT/Annum by products will be generated. All byproducts will be sold to market or

disposed as per rule 9 of Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management &

Transboundary Movement) Rules 2016 based on applicability.



Table 2.1: Existing and Proposed Production Capacities after Expansion

Sr.No

Product NameExistingCapacity

(TPM)

ProposedProduct Name

ProposedAdditionalCapacity

(TPM)

TotalCapacity

AfterExpansion

(TPM)

CASNumber

LD50(for Rats -

Oral)

Biodegradability -Toxicity

classUse/

Application

CategoryAs per EC

Notification2006

(A) Pesticide Technical Products-Existing and Proposed capacity

1

MancozebOr

650Or

MancozebOr

650Or

1300

8018-01-7

>5,000 mg/kgRef :

PesticideManual

(FifteenthEdition)

Breaks down rapidly in soil,rapidly degraded in

environment by hydrolysis,oxidation, photolysis and

metabolism.

Ref : Pesticide Manual(Fifteenth Edition)

WHO (a.i.) U

Ref :PesticideManual

(FifteenthEdition)

Control ofmany fungaldiseases in awide range of

field crops,fruits, nuts,vegetables,

ornamentals,etc.

Ref : PesticideManual

(FifteenthEdition)

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Fungicide)

ManebOr

650Or

ManebOr

650Or

12427-38-2

>5,000 mg/kgRef :

PesticideManual

(FifteenthEdition)

Rapidly degraded inenvironment by hydrolysis,oxidation, photolysis and

metabolism.


WHO (a.i.) U


(FifteenthEdition)

Control ofmany fungaldiseases infield crops,fruits, nuts,vegetables,

ornamentals,turf etc.


(FifteenthEdition)

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Fungicide)

ZinebOr

650Or

ZinebOr

650Or

12122-67-7

>5,200 mg/kgRef :

PesticideManual

Subject to hydrolysis and doesnot persist in soil

Ref:

WHO (a.i.) U

Ref :Pesticide

Control ofdowny mildewsin vines, hops,lettuce, onions,

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Fungicide)



Sr.No


(TPM)



(TPM)

TotalCapacity

AfterExpansion

(TPM)

CASNumber

LD50(for Rats -

Oral)


classUse/

Application

CategoryAs per EC

Notification2006

(FifteenthEdition)

http://pmep.cce.cornell.edu/profiles/extoxnet/

pyrethrins-ziram/zineb-ext.html

Manual(FifteenthEdition)

spinach,brassicas,

oilseed rape,tobacco, andornamentals.


(FifteenthEdition)

ZiramOr

650Or

ZiramOr

650Or

137-30-4

2068 mg/kgRef :

PesticideManual

(FifteenthEdition)

In soil, aerobic DT50 42 hours.


WHO (a.i.) III


(FifteenthEdition)

Fungicidalcontrol in pomefruit, stone fruit,

nuts, vines,vegetables andornamentals; in

particular,control of scabin apples and

pears.Ref : Pesticide


A-5(b)Pesticide

(Fungicide)

Antracol(existing andproposed)

650Antracol

65012071-83-9

>5,000 mg/kgRef: Pesticide


Degradation is very rapid


WHO (a.i.) U


(FifteenthEdition)

Control ofdowny mildew,black rots, red

fire diseaseand grey mouldon vines; scaband brown roton apples and

pears, leaf spot

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Fungicide)



Sr.No


(TPM)



(TPM)

TotalCapacity

AfterExpansion

(TPM)

CASNumber

LD50(for Rats -

Oral)


classUse/

Application

CategoryAs per EC

Notification2006

disease onstone fruit.


(FifteenthEdition)

-- --

Antracol or

500 500

12071-83-9





WHO (a.i.) U


(FifteenthEdition)

Control ofdowny mildew,black rots, red

fire diseaseand grey mouldon vines; scaband brown roton apples and

pears, leaf spotdisease onstone fruit.


(FifteenthEdition)

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Fungicide)

Zineb(combinedcapacity)

12122-67-7

>5,200 mg/kgRef :

PesticideManual

(FifteenthEdition)


Ref:http://pmep.cce.cornell.edu/prof

iles/extoxnet/pyrethrins-

ziram/zineb-ext.html

WHO (a.i.) U


(FifteenthEdition)

Control ofdowny mildewsin vines, hops,lettuce, onions,

spinach,brassicas,

oilseed rape,tobacco, andornamentals.


A-5(b)Pesticide

(Fungicide)



Sr.No


(TPM)



(TPM)

TotalCapacity

AfterExpansion

(TPM)

CASNumber

LD50(for Rats -

Oral)


classUse/

Application

CategoryAs per EC

Notification2006

(FifteenthEdition)

2

MonocrotophosOR

Dichlorovos(DDVP)

(CombinedCapacity)

760OR760

Monocrotophos 740 15006923-22-4

18 mg/kgRef :

PesticideManual

(FifteenthEdition)

Rapidly degraded in soil, DT50

1-5 days


WHO (a.i.) Ib


(FifteenthEdition)

Control ofbroad spectrum

of pests,includingsucking,

chewing andboring insects,

and spidermites on

cotton, citrus,olives, rice,

maize,sorghum,

sugarcane,sugar beet,

peanuts,potatoes, soya

beans,vegetables,ornamentalsand tobacco.

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Insecticide)

Dichlorovos 760 760 62-73-7

50 mg/kgRef :

PesticideManual

(FifteenthEdition)

Non- persistent in environment,with rapid decomposition in

atmosphere.


WHO (a.i.) Ib


(FifteenthEdition)

Control ofhousehold andpublic healthinsect pestsand also use

as a veterinaryanthelmintic

Ref : Pesticide

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Insecticide)



Sr.No


(TPM)



(TPM)

TotalCapacity

AfterExpansion

(TPM)

CASNumber

LD50(for Rats -

Oral)


classUse/

Application

CategoryAs per EC

Notification2006


3

Sulfosulfuron(SF-10)

OR

60OR


OR

60 120

141776-32-1

>5,000 mg/kg


FifteenthEdition)

Soil DT50 32 days;Photodegradation DT50 3

days; degradation in water /sediment system was fairly

rapid DT50 32 days for river.


EPA(formulation)

III


(FifteenthEdition)

Hasdemonstratedactivity for the

control ofannual broadleaved weeds

and grassweeds in

cereals. Alsofor use on non-

crop sites


(FifteenthEdition)

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Herbicide)

TebuconazoleOR

60OR

TebuconazoleOR

107534-96-3

4000 mg/kgRef :

PesticideManual

(FifteenthEdition)

The degradation oftebuconazole in soil under field

conditions, the compounddegraded much more rapidly,and did not accumulate in long

term studies (3-5 y)


WHO (a.i.) III


(FifteenthEdition)

Used as a seeddressing, is

effectiveagainst varioussmut and bunt

diseases ofcereals, such

as Tilletia spp.,Ustilago spp.And Urocystis

spp.Ref : Pesticide

Manual

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Fungicide)



Sr.No


(TPM)



(TPM)

TotalCapacity

AfterExpansion

(TPM)

CASNumber

LD50(for Rats -

Oral)


classUse/

Application

CategoryAs per EC

Notification2006

(FifteenthEdition)

Acifluorfen 60 Acifluorfen62476-59-9

1540 mg/kgRef :

PesticideManual

(FifteenthEdition)

Will be moderately quicklydegraded, degradation occurs

through microbial activ ity.


WHO (a.i.) III


(FifteenthEdition)

Used post-emergence forthe control ofannual broad-leaved weeds,

with someeffects ongrasses, in

soya beans,peanuts and

rice.Ref : Pesticide


A-5(b)Pesticide

(Herbicide)

4Flonicamide(IKI 1145)


100 150158062-

67-0

884 -1768mg/kg


(FifteenthEdition)

Soil/Environment DT50 (4soils) 0.7-1.8 d (mean 1.1 d)


--

Foliar, selectiveaphicide; also

effectiveagainst someother suckinginsects. Foruse in fruit,

cereals,potatoes,

cotton andvegetables.


A-5(b)Pesticide



Sr.No


(TPM)



(TPM)

TotalCapacity

AfterExpansion

(TPM)

CASNumber

LD50(for Rats -

Oral)


classUse/

Application

CategoryAs per EC

Notification2006

(FifteenthEdition)

5 Metalaxyl 0 Metalaxyl 500 50057837-19-1

633 mg/kg


(FifteenthEdition)

In soil DT50 29 days; DT50 inwater 22-48 days.


WHO (a.i.) III


(FifteenthEdition)

To controldiseases,

caused by air-and soil- bornePeronosporalesof a wide rangeof temperate,

subtropical andtropical crops.


(FifteenthEdition)

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Fungicide)



Sr.No


(TPM)



(TPM)

TotalCapacity

AfterExpansion

(TPM)

CASNumber

LD50(for Rats -

Oral)


classUse/

Application

CategoryAs per EC

Notification2006

6 Karphos 0 Karphos 150 150 18854-01-8

180-242mg/kg

Ref: PesticideManual

(FifteenthEdition)

DT50 in soil 3-7 days.

Ref: Pesticide Manual(Fifteenth Edition)

WHO (a.i.) Ib


(FifteenthEdition)

Effectiveagainst

Aphididae,Coccidae,

Diaspididaeand

Margarodidaein cabbages,

citrus andornamentals.Ref: Pesticide


A-5(b)Pesticide

(Insecticide)

7 Imazapic 0 Imazapic 500 500115136-

53-3

> 5000 mg/kg


(FifteenthEdition)

The primary route ofdegradation in soil is via

microbial activity; DT50 31-410days, depending on soil and

climatic conditions.


EPA(formulation)

III


(FifteenthEdition)

For post andpre-emergenceresidual control

of a widevariety of

annual andperennialweeds inpasture,

rangeland andnon-cropland

areas.

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Herbicide)

Total – A 1520 Total – A 3960 5480

(B) Pesticide Specific Intermediate chemicals- Existing and Proposed capacity

8Amino

AcetoNitirileSulphate

0Amino

AcetoNitirileSulphate

100 1005466-22-8

No dataAvailable

No further relevant informationavailable

Ref: SDS ThermoFisher

Acute Toxicity(Oral) –

Category 3

SU24 ScientificResearch andDevelopment

A-5(b)



Sr.No


(TPM)



(TPM)

TotalCapacity

AfterExpansion

(TPM)

CASNumber

LD50(for Rats -

Oral)


classUse/

Application

CategoryAs per EC

Notification2006

(AANS) (AANS) Ref: SDSThermoFisher

Scientific

Scientif ic (H301)Ref: SDS

ThermoFisherScientif ic

Ref: SDSThermoFisher

Scientific

9TrimethylPhosphite

OR

1120OR

TrimethylPhosphite

OR

880OR

2000(CombinedCapacity)

121-45-9

Ref:MSDS

1600 mg/kgRef: MSDS

No information available

Ref: MSDS

EU - GHSSubstance

ClassificationAcute Toxicityoral Category

4;(H302),

ReproductiveToxicity

Category 2(H371)

Ref: MSDS

Used primarilyas an

intermediate inthe

manufacture ofpesticides.

Ref: MSDS

A-5(b)

10Tri Ethyl

Phosphite1000

Tri EthylPhosphite

1000

122-52-1

Ref:MSDS

Oral 3720mg/kg

Ref: MSDS

Readily biodegradableRef: MSDS

EU - GHSSubstance

ClassificationFlammable

LiquidCategory 3;

H226Ref: MSDS

Used primarilyas an

intermediate inthe

manufacture ofpesticides

Ref: MSDS

A-5(b)

Total- B 1120 Total- B 980 2100

Total (A+B) 2640 Total (A+B) 4940 7580

Table 2.2: Pesticide Formulation Products (Existing & After Expansion) - Excluded in EIA Notification



Kl/Sr.No

Product NameExistingCapacity(KL/M)

Proposed ProductName

ProposedAdditionalCapacity(KL/M)

TotalCapacity

AfterExpansion

(KL/M)

CASNumber

LD50(for Rats)

mg/L

Biodegradability

Toxicityclass

Use/Application

CategoryAs per EC

Notification2006

(C) Liquid Pesticide formulation products for which EC is not applicable

10Monocrotophos (Phoskil)

formulation - SL1000

Monocrotophos (Phoskil)formulation - SL

500 1500 ---- -- -- -- --

11Dichlorvos (DDVP) (Doom)

formulation – EC500

Dichlorvos (DDVP)(Doom)

formulation – EC200 700

-- -- -- -- -- --

12 Acifluorfen (Acf) formulation 400Acifluorfen (Acf)

formulation400 800

-- -- -- -- -- --

13Bentazone Sodium (Galaxy)

formulation50

Bentazone Sodium(Galaxy)

formulation50 100

-- -- -- -- -- --

14Tebuconazole (liquid

formulation)50

Tebuconazole (liquidformulation)

50 100-- -- -- -- -- --

15 Iris Acifluorfen formulation 0Iris Acifluorfen

formulation800 800

-- -- -- -- -- --

Total – D 2000 2000 4000-- -- -- -- -- --



Table 2.3: Details of By-product Generated from Existing ManufacturingProcess and After Expansion

Sr.No

Name of ByProduct

PhysicalState

ExistingQuantity

inMT/Ann

um

Additional

Quantityin

MT/Annum

TotalProposedQuantity

AfterExpansio

n inMT/Annu

m

Source of ByProduct

Generation

1ManganeseHydroxide Solid

0 234 234 Mancozeb/Maneb

2Sodium SulphateDry Powder Solid

372 406 778 Mancozeb/Maneb/

Zineb/Ziram/

Antracol3

Sodium SulphateLiquid Liquid

8844 9816 18660

4 NaHS Liquid 42 379 421

5 Zinc Hydroxide Solid

0 2418 2418 Zineb/Ziram/

Antracol

6 Methyl Chloride Gas2100 4220 6320 Dichlorovos/Mon

ocrotophos

7Methanol

Liquid132 523 655 Flonicamide /

Tebuconazole

8 Sodium Bi sulpite Liquid 108 547 655 Flonicamide

9 HCl 30 % Liquid

1656 6483 8139 Flonicamide/Imizapic/Metalaxyl

10 Sodium Bromide Liquid 1140 1260 2400 Metalaxyl

11Di CalciumPhosphate (DCP) Solid

14400 14400 28800 Tri MethylPhosphite/Tri

EthylPhosphite

12A

Calcium Chloride -CaCl2 Solution

Liquid 60000 60000 120000

12B

Calcium Chloride -CaCl2 Solid Fused/Anhydrous

Solid 21600 21600 43200

13NH4Cl - AmmoniumChloride

Solid 10476 10476 20952

14 Aqueous Ammonia Liquid 25500 47716 73216

15 Anhydrous Liquid 5100 9543 14643



Sr.No

Name of ByProduct

PhysicalState

ExistingQuantity

inMT/Ann

um

Additional

Quantityin

MT/Annum

TotalProposedQuantity

AfterExpansio

n inMT/Annu

m

Source of ByProduct

Generation

Ammonia

16Di MethoxyMethane Solid

0 869 869 Amino AcetoNitrile Sulphate

17 Ethanol Liquid 138 524 662 Flonicamide

18 Sodium Sulphite Liquid 3576 0 3576

Total Quantity In MT/Annum 155084 191414 346598

The Quantity of all above by products will be sold to local market or end user based onapplicability of Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management & Transboundary Movement)Rules 2016.

Source: UPL Limited

2.6 Manufacturing Process, Reaction and Mass Balance for Existing andProposed Products

The manufacturing process, reaction and mass balance for pesticide products are

given in the following sub-sections:

2.6.1 MANCOZEB (Existing & Proposed)

I. Manufacturing Process

Step-I: Nabam Salt Preparation

Ethylene diamine and Carbon disulfide are reacted under controlled conditions to

form Ethylene Bisdithio Carbamic acid. This is neutralized by Sodium hydroxide to

form Nabam salt. This salt is transferred to another reactor in which hot water is

flushed. The CS2 recovered and reused in process.



Step-II :Maneb Precipitation from Nabam Salt

Nabam salt is treated with Manganese Sulphate to form Maneb salt. It is then

filtered and Maneb cake is sent to homogenizer while the mother liquor is taken to

the evaporator/crystallizer. The condensate recovered is recycled back to the

process OR send to ETP for treatment and to the cooling tower for makeup. Na2SO4

salt obtained as a byproduct is sold.

Step-III: Reconstitution/Homogenization of Maneb to Mancozeb

Filtered Maneb cake is reconstituted to form wet mancozeb by adding ZnSO4 and

other additives like SLS,HMTA and Dadamol. Then Mancozeb wet slurry is sent for

drying.

ML TREATEMENT & MULTI EFECT EVAPORATER

Step-I: 10-14% sodium sulphate ml is treated with caustic lye. Excess MnSO4 from

precipitation is form Mn(OH)2 sludge which is filtered and sale to end-users as by-

product.

Step-II: Mlfrom filter press is sent to Multi Effect Evaporator where wet Sodium sulfate

is sent to evaporation and condensate water sent to RO / recycled.



Chemical Reactions

Chemical reactions for Mancozebare given below:



II. Process Flow Diagrams

The process flow diagram for Mancozeb is given in Figure 2.1

Figure 2.1: Process Flow Diagram for Mancozeb



The process flow diagram for ML Treatment and MEE for Mancozeb is given in

Figure 2.2.

The process flow diagram for Scrubber for Mancozeb is given in Figure 2.3.

All unit in Kg/MT

WATER 2892 15 Mn(OH)2 sludge as by-productNa2SO4 476 24 Na2SO4 generatedMNS04 26Belt wash water 1355FP flush water 43 4305 WATER

476 Na2SO4

Causticlye 48% kg/MT 28

Na2SO4 generated 24

500 Na2SO4(87%) as by-product

WATER 4305

Na2SO4 476 4305 Water to ETP

PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM - ML treatment and MEE

Ml treatment

MEE

Figure 2.2: Process Flow Diagram for ML Treatment & MEE for

Water 1Caustic lye 48% 3

CS2 fromD-14 rector 0.57 0.03 CS2 to vent

NaSH Solution (by-product)

Scrubber

Scrubber

Figure 2.3: Process Flow Diagram for Scrubber for Mancozeb



III. MASS BALANCE – MANCOZEB :

The Mass Balance for MANCOZEB is given below:INPUT Quantity

(Kgs/ton)MANCOZEB

1000 kgOUTPUT Quantity

(Kgs/ton)

Ethylene Diamine(100%)

203.93 Product

CS2 567.5 Mancozeb 1000

NaOH (48%) 567 By – Product/

MnSO4 (29.5%) 1820.8 Mn(OH)2 Sludge 15Sodium Sulphate 500

NaSH Solution 5

Water 3417 Recycle

ZnSO4 (13%) 176.9 CS2 52.5Water 4431

SLS 30.12

HMTA 18.8

DADAMOL(40%) 15.1 To AirFilter aids 4 Water Vapour 845

Powder 0.039

CS2 to scrubber vent 0.03

NaOH (48%)( MEE) 28 Hazardous waste to Incineration

Filter aids 1

TOTAL 6849 TOTAL 6849

2.6.2Antracol (Existing & Proposed)


Step I

DI water and CS2 are taken in the reactor first. Propylene diamine aqueous

solution and aqueous ammonia 17% (wt) added over a period of time to the

reactor. The reaction temp is maintained under controlled reflux. The ammonium

salt solution thus formed is transferred to another reactor where an aqueous

solution of ZnSO4 is added gradually. The precipitate is formed. This is filtered.

The cake obtained is homogenized to form slurry and additive mixed with slurry.

This slurry is dried in spray dryer. Water in slurry is evaporated and dry Antracol



powder obtained. During process CS2 liberate and scrubbed with caustic lye and

form NaSH soln. The CS2 recovered and reused in process. The company has

installed bag filter for control of particular matter emissions.

Step II

The mother liquor containing the (NH4)2SO4 solution is taken to another reactor

where NaOH lye is added and recovered NH3 by stripping process. The bottom

solution is taken to ETP for treatment. Recover NH3 is used in step I.

The chemical reaction for Antracol are given below:



Process Flow Diagram

The process flow diagram for Antracol is given in Figure 2.4.

Figure 2.4: Process Flow Diagram for Antracol



The process flow diagramsfor NH3 Recovery and Scrubberfor Antracolare given in

Figure 2.5.

Figure 2.5: Process Flow Diagram NH3 Recovery and Scrubber for Antracol



I. Mass Balance – Antracol

The Mass Balance for Antracol is given below:

2.6.3 MANEB (Existing & Proposed)


The manufacturing process consists of 5 major steps:

Condensation reaction to Nabam

This is the condensation reaction of Carbon Disulphide with ethylenediamine in

presence of NaOH. This reaction is conducted at atm conditions at 40-42 oC& the

pH is approx 9-9.2. This process ensures completion of the condensation reaction &

conversion of the very small excess of CS2. The excess CS2 is recovered and reused

in process.



Precipitation of Maneb

To the Manganese Sulphate solution, the aq. solution of Nabam is added and the

formed Maneb separates as a solid from the reaction mixture due to insolubility.

The resultant liquid is a viscous suspension.

Purification by filtration & washing

The filtration steps complete the separation of the Maneb after its precipitation from

the slurry. The so obtained wet cake of Maneb is washed with water. This

practically eliminates the bulk of water-soluble reaction products & impurity such as

sodium Sulphate, excess Manganese Sulphate. Maneb cake is collected in

homogenizer tank.

Spray drying

The Maneb cake is re-slurred in water with a small amount of additives like

SLS/HMTA/Dodamol. The slurry is transferred to SPD feed tank for spray dryer. SPD

dryed powder is further dry in rotary vacuum dryer. The company has installed wet

scrubber for control of emissions of CS2.

Packaging of the Maneb

In this section, all the collected Maneb is packed in require pack size.

II. Chemical Reactions

The chemical reactions for Menab are given below:



Process Flow Diagram

The process flow diagram for MANEB is given in Figure 2.6.

Water kg/MT 565.5 0.57 CS₂ kg/MT to vent scrubber

CS₂ kg/MT 584.6 54.09 Recycle CS₂ kg/MT

EDA 100% kg/MT 210.1

Causticlye 48% kg/MT 581.6 1886.9 Mabam salt soln

Mabam salt soln kg/MT 1886.9 924.8 MANEB kg/MT

MnSO4SOL-29% kg/MT 1875.6 3595.4 WATER kg/MT

Water kg/MT 1279.6 495.6 Na2SO4 kg/MT

26.4 MNS04 kg/MT

MANEB kg/MT 924.8 4891.9 MOTHER LIQUOR to MEE

WATER kg/MT 3595.4

Na2SO4 kg/MT 495.5 1546.2 MANEB 60% kg/MT

MNS04 kg/MT 26.4

Belt wash water kg/MT 1395.9

MANEB 60% kg/MT 1546

ZNSO4(13%)kg/MT 24.24 1830.8 Homogenizer slurry kg/MT

HMT kg/MT 29.08

SLS kg/MT 24.24

DADAMOL 13.38

WATER 116.33

SCRUBBER SLURRY water 73.67

SCRUBBER SLURRY Maneb 3.88 0.038 Powder to vent

PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM - MANEB

NABAM SALTSOLUTION

PREPARATION

MANEB

PREPARATION

FILTRATION

HOMOGENIZATIO N



The process flow diagrams for ML Treatmentand scrubber MANEB are given in

Figure 2.7.

Figure 2.7: Process Flow Diagram ML Treatment and Scrubber for MANEB



VI. MASS BALANCE – MANEB

The Mass Balance for MANEB is given below:

INPUTQuantity(Kgs/to

n)

MANEB(1000

kg)

OUTPUT Quantity(Kgs/ton)

EDA(100%) 210 PRODUCT

Carbon Disulphide 585 MANEB 1000

Caustic (48%) 584 BY PRODUCT/

MnSO4 (29%) 1875 Mn(OH)2 Sludge 15

Water 3523 Sodium Sulphate (87%) 515

HMT 29 NaSH Solution 5

DADAMOL 13 RECYCLE

China clay 16 CS2 54

Water 4557

SLS 70 TO AIR

ZnSO4 24 Water vapour 811

Filter Aid 1 Powder to vent from wetscrubber

0.038

NaOH (48%)( MEE) 28 CS2 to scrubber vent 0.03

Hazardous waste to Incineration

Filter aid 1


2.6.4 ZINEB (Existing & Proposed)


The manufacturing process consists of 5 major steps:

Condensation Reaction to Nabam

This is the condensation reaction of carbon disulphide with ethylenediamine in

presence of NaOH. This reaction is conducted at atm conditions at 40°-42°C & the

pH is approx 9-9.2. This process ensures completion of the condensation reaction &

conversion of the very small excess of CS2 which is sent to scrubber. The CS2 is

recycled and reused in process.



Precipitation of Zineb

To the zinc Sulphate solution, the aq. solution of Nabam is added and the formed

zinc ethylenebis (Zineb) separates as a solid from the reaction mixture due to

insolubility. The resultant liquid is a viscous suspension.

Purification by Filtration &Washing

The filtration steps complete the separation of the zineb after its precipitation from

the slurry. The so obtained wet cake of zineb is washed with water. This practically

eliminates the bulk of water-soluble reaction products & impurity such as sodium

Sulphate, excess zinc Sulphate &ethylenethiourea& conc. the aq. suspension of the

zineb.

Spray Drying

The zineb cake is re-slurred in water with a small amount of calcium

lignosulphonate with a zineb conc. of 30-35 %. The slurry is transferred to a slurry

homogenizer tank. From the homogenizer tank the zineb is pumped into feed tank

for the spray dryer. The dried product is separated in the bottom of the spray dryer

which is grinded by Air jet mill and collected in blender.

Packaging of the zineb

In this section, all the collected zineb after milling is transferred for packing.

Chemical Reaction

The chemical reactions for Zineb are given below:



III. Process Flow Diagrams

The process flow diagrams for Zineb isgiven in Figure 2.8.

The process flow diagrams for Scrubberfor Zinebisgiven in Figure 2.9.



Figure 2.8: Process Flow Diagram for Zineb



MASS BALANCE – ZINEB:

Mass balance for ZINEB is given below:

2.6.5 ZIRAM (Existing & Proposed)


The Production of ZIRAM is divided into 4 steps

INPUTQuantity(Kgs/ton)

ZINEB(1000 kg)

OUTPUTQuantity(Kgs/ton)

EDA(100%) 223.5 Product

Carbon Disulphide 629.2 ZINEB 1000

Caustic lye (48%) 614.6 By product

Zinc Sulphate(13%) 1940 NaSH 4% 18

Sodium Sulphate 605

Zn(OH)2 155

Water 14920 Recovery

Calcium Ligno sulphate 11 Carbon Disulphide 65

HMTA 11 Water Recycled

SILCOLAPSE 0.05 Water 14676

Caustic lye (48%) for MEE 125 To Air

CS2 from scrubber vent 0.03

Water vapour 1955


Figure 2.9: Process Flow Diagram for Scrubber for Zineb



Nabam Condensation

The dimethyl amine, CS2 and NaOH are reacted at nearly equivalent molar amount.

The reactor is equipped with heating & cooling coils used to control the reaction

temp at 50 C. The reaction is continued for an additional 45 min followed by

recovery at 62 C to remove di-ethylemine& CS2.Vent CS2 is scrubbed in Caustic lye

soln. The CS2 is recovered and reused in process.

Ziram Precipitation

Then zinc sulfate is transferred into the reactor a period & temp is reduced to 36 C.

The Nabam is added while maintaining the temp 50 C.

Filtration &Washing

The filtration steps are intended to eliminate the impurity present in the suspension.

After the precipitation suspension of Ziram is transferred into the process where it

is filtrated by a vacuum belt filter. The cake from the filtration is washed with

recycle water.

Homogenation

Filtrated slurry which is coming from the washing & filtration is then mixed with

additives like SAG &borrosperse NH. Mixed slurry is then sent for drying.

Drying of the Ziram slurry

The Ziram slurry is pumped into the spray dryer where product is dried. The dried

product is transferred into a storage bin then transfer to blender for Packing.

II. Chemical Reaction

The chemical reactions for ZIRAM are given below:



III. Process Flow Diagram for ZIRAM

The process flow diagram for ZIRAM is given in Figure 2.10.



Figure 2.10: Process Flow Diagram for ZIRAM



The process flow diagram for ML treatment & MEE and Scrubber for ZIRAM is given

in Figure 2.11.

IV. MASS BALANCE – ZIRAM

Mass Balance for Ziram is given below:

Figure 2.11: Process Flow Diagram for ML treatment & MEE and

Scrubber for ZIRAM



INPUTQuantity(Kgs/ton)

ZIRAM

(1000 kg)

OUTPUTQuantity(Kgs/ton)

DMA(40%) 740 Product

Carbon Disulphide 575 ZIRAM 1000

Caustic (48%) 695 By-Product

Zinc Sulphate (13%) 2057 Sodium Sulphate (87%) 641

Hot Water 16691 Zn(OH)2 sludge 86

ALS 5 NaSH Solution 5

Recovery

Carbon Disulphide 73.4

To Recycle

Water 16316

To Air

CS2 0.01

Water vapour 2641


2.6.6MONOCROTOPHOS (Existing & Proposed)


Step I: Manufacturing process for Monochloro Monomethyl AcetoAcetamide (MMACL)

Take aqueous solution of salt and Monomethyl AcetoAcetamide (MMA) 71% aq.

solution in the reactor. Cool the reaction masses to up to –18oC and stir it. Start

addition of chlorine to the reaction mass, stir and cool. During chlorination maintain

temperature around -12 to –18oC. Chlorination time is about 2.75–3 hrs. After

completion of chlorination, neutralize the whole mass to pH 6 to 7 using 16%

caustic solution. Now add ethylene dichloride to extract MMACI. Then separate the

aqueous from the organic phase. That is partially goes to chlorination stage &

remaining goes for evaporation. The generated NaCl salt will treated for landfilling.

This MMACI in EDC is taken for second step Perkow reaction.

Step II: Manufacturing process of Monocrotophos-Tech

Take solution of MMACI and EDC (of IST step) into reactor and heat it to 60oC. Then

add Tri methyl phospite to the reaction mass & maintain temp around 45-55oC.



Addition period is about 4–5 hrs. After completion of addition of TMP, further

maintain the temperature for about 2 hrs. After completion of reaction EDC is

recovered under vacuum to get Monocrotophos Tech. The generated low boiler

after TFE will goes to incinerator.

Step III: Methyl chloride recovery system

Methyl Chloride vapors along with EDC vapors are chilled in a Heat exchanger

where brine is circulated at –35oC. Liquefied Methyl chloride, which is obtained as a

top product from distillation column is cooled and stored in a product tank. Finally,

it is filled in tonners. The generated MeCl residue (Ethylene Di Chloride - EDC) from

MeCl is recovered and recycled back to plant or sent to incineration based on purity.

II. Chemical Reaction for Monocrotophos

Chemical reaction for Monocrotophos is given below:



III. Process Flow Diagram for Monocrotophos

The process flow diagram for Monocrotophos is given in Figure 2.12.

Figure 2.12: Process Flow Diagram for Monocrotophos



IV. Mass Balance – Monocrotophos

Mass Balance for Monocrotophos is given below:

InputQuantity

MONOCROTOPHOS (1000

kg)

OutputQuantity

(Kgs/ton) (Kgs/ton)

MMAA 71% 720 PRODUCT

Chlorine 340 Monocrotophos 1000

Hot Water 4311 By Product

NaCl as Media 761 Methyl Chloride 210

Urea as catalyst 55 Recovery

Caustic lye 32% 190 EDC 6165

Water as media 1410 TMP 180

EDC as solvent 6235Aq. ML recycle in to Chlorinationstage

5072

TMP 600 Effluent stream

Stream 1 To Evaporator 1859

TO AIR

Cl2 from scrubber vent 0.023

MeCl to air 6

SOLVENT LOSSES

EDC 70

Hazardous Waste

MeCl high boiler for incineration 10

MCP Low boiler for incineration 50


2.6.7 DDVP - Dichlorvos (Existing & Proposed)


Raw material Chloral taken in suitable reactor and then reaction mass is heated to

40 C. Then add Trimethyl Phosphite (TMP) by maintaining the temperature at 40-

45C continuous for 3-4 hours. MeCl recovered through Scrubber or will be

recovered through MeCL recovery plant. After completion of addition of TMP,

reaction mass is stirred for half an hour and under vacuum of 750 –755mm Hg to

get DDVP tech. Generated aqueous contaminated water from Hot well send to ETP

for treatment. Generated process waste is (Low Boiler) sent for Incineration.




III. Process Flow Diagram for DDVP

The process flow diagram for Dichlorvos (DDVP)is given in Figure 2.13.

Figure 2.13: Process Flow Diagram for DDVP



IV. MASS BALANCE – DICHLORVOS

Mass Balance for Dichlorvos is given below:

INPUT Quantity(kg/t)

Dichlorvos -DDVP

Manufacturing1000 kg

OUTPUT Quantity(kg/t)

Chloral 686 PRODUCT

TMP 568 DDVP 1000.00

Steam 2347.5 RECOVERY

Water 50 Nil

BY PRODUCT

Methyl Chloride 278. 50

EFFLUENT GENERATION

Stream I: To ETP

From DDVP Purification:Contaminated Condensate –Water (2347.5) + TMP (1) +Chloral (4.5)

2353

AIR POLLUTION

Traces of Methyl Chloride 0.001

HAZARDOUS WASTE (To Incinerator)

Stream I: To Incinerator

From DDVP Purification

Process Waste –TMP (6) +Chloral (14)

20.00

Total 3651.5 TOTAL 3651.5

2.6.8 Flonicamide (IKI) (Existing & Proposed)


STEP: 1

Add EVE (Ethyl Vinly Ether), MDC (Methylene Di-chloride), and Pyridine according to

charge size into reactor. Then Purge TFAC (Trifloro Acetyl Chloride) into Reactor

and maintain temperature as per requirement, here ethanol will be generated in

reaction. Then transfer whole mass into another reactor and do cold water wash as

required. Then separate organic layer and aqueous layer. 1st Aqueous layer

(Pyridine.HCL) to be sent for Caustic treatment and then Pyridine recovery.Again



we do cold water wash as required.Then separate organic layer & aqueous layer.

2nd Aqueous layer send to ETP.Purge ammonia gas into organic layer and then do

distillation to recover MDC+Ethanol. At the end of Distillation at the bottom of the

reactor, crude TFVA is obtained.

STEP: 2

Take NMP, NaOMe, crude TFVA according to charge size into Reactor. Then

transfers retain mass into separate reactor and add MAM. Then again add NaOMe

into reactor according to charge size. Then add MeOH and water according to

charge size into reactor. Then recover MeOH by distillation. Bottom product from

Methanol column to be further treated for recovery of Pyridine and NMP. Then add

MDC and Water into reactor to extract NMP. The organic mass will be taken away

for recovery of NMP and MDC. Transfer the aqueous mass into second Reactor. Add

NaCl according to charge size and then HCl for acidification. Then filter mass, the

product TFNA will be obtained as wet cake, wash the cake by water and MeOH. The

mother liquor will be sent for evaporation and Washing Mother Liquour will be

recycled to Cyclisation (R-9006) step. Dry the wet powder in dryer at the end of

drying the dry powder will be obtained TFNA dry powder.

STEP: 3

Add Dry TFNA, Toluene according to charge size into reactor and do Distillation to

remove water. Then add Catalyst, SOCl2 according to charge size into reactor, the

waste gases are scrubbed by scrubber & send as by product. Then do distillation of

whole mass and TFNC / Toluene will be obtained as distillate as product.

STEP: 4

Prepare AANS solution and Soda solution as per charge and mix in reactor. Then

add TFNC / Toluene according to charge size into the reactor. Then increase

temperature as per requirement so the slurry will be formed. Then filter the whole

reaction mass and dry the wet powder in dryer at the end of drying the dry powder

will be obtained as product. i.e. FLONICAMIDE. From ML the toluene will be

recovered by distillation and water will be sent for evaporation.



II. Chemical Reaction – Flonicamide

Chemical Reaction for Flonicamide (IKI) is given below:



II. Process Flow Diagram – Flonicamide

The process flow diagram for Step 1 to Step 4 of Flonicamideare given in

Figure 2.14 to 2.17, respectively.

Figure 2.14: Process Flow Diagram for Step 1 of Flonicamide












IV. Mass Balance: Flonicamide (IKI)

Mass Balance for Flonicamide (IKI) is given below:



2.6.9 TEBUCONAZOLE (Existing & Proposed)


Oxyran Stage:

The complex is formed between the DMS and DMSO4 and reacts with

HRTK and KOH at room temp and pressure. After the addition of Complex,

cook the mass for some time and then start recovery DMS. After the

recovery is completed, the mass is transferred to Extraction vessel, where

organic mass is extracted in hexane & aqueous mass in water at Room

temp and pressure. The separated aqueous mass is transferred to

evaporation set up made available in the plant and the Organic mass send

for Hexane Recovery. The purified mass contains Oxirane is then

transferred to FO4Z stage. Vents from the DMSO4 Storage and hold tank,

Reactor, DMS recovery condenser are treated in the Scrubber with hypo in



the Primary Scrubber and with NaOH in the secondary Scrubber. The final

treated effluent will be sent to ETP.

Tebuconazole Stage:

The raw material Oxirane, 1 HT, KOH are added at room temp and

pressure and dissolved in the Butanol and being kept for cooking some

time, after cooking the mass, the mixture is heated to recover the Butanol

from the mass. Passing then separates the azeotrope formed between the

Butanol and water through the separator. The KOH is dissolved with water

and separated as a aqueous layer from the bottom is send to ETP.

The final wet cake is then transferred for the drying and the remaining

hexane content from the wet cake recovered by vacuum drying. The dry

powder is collected from the bottom of the dryer and packed.

II. Chemical reaction – Tebuconazole

The Chemical reactions for Tebuconazole are given below:

III. Process Flow Diagram – Tebuconazole

The process flow diagram for Step 1 and Step 2 of Tebuconazole are

given in Figure 2.18 and 2.19, respectively.

EIA/EMP Report for Capacity Expansion of Manufacturing Capacity of Existing Products and Manufacturing of NewPesticides, Intermediate Chemicals (Unit # 1), Plot No.- 117/118, Notified Industrial Estate, GIDC, Ankleshwar(Gujarat)


Figure 2.18: Process Flow Diagram for Step 1 of Tebuconazole



Figure 2.19: Process Flow Diagram for Step 2 of Tebuconazole

EIA/EMP Report for Capacity Expansion of Manufacturing Capacity of ExistingProducts and Manufacturing of New Pesticides, Intermediate Chemicals (Unit# 1), Plot No.- 117/118, Notified Industrial Estate, GIDC, Ankleshwar(Gujarat)


IV. Mass Balance: Tebuconazole

Mass balance for Tebuconazole is given below:



2.6.10Acifluorfen(Existing & Proposed)


Charge requires qty. of D.M. Water at 30-35C into vessel from measuring water

meter. Take the caustic lye 48% from storage tank to day tank and add the

caustic lye 48% from day tank to reactor as per required quantity by us. Weigh

and charge butyl cellosolve as per require quantity with continuous Stirring.

Wight and charge wet FENO4 (POWDER) as per require quantity with

continuous stir. Then start Cooking for 2 hrs. Check the batch sample for pH in

laboratory if required, adjust the pH using Caustic Lye 48% or Wet FEN-04

Then confirm compliance of all required product Specifications.Filter the batch

by using Sparkler Filter.Analyze the product as per specification (If approved) If

approved the product transfer into the ST-8001 Measure production by using

Level Indicator.

Chemical Reactions

Chemical Reactions for Aciflourofen is given below:

II. Process Flow Diagram

The process flow diagram for Aciflourofen is given in Figure 2.20.



IV. Mass Balance for Aciflourofen

Mass balance for Aciflourofen is given below:Input Quantity

(Kgs/ton)

FEN 04(1000

kg)

Output Quantity(Kgs/ton)

Acifluorfen (85%) 504 PRODUCT

NaOH 48% 103 Acifluorfen sodium salt solution 1000

DM Water 344 Total 1000

Butyl Cellosolve 49

TOTAL 1000Sparkler filter cloth for

incineration1

2.6.11Sulfosulfuran(Existing & Proposed)


Step I: ADP to ADCP

Figure 2.20: Process Flow Diagram for Aciflourofen



Take require qty. of dioxane and DMA in reactor and charged ADP in it.Then

cool mass up to 10-12 °C. Start PCF addition and complete it between 10 to 15

°C. Then start Cooking for 24 hrs. This reaction mass to be quenched in cool

water with agitation. Filter the solid from mass and wash with hexane. Dry the

wet cake which gives ADCP dry cake.

Step-2: ADCP to SF-10:

Take require qty. of Acetone in reactor and charged ESPO and ADCP in it.Then

cool mass up to 10-12 °C. Start TEA addition and complete it between 10 to 15

°C. Then start Cooking for 12 hrs. This reaction mass to be quenched in cool

water with agitation. After quenching start filtration and remove solid from mass

.Clear mass to be treated with 3% HCl for precipitation. Start centrifuge and

then filter predicated mass.Give water wash. After water wash start centrifuge

to remove water wash ml and take wet cake of SF-10 for Methanol wash to

remove impurity. Wet cake to be dry in tray dryer for 6 to 8 hrs up to 65 °c

temperature


III. Process Flow Diagram

The process flow diagram for Step 1 and Step 2 for Sulfosulfuran is given in

Figure 2.21 and Figure 2.22, respectively.



Figure 2.21: Process Flow Diagram for Step 1 for Sulfosulfuran



Figure 2.22: Process Flow Diagram for Step 2 for Sulfosulfuran



IV. Mass Balance for Sulfosulfuran

The mass balance for Sulfosulfuran is given below:

INPUTQuantity

SF 10(1000

kg)

OUTPUTQuantity

(Kgs/ton) (Kgs/ton)

ADP 384 Product

PCF 453 SF 10 1000

1-4 Dioxane 764 Recovery

DMA 400 Hexane 1437

Water (Wash &

Quenching)3273 Methanol 1168

Hexane 1513 ML for evaporation 10447

ESPO 623 Hazardous waste

TEA 250Stream:2 Residue toIncinerator

83

Acetone 1058 ML for incineration 4635

Water 3325 Solvent losses

HCl (3%) 3180 Hexane 31

Wash water 2371 Methanol 23

Methanol 1230


2.6.12Tri Methyl Phosphite (Existing & Proposed)


Step I

Phosphorus tri chloride, methanol, liquid ammonia & solvent are continuously

fed into reactor R-901. The contents are circulated through heat exchanger. The

level in reactor is automatically maintained constant by adjusting a continuous

bleed off the receiving steam.



In reactor R-902 provision is made for addition of NH3& also dissolves the

ammonium chloride solids in water stream. The bottom water stream from

separator is pumped off to recovery section for the recovery of anhydrous

ammonia. Organic layer is pumped to stripping column C–906.

Stripping column is operated under vacuum and the overhead condensate is

returned to R-902. The bottoms are super-heated in the exchangers and level is

maintained constant with feed to column C-904.

The product column C-904 is operated under vacuum, the overhead condensate

will flow into product check tank T-903 A/B. The bottom levels are adjusted by

control valve to recycle solvent tank.

Step II: Recovery of anhydrous NH3 and Recycle to TMP Process

Aqueous Ammonium Chloride is treated with lime in stirred reactor at ambient

temp & pressure. The reaction mix transferred to holding vessel it is evaporated

and purified to get aq. Ammonia. By product di-calcium phosphate and calcium

chloride are recovered. The aqueous ammonium chloride is crystalized and

power is sold to end user as a by product.

II. Chemical Reactions

The chemical reactions for Tri Methyl Phosphite is given below:



III.Process Flow Diagram for Tri Methyl Phosphate (TMP)

The process flow diagram for Tri Methyl Phosphate (TMP) is given in Figure2.23.

Figure 2.23: Process Flow Diagram for Tri Methyl Phosphate





IV. Mass Balance: Tri Methyl Phosphate

Mass balance for Tri Methyl Phosphate are given below:

InputQuantity

Tri-MethylPhosphite(1000 kg)

OutputQuantity

(Kgs/ton) (Kgs/ton)

PCl3 1193.66 PRODUCT

Aqueous NH3 483.27 TMP 1000

Methanol 872.13 By Product

Solvent (HNP)as media

8544 Di-calcium phosphate 1071.42

Water as media 6901.65 CaCl2 Solution 30%) 4464.28

lime 1093.6 CaCl2 fused 1607.14

NH4CL (Solid) 779.46

Aqueous NH3 ORAnhydrous Ammonia

387/96

Hcl 3.5 Recovery

Caustic 0.5Aqueous NH3 /

Anhydrous Ammonia387/96

Solvent recycle (HNP) 8544

Recycle water fromscrubber

1022.74

EFFLUENT GENERATION

Nil 0

TO AIR

Vapor from scrubber 120.02

NH3 0.02

Cl2 0.01

Hazardous Waste

Residue To Incinerator 0

Total OTAL 19092 TOTAL 19092



2.6.13Tri-Ethyl Phosphite (TEP) (Existing & Proposed)


Step-1

Phosphorus Trichloride, Ethanol, liquid ammonia and solvent are continuously

fed into reactor R-901. The contents are circulated through heat exchanger. The

level in the reactor is automatically maintained constant by adjusting a

continuous bleed off the receiving steam.

In reactor R-902 provision is made for addition of NH3 & also dissolves the

ammonium chloride solids in water stream. The bottom water stream from

separator is pumped off to recovery section for the recovery of anhydrous

ammonia. Organic layer is pumped to stripping column C-906.

Stripping column is operated under vacuum and the overhead condensate is

returned to R-902. The bottoms are superheated in the exchangers and level

is maintained constant with feed to column C-904.

The product column C-904 is operated under vacuum and the overhead

condensate will flow into product check tank T-903. The bottom levels are

adjusted by control valve to recycle solvent tank.

Step-II

Aqueous Ammonium chloride is treated with lime in stirred reactor at ambient

temp & pressure. The reaction mix transferred to holding vessel it is

evaporated and purified to get aq. Ammonia. By product di calcium phosphate

and calcium chloride are recovered.



II. Chemical Reaction:

The chemical reactions for Tri-Ethyl Phosphite are given below:


Process flow diagram for Tri-Ethyl Phosphite is shown in Figure 2.24.



Figure 2.24: Process Flow Diagram for Tri-Ethyl Phosphite



IV. Mass Balance: Tri-ethyl Phosphite

Mass Balance for Tri-ethyl Phosphite is given below:

2.6.14 KARPHOS (PROPOSED)

I. Manufacturing Process:

STEP-1:Dichloro methyl cinnamate preparation

Methyl cinnamate is chlorinated in EDC solvent and solvent EDC is recovered

under vacuum. Dichloro methyl cinnamate obtained as undistilled mass is

proceeding for further step.



STEP-2:Dichloro methyl cinnamate to 3-hydroxy 5-phenyl iso oxazole

Hydroxylamine hydrochloride is treated with NaOH lye and further reacted with

Dichloro methyl cinnamate in methanol solvent. The reaction mass is further

reacted with NaOH lye for cyclization. 3-hydroxy 5-phenyl iso oxazole is

precipitated by liquid HCl addition and isolated by filtration. The crude

intermediate is dried under vacuum, further purified using EDC solvent and

further vacuum drying to give 3-hydroxy 5-phenyl iso oxazole. Solvent EDC and

methanol are recovered and recycled. The aqueous layer is proceeding for ETP

treatment.

Step-3: 3-hydroxy 5-phenyl iso oxazole to karphos.

3-Hydroxy 5-phenyl iso oxazole is treated with DECP in acetone solvent using

sodium carbonate as base followed by acetone recovery. The reaction mass is

proceeding for work up in aqueous condition and product is extracted using

toluene. The product is isolated as undistilled mass after toluene recovery under

vacuum. The solvent toluene is considered for recycling.

II. Stoichiometric Balanced Chemical Reaction

Stoichiometric Balanced Chemical Reaction for KARPHOS is given below:



Stoichiometric Balanced Chemical Reaction for KARPHOS is given below:



III. Process Flow Diagrams

The process flow diagram for Step 1 to Step 3 for KARPHOS is given in Figure 2.25to Figure 2.27, respectively.

Figure 2.25 - Process Flow Diagram for Step 1 for KARPHOS (contd…)



Figure 2.25: Process Flow Diagram for Step 1 for KARPHOSFigure 2.26: Process Flow Diagram for Step 2 for KARPHOS (contd…)



Figure 2.27: Process Flow Diagram for Step 3 for KARPHOS



VI. Mass Balance – KARPHOS

Mass Balance for Karphos is given below:



2.6.15 Amino Aceto Nitrile Sulphate (AANS) (Proposed Intermediate Product)


H2SO4 is added with agitation to aqueous solution of methanol. The solid MAAN

powder added with agitation. The reaction is mild exothermic, cooling being

employed for temperature control. Now crude AANS Purified by Methanol water

washing & filtrate as a wet cake. Mother liquor from Filter is neutralized by NaOH &

distilled, DMM (Di Methoxy Methane) & Methanol recovered. Now Wet cake of AANS

is dried in Dryer.


Chemical reactions for Amino Aceto Nitrile Sulphate is given below:


The process flow diagram for Amino Aceto Nitrile Sulphate is given in Figure 2.28.

Figure 2.28: Process Flow Diagram for Amino Aceto Nitrile Sulphate



Mass Balance for AANS

Mass balance for AANS is given below:

INPUT Quantity(kg/ton)

AANS1000 kg

OUTPUT Quantity(kg/ton)

MAAN 665 PRODUCT

Sulphuric Acid 500 AANS 1000

Methanol as Solvent 1910 BY-PRODUCT

Water 410 DMM 724

Methanol for Reaction 400 TO RECOVERY

Caustic flakes 90 Methanol 1852

Fresh Methanol(washing) 90 TO ETP

Nil 0

TO AIR(From Scrubber)

Nil 0

LOSSES

Methanol from fugitiveemissions 54

Moisture 20% from drying 258

To Hazardous Waste(Incinerator)

Organic layer 177


2.6.16 METALAXYL (Proposed)


Stage-1:Condensation of 2,6-Dimethyl Aniline and Methyl BromoPropionate to Form (N-(1-methoxycarbonyl ethyl)-2,6-dimethylAniline (MEDA)

Brief Procedure

1. 2,6-Dimethylaniline,methylbromopropionate,toluene and sodium

bicarbonate are heated to reflux with stirring.

2. Maintain to complete the reaction. (Check % unreacted 2,6-

dimethylaniline).

3. After completion of reaction, sodium bromide is filtered. Filtered organic

layer is washed with water.



4. The organic layer is then distilled to recover toluene followed by distillation

of MEDA under high vacuum. The distilled MEDA is analysed by GC and

used as such to next batch.

Stage-2: Reaction of N-(1-methoxycarbonylethyl)-2,6-dimethylaniline (MEDA) with Methoxy acetyl chloride to get Metalaxyltechnical.

Brief Procedure:

1. MEDA, Toluene and DMF are charged to the reactor with stirring and

heated. Methoxy acetyl chloride is added gradually to complete the

reaction. (Check % unreacted MEDA must be <0.1%)

2. Hydrogen chloride gas formed during the reaction is scrubbed into sodium

hydroxide scrubber to get 30% Hydrochloric acid.

3. After the reaction is over the toluene layer is washed with water till neutral

pH.

4. The organic layer is then distilled to recover toluene and crude Metalaxyl is

crystallized with hexane to get Metalaxyl technical.

II. Process Chemistry Molecular Formula & Stoichiometric Balance

IV.Process Flow Diagram

The process flow diagram for METALAXYLis given in Figure 2.29



IV. Mass Balance – METALAXYL

Mass balance for METALAXYL is given below:

INPUTSQUANTITY

Metalaxyl1000 Kg

OUT PUTSQUANTITY

(Kgs) (Kgs)

Di Methyl Anilline 471 Product

Methyl bromoPopianate

675.2 Metalaxyl 1000

Toluene 2897 By Product

Sod Bromide 400

SodiumBicarbonate

344.2Liquid HCl ( 30%) forsale

452

Water 1339 Recycle Stream

MAC 446 Rec. Toluene recycle 2800

Figure 2.29: Process Flow Diagram for METALAXYL



Distilled Aq 570

Catalyst 2 Rec. n-Hexane recycle 1930

30% C. S. Lye 170 To ETP

n-Hexane 2010 Aqueous layer to ETP 457

Water Wash ML to ETP 311

To incineration

Residue after HexaneRec. to incineration

81

Toluene dist residue -stg I

142

Hazardous waste

‘--- ---

To air

HCl 1

Losses

Toluene + NonCondensable

97

Hexane+ Noncondensable

112.6

Total 8354 Total 8354

2.6.17 Imazapic (Proposed)


Stage-I] Process for the Preparation of 2-ethoxy-3-oxo –diethylsuccinate

Start addition of Ethyl chloroacetate drop in Ethanol and Sodium ethoxide

mixture . maintaining the temperature 35-40 Degree C during addtion.

maintain reaction mass at 45 degc . Filter the above reaction mass through

hyflo-bed followed by Ethanol washing.

Stage-II] Process for Diethyl 2-ethoxy-3-oxosuccinate



Charge diethyl oxalate, EEA, and ethyl alcohol. Add sodium ethoxide in lots by

maintaining temperature 25-35 degree C. Maintain reaction mass at 60deg c .

After completion of reaction, distill out the ethanol and add water and acidify

with 2N HCl to pH 2-3 and extract with MDC. Separate the MDC layer and

distill out the MDC, initially at atmospheric pressure and then under vacuum

to get the intermediate2-ethoxy 3-oxo diethyl succinate.

Stage-III]Diethyl 5-methylpyridine-2,3-dicarboxylate

Charge 2-ethoxy-3-oxo diethylsuccinate,methyl acrolein ,ammonium acetate

and ethanol and maintain at 78-80 degree C . After completion of the

reaction, distil out the ethanol under vacuum and cool residue to room

temperature. Add water. And extract with toluene. Separate the layer and

distil out toluene under vacuum to get the intermediate 5-MDCP.

Process for the preparation of 2-METHYL ACROLEIN

Charge formaldehyde (37%) and propionaldehyde. Add half the quantity of

butyric acid and Di-n-butyl amine Heat the mix to 70 oC. Stop heating and

cool the reaction mixture to 50 oC and add remaining quantity of butyric acid.

Heat the mass to reflux for about 1 hr. Cool the reaction mass to 30 oC and

separate the aqueous layers and distill out the organic layer and collect the

product.



Stage-4] IMAZAPIC

Charge Toluene and distill out azeotropically to remove moisture. Cool toluene

to 25 oC and add sodium hydride. Maintaining temperature to 25-30 oC during

addition. Add 2-amino 2,3 dimethyl butanamide at 25-30 oCtemperature. Add

5-MPDC drop wise maintaining temperature 25- 30 oC. Add water to reaction

mass at 25-30 oCand allow to settle and separate aqueous layer. Cool the aq.

Layer to 5-10 oC and acidify with hydrochloric acid 30% to pH 2.6. Filter the

solid and wash with water, dry at 60-70 oC.

II. Stochiometric Balanced Chemical Reaction

Chemical reaction for Imazipicis shown below:




The process flow diagram for IMAZAPICis given in Figure 2.30.



IV. Mass Balance – Imazapic Technical (New Product)



Mass balance for Imazapic Technical is given below:

2.6.18 Process Description for Manufacturing Liquid Pesticide Formulation

(Existing & Proposed)

Pesticide Technical, Various solvents and emulsifiers/stabilizers (Raw

Materials) are to be taken in Suitable SS reactor. Before charging RM ensure

the reactor should be empty and properly cleaned. After charging all RM in to



reactor to be started stirring/ inter circulation and If required heat the Reactor

to get desired temperature. Reactor stirred for the period 2-4 hrs and after

properly blending of material Send to storage tank through filter. These

storage tank liquid formulation products can be packed.Schematic diagram for

liquid pesticide formulation is given in Figure 2.31.

2.6.19 Process Description for Manufacturing Solid Pesticide Formulation

(Existing & proposed)

There is no chemical reaction, or no processing involved, only product

formulation i.e. mixing of Solid Pesticide Technical product with various

ingredients like Surfactant, Filler material like silica,China Clay etc. Only

physical operations are involved like Raw material charging, mixing and

packing of formulated products as per market requirements.The formulated

products will be either wet table powder or in the form of wettable granules.

Since there is no processing and only Physical operation are involved there is

no effluent generation. Schematic diagram for solid pesticide formulation is

given in Figure 2.32.

different Capacity containers for sale.

Solvents

Emulsifier/stabilizer

Pesticide Technical

Filter Packing/storage

pump

Figure 2.31: Schematic Diagram for Liquid Pesticide

Formulation



2.7 Raw Materials Requirements

The monthly requirements of raw materials for manufacturing of various

existing and proposed pesticide products after expansion of Unit # 1 of UPL

are given in Table 2.4. Details of existing and proposed storage of raw

materials storage at the plant are given on Table 2.5.Details of existing and

proposed storage quantity for other raw materials are given in Table 2.6.



Table 2.4: Raw Materials Requirements for Existing Plant and afterExpansion

SrNo

Product name Raw material Name ExistingConsumption

in MT/Month

AdditionalConsumptionin MT/Month

Totalconsumption

afterExpansion inMT/Month

Existing Product (Pesticide Technical Grade)

1 Mancozeb ORAnd

Ethylene Diamine -NH2CH2CH2NH2

132.55 132.55 265.11

Carbon Disulphide (CS2) 334.75 334.75 669.50

Sodium Hydroxide - NaOH 386.75 386.75 773.50

Manganese Sulphate - MnSO4 1183.52 1183.52 2367.04

Zinc Sulphate - ZnSO4 114.99 114.99 229.97

Sodium laurethsulfate (SLS) -CH3(CH2)11SO4Na

19.58 19.58 39.16

Hexamethylenetetramine(HMTA) - (CH2)6N4

12.22 12.22 24.44

DADAMOL 9.82 9.82 19.63

Sub Total 2194.18 2194.18 4388.35Maneb OR And Ethylene Diamine -

NH2CH2CH2NH2

136.50 136.50 273.00



Manganese Sulphate - MnSO4 1218.75 1218.75 2437.50


18.85 18.85 37.70

DADAMOL 8.45 8.45 16.90

China clay 10.40 10.40 20.80

Sodium laurethsulfate (SLS) -CH3(CH2)11SO4Na

45.50 45.50 91.00


Sub Total 2197 2197 4394Zineb OR And Ethylene Diamine -

NH2CH2CH2NH2

145.28 145.28 290.55




Calcium Ligno sulphate -C20H24CaO10S2

7.15 7.15 14.30


7.15 7.15 14.30

SILCOLAPSE 0.03 0.03 0.07

Sub Total 2268.08 2268.08 4536.16



SrNo


in MT/Month


Totalconsumption


Ziram OR And Di Methyl Amine - DMA(CH3)2NH

481.00 481.00 962.00




Ammonium Ligno Sulphate(ALS) (NH4)2SO4

3.25 3.25 6.50

Sub Total 2599.09 2599.09 5198.182 Antracol OR Propylene Diamine - C3H12N2 194.35 149.50 149.50


Ammonia - NH3 58.50 45.00 45.00



Sodium LaurethSulfate (SLS) -CH3(CH2)11SO4Na

41.60 32.00 32.00


5.85 4.50 4.50

RHODACOL 8.45 6.50 6.50

Sub Total 1920.75 1477.5 1477.5Zineb OR Ethylene Diamine -

NH2CH2CH2NH20.00 111.75 111.75




Calcium Ligno sulphate -C20H24CaO10S2

0.00 5.50 5.50


0.00 5.50 5.50

SILCOLAPSE 0.00 0.03 0.03

Sub Total 0 1744.68 1744.683 &4

MonocrotophosOR

Monomethyl Acetoacetamide(C5H9NO2)

547.20 532.80 1080.00

Chlorine as Cl2 258.40 251.60 510.00

Sodium Chloride (NaCl) asMedia

578.36 563.14 1141.50

Urea as catalyst 41.80 40.70 82.50


ethylene dichloride (EDC)C2H4Cl2 as solvent

53.20 51.80 105.00

Tri Methyl Phosphate C3H9O3P 319.20 310.80 630.00



SrNo


in MT/Month


Totalconsumption


Sub Total 1942.56 1891.44 3834Dichlorvos(DDVP)

Chloral (Cl3CCHO) 521.36 0.00 521.36

Tri Methyl Phosphate C3H9O3P 431.68 0.00 431.68

Sub Total 953.04 0 953.045 Flonicamide (IKI

1145)Ethyl Vinyl Ether ( C4H8O) 28.80 57.60 86.40

Methylene Di Chloride (MDC)CH2CL2

27.50 55.00 82.50

Pyridine as C5H5N 1.64 3.28 4.92

Tri Flouro Acetyl Chloride (TFC)C2ClF3O

49.50 99.00 148.50

Ammonia as NH3 5.38 10.76 16.14

Sodium methoxide (NaOMe) 22.65 45.30 67.95

N-Methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) -C5H9NO

5.68 11.36 17.04

METHYL ACETOACETATE(MAM) - C5H8O3

42.00 84.00 126.00

Methanol - CH3OH 25.23 50.47 75.70

Sodium Chloride – NaCl 20.75 41.50 62.25

Hydro Chloric Acid – HCl 54.74 109.47 164.21

Thionyl chloride (SOCl2) 30.90 61.80 92.70

Aceto Amino Nitrile Sulphate(AANS) (C2H4N2)2H2SO4

30.50 61.00 91.50

Soda ash - Na2CO3 29.60 59.20 88.80

Toluene - C6H5CH3 10.80 21.60 32.40

Sodium hydroxide Flakes 6.25 12.50 18.75

Sodium hydroxide – NaOH 114.09 228.17 342.26

Sulphuric Acid - H2SO4 4.25 8.50 12.75

Catalyst 0.24 0.47 0.71

Sub Total 510.5 1020.98 1531.486 Tebuconazole

OR And4 HexylBenzoyl Chloride

(HRTK) - C13H17ClO54.36 54.36 108.72

Dimethyl sulphate ((CH3)2SO4) 37.56 37.56 75.12

Dimethyl sulphide (DMS) -(CH3)2S

3.60 3.60 7.20

Potassium Hydroxide (KOH)powder

40.56 40.56 81.12

Sodium hypochlorite – NaOCl 68.22 68.22 136.44

Hexane - C6H14 6.60 6.60 13.20

n-Butanol - C4H9OH 1.14 1.14 2.28

Triazole - C2H3N3 16.86 16.86 33.72



SrNo


in MT/Month


Totalconsumption


Potassium Hydroxide – KOH 3.18 3.18 6.36

Methanol - CH3OH 3.84 3.84 7.68

Sub Total 235.92 235.92 471.84Acifluorfen (Acf)

OR AndAcifluorfen - C14H7ClF3NO5 30.24 30.24 60.48

Sodium hydroxide (NaOH) 6.18 6.18 12.36

Butyl cellosolve -C4H9OCH2CH2OH

2.94 2.94 5.88

Sub Total 39.36 39.36 78.72Sulfosulfuran

(SF-10)Adenosine diphosphate (ADP) -

C6H9N3O223.04 23.04 46.08

2-Chlorobenzoic acid (PCF) -C7h5ClO2

27.18 27.18 54.36

1-4 Dioxane (C4H8O2) 45.84 45.84 91.68

Di Methyl Amine - DMA(CH3)2NH

24.00 24.00 48.00

Hexane - C6H14 4.56 4.56 9.12

carbomethoxysulfanilylthiourea(ESPO) - C9H11N3O4S2

37.38 37.38 74.76

Tri Ethyl Amine - C6H15N 15.00 15.00 30.00

Acetone - CH3COCH3 63.48 63.48 126.96

Hydro Chloric Acid - HCl 190.80 190.80 381.60

Methanol - CH3OH 3.72 3.72 7.44

Sub Total 435 435 870New Products (Pesticide Technical Grade Products)

7 MetalaxylTechnical

Di Methyl Aniline - C8H11N 0.00 235.50 235.50

Methyl bromo Propianate -C4H7BrO2

0.00 337.60 337.60

Toluene - C6H5CH3 0.00 48.50 48.50

Sodium BiCarbonate - NaHCO3 0.00 172.10 172.10

Methoxy Acetyl Chloride -CH3H5Cl2

0.00 223.00 223.00

Catalyst 0.00 1.00 1.00

Sodium hydroxide (NaOH) 0.00 85.00 85.00

Hexane - C6H14 0.00 40.00 40.00

Sub Total 0 1142.7 1142.78 Karphos Methyl cinnamate - C10H10O2 0.00 118.50 118.50

Chlorine - Cl2 0.00 58.50 58.50

ethylene dichloride (EDC)C2H4Cl2

0.00 16.35 16.35



SrNo


in MT/Month


Totalconsumption


Methanol-CH3OH 0.00 3.00 3.00

Sodium Hydroxide-NaOH 0.00 347.55 347.55

Hydroxylamine hydrochloride-NH2OH.HCl

0.00 54.30 54.30

Hydochloric Acid -Hcl 0.00 298.80 298.80

Acetone-CH3COCH3 0.00 12.45 12.45

Sodium carbonate-Na2CO3 0.00 55.05 55.05

Diethyl chlorophosphate(DECP) C4H10ClO3P

0.00 94.20 94.20

Toluene - C6H5CH3 0.00 12.60 12.60

Ortho phosphoric acid - H3PO4 0.00 4.20 4.20

Sodium chloride – NaCl 0.00 7.95 7.95

Sodium carbonate solution -Na2CO3

0.00 100.65 100.65

Sub Total 0 1184.1 1184.19 Imazapic

TechnicalEthyl Chloro Acetate -

C4H7ClO20.00 613.50 613.50

sodium ethoxide - C2H5ONa 0.00 704.50 704.50

Ethanol - C2H5OH 0.00 84.50 84.50

Diethyl oxalate - C4H6O4 0.00 709.50 709.50

Hydro Chloric Acid – HCL 0.00 1198.00 1198.00

Methylene Di Chloride (MDC)CH2CL2

0.00 70.00 70.00

Ammonium acetate -NH4CH3CO2

0.00 280.00 280.00

Toluene - C6H5CH3 0.00 269.00 269.00

Sodium bicarbonate - NaHCO3 0.00 1249.00 1249.00

formaldehde – HCHO 0.00 449.00 449.00

Propanaldehyde - CH3CH2CHO 0.00 321.50 321.50

Butyric acid - C4H8O2 0.00 33.00 33.00

Di-n-butyl amine - C8H19N 0.00 22.00 22.00

Hydroquinone - C6H4(OH)2 0.00 0.50 0.50

NaOH for scrubber 0.00 47.50 47.50

2-Amino-2,3-dimethyl-butyramide - C6H14N2O

0.00 372.50 372.50

Sodium hydride – NaH 0.00 223.50 223.50

Sub Total 0 6647.5 6647.5Existing Product (Intermediate)

10 Tri MethylPhsphite (TMP)

Phosphorous Tri Chloride(PCl3)

1336.90 1050.42 2387.32



SrNo


in MT/Month


Totalconsumption


Methanol - CH3OH 976.79 767.47 1744.26

lime - CaCO3 1224.83 962.37 2187.20

Hydro Chloric Acid HCl 3.92 3.08 7.00


HNP as Media 0.01 0.01 0.02

Ammonia as NH3 224 176 400

Sub Total 3767.01 2959.79 6726.811 Tri Ethyl

Phosphite (TEP)Phosphorous Tri Chloride

(PCl3)1218.40 1218.40 2436.80

Ethanol - C2H5OH 850.97 850.97 1701.94

lime - CaCO3 1093.60 1093.60 2187.20

Hydro Chloric Acid HCl 3.50 3.50 7.00


HNP as Media 0.01 0.01 0.02

Ammonia as NH3 499 499 998

Sub Total 3665.98 3665.98 7331.96New Product (Intermediate Product)

12 Amino AcetoNitrile Sulphate

(AANS)

Methyleneaminoacetonitrile(MAAN) - C3H4N2

0 66.5 66.5

Sulphuric Acid - H2SO4 0 50 50

Methanol - CH3OH 0 54.8 54.8

Sodium Hydroxide - NaOH 0 9 9

Sub Total 0 180.3 180.3Source : UPL Limited

EIA/EMP Report for Capacity Expansion of Manufacturing Capacity of Existing Products and Manufacturing of New Pesticides,Intermediate Chemicals (Unit # 1), Plot No.- 117/118, Notified Industrial Estate, GIDC, Ankleshwar (Gujarat)

Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd .2-92

Table 2.5: Details of Existing and Proposed Storage of Hazardous Chemicalsat the PlantSr.No

Name of hazardoussubstances

Existing Storage Capacity AdditionalQuantity ofStorage AfterExpansion

Final Quantity forStorage After

Expansion

Mode ofStorage

1 Methyl Chloride 28 Tonners in MeCl Plant 12.00 40.00 Tonner

2 Methanol 100 KL Under GroundStorage Tanks

100 200.00 Tank

3 Trimethyl Phosphite 220 MT 80.00 3x100.00 Tank

4 Anhydrous Ammonia 32 tons (04 storage Tanks of08 MT cap.)

14.00 46.00 Tank

5 DEA 2 MT 1.00 3.00 Tank

6 Heavy Normal Parafin 80 KL in storage Tank 20.00 100.00 Tank7 EDA 45 KL. 0.00 45.00 Tank

8 Carbon Disulphide 15 KL 6.00 21.00 Tank

9 H.S.D / Diesel 131 KL 39.00 170.00 Tank

10 Furnace Oil 178 KL 52.00 230.00 Tank/drum11 Ethelene Dichloride 25 MT 11.75 36.75 Tank

12 Cyclohexanone 50 KL 20.00 70.00 Tank

13 Propylene diamine 60 KL 20.00 80.00 Tank14 Chlorine 22 tonners in Cl2 storage

yard PCl3 plant14.27 36.27 Tonner

15 Phosphorus trichloride 270 MT 110.00 380.00 Tank16 Hydrochloric Acid 25 Tons NH3 Plant 167.37 192.37 Tank

17 Caustic lye 15 Kl in NH3 and 30 Kl inMNZ Plant

26.43 71.43 Tank

18 Monomethyl Acetoacete-amide

50 M.T. 50.00 100.00 Tank

19 Monocrotophos (MCP) 68 Ton 27.00 95.00 Tank

20 20 % Aqu., Ammonia Sol. 116 KL 44.00 160.00 Tank



Sr.No

Name of hazardoussubstances

Existing Storage Capacity AdditionalQuantity ofStorage AfterExpansion

Final Quantity forStorage After

Expansion

Mode ofStorage

21 MnSO4 soln. 25 KL 10.00 35.00 Tank

22 TFAC (TRI-FloroAcetyleChloride)

40 tonners in TFAC storageyard -PCl3 plant

16.00 56.00 tonner

23 Toluene 15 KL 40.83 55.83 Tank

24 Thionyl Chloride 5 KL 12.00 17.00 Tank25 Pyridine 7 KL 3.00 10.00 Tank

26 MDC 25 KL 10.00 35.00 Tank

27 Methanol 15 KL 6.00 21.00 Tank

28 H2SO4 15 KL 5.00 20.00 Tank29 Antracol 2400 MT 0.00 2400.00 Bag

30 Dimethyl aniline ---- 25.23 25.23 Tank

31 Hexane ---- 4.29 4.29 Tank33 Acetone ---- 1.33 1.33 Tank

34 Di Ethyl Chloro Phosphate ---- 10.09 10.09 Tank

35 Ortho Phosphoric Acid ---- 0.45 0.45 Tank36 Formaldehyde ---- 48.11 48.11 Tank

37 Hydroquinone ---- 53.57 53.57 Drums/ TankSource : UPL Limited



Table 2.6: Details of Existing and Proposed Storage Quantity for Other Raw MaterialsSr.No Raw Material Name Existing Storage

Quantity in MTAdditional Storage

Quantity in MTTotal StorageQuantity after

Expansion in MT

1 China clay 1.11 1.11 2.23

2 Ammonium Ligno Sulphate (ALS) (NH4)2SO4 0.35 0.35 0.703 Propylene Diamine - C3H12N2 20.82 0.00 20.82

4 RHODACOL 0.91 0.00 0.91

5 Monomethyl Acetoacetamide -(C5H9NO2) 58.63 57.09 115.716 Urea as catalyst 4.48 4.36 8.84

7 Chloral (Cl3CCHO) 55.86 0.00 55.86

8 Ethyl Vinyl Ether (C4H8O) 3.09 6.17 9.269 Tri Flouro Acetyl Chloride (TFC) C2ClF3O 5.30 10.61 15.91

10 Sodium methoxide (NaOMe) 2.43 4.85 7.28

11 N-Methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) - C5H9NO 0.61 1.22 1.83

12 METHYL ACETOACETATE (MAM) - C5H8O3 4.50 9.00 13.5013 Aceto Amino Nitrile Sulphate (AANS)

(C2H4N2)2H2SO43.27 6.54 9.80

14 Soda ash - Na2CO3 3.17 6.34 9.5115 Catalyst 0.03 0.05 0.08

16 4 HexylBenzoyl Chloride (HRTK) - C13H17ClO 5.82 5.82 11.65

17 Sodium hypochlorite - NaOCl 7.31 7.31 14.6218 n-Butanol - C4H9OH 0.12 0.12 0.24

19 Triazole - C2H3N3 1.81 1.81 3.61

20 Acifluorfen - C14H7ClF3NO5 3.24 3.24 6.48

21 Butyl cellosolve - C4H9OCH2CH2OH 0.32 0.32 0.6322 Adenosine diphosphate (ADP) - C6H9N3O2 2.47 2.47 4.94

23 2-Chlorobenzoic acid (PCF) - C7h5ClO2 2.91 2.91 5.82



Sr.No Raw Material Name Existing StorageQuantity in MT

Additional StorageQuantity in MT

Total StorageQuantity after

Expansion in MT24 Di Methyl Amine - DMA (CH3)2NH 2.57 2.57 5.14

25 carbomethoxysulfanilylthiourea (ESPO) -C9H11N3O4S2

4.01 4.01 8.01

26 Acetone - CH3COCH3 6.80 6.80 13.60

27 Methyl bromo Propianate - C4H7BrO2 0.00 36.17 36.17

28 Sodium BiCarbonate - NaHCO3 0.00 18.44 18.4429 Methoxy Acetyl Chloride - CH3H5Cl2 0.00 23.89 23.89

30 Catalyst 0.00 0.11 0.11

31 Methyl cinnamate - C10H10O2 0.00 12.70 12.70

32 Hydroxylamine hydrochloride-NH2OH.HCl 0.00 5.82 5.8233 Ethyl Chloro Acetate - C4H7ClO2 0.00 65.73 65.73

34 sodium ethoxide - C2H5ONa 0.00 75.48 75.48

35 Diethyl oxalate - C4H6O4 0.00 76.02 76.0236 Ammonium acetate - NH4CH3CO2 0.00 30.00 30.00

37 Propanaldehyde - CH3CH2CHO 0.00 34.45 34.45

38 Butyric acid - C4H8O2 0.00 3.54 3.5439 Di-n-butyl amine - C8H19N 0.00 2.36 2.36

40 2-Amino-2,3-dimethyl-butyramide - C6H14N2O 0.00 39.91 39.91

41 Sodium hydride – NaH 0.00 23.95 23.95

42 Methyleneaminoacetonitrile (MAAN) - C3H4N2 0.00 7.13 7.1343 Calcium Ligno sulphate - C20H24CaO10S2 0.77 1.36 2.12

44 DADAMOL 1.96 1.96 3.91

45 Dimethyl Sulphate ((CH3)2SO4) 4.41 4.41 8.8246 Ethanol 91.18 100.23 191.40

47 Hexamethylenetetramine (HMTA) - (CH2)6N4 4.72 4.68 9.41

48 Lime CaCO3 248.40 220.28 468.69

49 Methanol 108.17 94.64 202.81



Sr.No Raw Material Name Existing StorageQuantity in MT

Additional StorageQuantity in MT

Total StorageQuantity after

Expansion in MT50 Methylene Di Chloride (MDC) CH2Cl2 2.95 13.39 16.34

51 SILICOPSE 0.00 0.01 0.01

52 Sodium laureth sulfate (SLS) -CH3(CH2)11SO4Na

11.43 6.97 18.40

53 Sodium chloride – NaCl 64.19 65.63 129.83

54 Sodium Carbonate 0.00 150.50 150.5055 Tri Methyl Phosphate C3H9O3P 80.45 33.30 113.75

56 Zinc Sulphate - ZnSO4 264.36 261.18 525.53Source : UPL Limited


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. 2-97

2.8 Salt Generation from Evaporation (Before and After Expansion)

UPL evaporates residues to produce salt from various pesticide manufacturing

processes. Total 2204MT/annum salt is generated from evaporation system at

the existing plant. After expansion of the plant, additional 4124 MT/ annum

salt will be generated. Total salt generation from existing plant and after

expansion will be 6328 MT/Annum.

Salt generated from evaporation will be hazardous wastes and will be sent to

Common Solid &Hazardous Waste Disposal facility of BEIL for land filling. The

by product salts CaCl2&Na2SO4will be recovered and sold to end users. The

details of by products id given in Table 2.3.

2.9 Solvent Recovery (After Expansion)

For manufacturing of pesticide products at existing plant and after expansion,

solvents will be used in the various processes, which are recovered through

efficient solvent recovery system. Details of solvent consumption and recovery

after expansion are given in Table 2.7.

Table 2.7: Solvent Recovery (After Expansion)

Sr.No

Product SolventConsumption Recovery Recovery

Kg/MT Kg/MT %

1Monocrotophos

OREthylene Dichloride

(EDC)6235 6165 99

2Flonicamide (IKI

1145)

Methylene DiChloride (MDC)

17318 16768 97

Methanol 10093 9588 95

N-Methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP)

2272 2158 95

Pyridine 656 623 95

Toluene 8153 7937 97

3

Tebuconazole OR

Hexane 3565 3455 97

n-Butanol 373 354 95

Methanol 770 736 96

Di Methyl Sulphate 1500 1440 96

Acifluorfen (Acf)OR

NIL NIL NIL NIL

Sulfosulfuran (SF-10)

Hexane 1513 1437 95

Methanol 1230 1168 95

4Tri Methyl

Phsphite (TMP)Heavy Normal

Paraffin as Media8544 8544 99.99



Sr.No

Product SolventConsumption Recovery Recovery

Kg/MT Kg/MT %

Tri EthylPhosphite (TEP)

Heavy NormalParaffin as Media

8544 8544 99.99

5 Karphos

Ethylene Dichloride(EDC)

3130 3021 97

Methanol 5000 4980 99

Acetone 3414 3331 98

Toluene 3252 3168 97

6Amino Aceto

Nitrile Sulphate(AANS)

Methanol 1910 1852 97

7MetalaxylTechnical

Toluene 2897 2800 97

n-Hexane 2010 1930 96

8ImazapicTechnical

Ethanol 7395 7226 98

Methylene DiChloride (MDC)

6996 6856 98

Toluene 13974 13834 99

Note: No solvent usage for products Mancozeb, Maneb, Zineb, Ziram, Antracol andDichlorvos hence not reported recovery of solvents for products Mancozeb, Maneb, Zineb,Ziram, Antracol and Dichlorvos.

Source : UPL Limited

2.10 Resource Optimization/Recycling and Reuse at Unit 1 of UPL

UPL has developed system for Min. 95% solvent recovery at existing units &

sametechnology will be utilized at proposed expansion. Steam condensate will

be recycled in the cooling tower as implemented for production of existing

products. The generated by products will be separately collected and stored

at designated area for sale to local parties or authorized users of by products

as per applicability of regulation / standards. More effective scrubbers for

emission in limits and dust filter/separators.

Condensing Economizer with O2 Trim provided for Energy Conservation in

Boiler.

Valuable Products recovery from waste streams Ethanol, Methanol,

Calcium

Chloride, Di Calcium Phosphate (DCP) and Hydro Chloric Acid (HCl),

Ammonia, Methyl Chloride, Sodium Sulphate, Sodium hydrosulfide(NaHS),

Sodium Bisulpite, Sodium Bromide.

About 50% steam condensate recycled to Boiler.

Recycle of empty drums used for organic residue handling sent to BEIL for

treatment and recycle.



RO Permeate recycled and reused to process.

After proposed expansion the domestic waste water will be treated

separately to new STP and treated water will be used to green belt and

process.

2.11 Utilities Requirements

2.11.1Water

Total existing water consumption at the UPL plant is 1039 KLD. After

proposed expansion, additional water requirement will be 3718 KLD. Total

water consumption after expansion is estimated 4757 KLD. Water

requirement for existing site is being supplied By Notified Industrial Estate,

GIDC and after proposed expansion also, water will be supplied from GIDC.

Water requirement details for existing and after expansion plant operation are

given in Table 2.8.Water balance diagram is given In Figure 2.33

Table 2.8: Water Requirement Details(Existing and After Proposed Expansion)

SrNo

Source of WaterConsumption

Existing WaterConsumption

(KLD)

AdditionalWater

Consumption(KLD)

Total waterConsumption

AfterExpansion

(KLD)

1 Domestic 50 50 100

2 Industrial 0

2.aProcess Water includingScrubber and R & D &Washing

185 1690 1875

2.b Boiler Feed Water 288 624 912

2.cCooling, DM Plant, ChillingWater

456 1354 1810

2.e Gardening* 60 0 60

Total 1039 3718 4757*The Unit has proposed separate STP for domestic waste water & Reuse of Treated water forPlantation & Process.


2.11.2Steam Generation

Total steam requirement for existing plant at full production of UPL Plant is

about 30 tph, which is meet through three nos of 10 tph capacity natural gas

fired boilers. To meet the steam requirement after expansion of the plant,

existing boilers (3 X 10 TPH) will be replaced with natural gas fired twoboilers30 TPH capacity each and one boilers 35 TPH capacity boiler.



Figure 2.33: Water Balance Diagram



2.11.3Power

Total power requirement for UPL’s existing plant is 11462kW. After proposed

expansion, total power requirement will be 32653 kW and same will be

supplied from Daxin Gujarat Vij Company Limited (DGVCL). There are two

existing DG sets having capacity of 1x 1250 KVA and 1x 500 KVA. After

expansion proposed one additional DG Setof 1250 KVA (1 No.) capacity will

be installed as standby source of electricity to meet the power requirement in

case of grid power failure.

2.11.4 Cooling Tower

UPL has existing cooling towers with 10000 TRand after proposed expansion

additional 12868 TR at temperature drop of nearly 5.5oC to 6.50C. After

proposed expansion total capacity of cooing tower will be 22868TR.

2.11.5Chilled Water

UPL have existing chilling water plants with 3455TR. After proposed

expansion additional chilling water plants of 3455TR at temperature drop of

nearly 7oC will be required. After proposed expansion total capacity of chilling

plantswill be 6910TR.

2.11.6Chilled Brine

At the existing Unit # 1, UPL has total 674 TR capacities chilledbrine plants

for various pesticide manufacturing processes. After proposed expansion

additional 674 TR capacities chilled brine plants with temperature drop of

nearly -15oC will be required. After proposed expansion total capacity of

chilling brine plantswill be 1348 TR.

2.12 Plant Plot Area and Layout Plan

The plot of land is located at a Notified Industrial estate of “Gujarat Industrial

Development Corporation (GIDC)” at Ankleshwar, District Bharuch, Gujarat

and theIndustrial area is a notified Chemical zone.The total area of Unit#1 of

UPL is 1,36,677 sqm. The break-up of plant area is given in Table 2.9.The

layout plan for the existing and proposed UPL plant is given in Figure 2.34.



Table 2.9: Land Use Planning and Break-up of Plant Area

Sr.

No.

Particulars Existingm2

Proposed

area in m2

Remark

A Plant Area with Utility 23553 40182 No AdditionalLandRequirementsinceExpansion isproposedwithin existingplantpremises.

B Parking Area 14164 14164

C Circulation Areas(Roads)

13772 13772

D Green belt /LandScrapings

33402 35202 The industry hassignedagreement todevelop1,82,108 (45Acres)additional landwithgreen belt at Village-Mandva on Survey Nos -611/613/614/615 & 616located ~ 3 km fromexisting unit.

E Open Areas (if Any) 51786 33357

Total Area In sqm 1,36,677 1,36,677

* The Present & Proposed land use type is Industrial Land.Source : UPL Ltd.

2.13 Man-Power Requirement

The man power requirement for existing UPL plant is 941 persons including

330staff and 611workers. For plant operation additional 1105 persons will

required after expansion, which will include 227staffs and 878workers. Total

manpower requirement after proposed expansion will be 2046, out of which

557staff and 1489 workers. Details for manpower requirement for the existing

plant and after expansion are given in Table 2.10.

Table 2.10: Manpower Details for Existing Plant and after expansionS.

No.

Manpower

particularsExisting Plant Additional After expansion

A. Direct Employment

1. Staff 330 Nos 227 Nos 557 Nos

2. Workmen 256 Nos 368 Nos 624 Nos

B. Indirect Employment

Contractual 355 Nos 510 Nos 865 Nos

Total 941 Nos 1105 Nos 2046Nos



2.14 Cost of Proposed Expansion

The estimated approx. capital cost of the project shall be Rs. 35,343 Lacs &

details are given in Table 2.11:

Table 2.11: Estimated Approx. Capital Cost of the Project

Sr.

No

Particulars Cost in Rs (Lacks)

1. Expansion of Existing Pesticide Products (Technical


17,085

2. Proposed Addition of New Pesticide Products (Technical


16,195

3. Expenditure for the Environmental Management- Air

Emission control, Water Pollution Control, Waste

Management Cost, Green Belt Development Cost

2,063

Total Amount in Rs. (Lacks) 35,343

Project investment data to be divided as follows;

Group Particulars Nos Cost (Rs in Lacs)

Process Plant

Reactors 112.00 3,758.15

Condenser 88.00 893.28

Agitated Nutsche Filters 7.00 803.00

Spray Dryers and Rotary

Vacuum Dryers10.00 924.79

Tank 232.00 2,473.44

Process Pumps 414.00 875.74

Ejector 24.00 84.75

Column 22.00 645.21

Utilities

Brine (up to -20 Deg C) 8.00 897.85

Chilling Plant 11.00 668.76

Cooling water 26.00 230.07

Storage tanks

Water storage tank 25.00 137.59

RM storage tank 77.00 2,165.80

Instrumentation &

Electrical221.00 5,707.23

Environment

Air pollution control

measures (bag filter, multi

cyclone separator, ESP,

water scrubber, scrubbing

systems for process

21.00 46.50



Group Particulars Nos Cost (Rs in Lacs)

emissions)

ETP, MEE, STP, online

sensors, OHC, plantation- 2,016.37

Civil

Plant Building 3 5,066.36

Piping - 3,039.82

Insulation and painting - 607.96

Electrical installations - 1,215.93

Structure Strengthening 6 3,084.40

SUM 1,298.00 35,343.00



2.15 Sources of Pollution and Its Control Strategies

2.15.1Effluents Generation, Treatment and Disposal

Details of effluent generation from existing and after proposed expansion of

the plant are given in Table 2.12.

Table 2.12: Waste Water Generation Details(Existing and After Proposed Expansion)

Waste Water Generation Source ExistingWasteWater

Generationin KLD

AdditionalWasteWater

Generationin KLD

TotalProposed

Wastewater

generationin KLD

Process 205 207 412Cooling Water Blow Down from CT 64 240 304

Boiler Blow Down 18 57 75

MEE Condensate to ETP 86 396 482Total Industrial Waste Water in KLD 373 900 1273

Total Domestic Waste Water in KLD* 50 40 90

Total Waste Water Generation in KLD 423 940 1363*The Unit has proposed separate STP for domestic waste water & Reuse of Treatedwater for Plantation & Process.Source : UPL Limited

Note:423kld waste water/effluents are generated from the existing unit # 1

of UPL, which includes 205kld trade effluents, 64kldcooling tower blowdown,

18 kl from boiler blowdown, 86 kld MEE condensate of ETPand 50kld

domestic waste water. The company has effluent treatment plant (400 KLD)

with Primary, secondary & tertiary treatment facilities. The treated effluent

are discharged to Final Effluent Treatment Plant (FETP) of Narmada Clean

Tech. Ltd. (NCTL). The membership certificate showing existing effluent

disposal quantity for UPL Unit 1 is attached as Annexure 5.After expansion,

total industrial effluent generation will be 1273kld. The UPL will expand the

capacity of ETP to 1400 kld (1000 kldadditional capacity of proposed ETP).

Treated effluent generated from various processes after expansion will be

sent to FETP operated by M/s Narmada Clean Tech, Ankleshwar,for further

treatment and disposal. UPL meets the following discharge standards as given

in Table 2.13 for treated effluents as prescribed by GPCB in CC&A.



Proposed Effluent Treatment Plant

The UPL Unit 1 proposes to install additional 1000 KLD capacity effluent

treatment plant for treatment of additional effluent generated after expansion

with continuation of existing 400 KLD Capacity ETP Plant. The proposed major

treatment section are as follows.

A) Primary Treatment – The primary treatment consists of screening,

equalisation, neutralisation, coagulation, flash mixing, flocculation and

primary sedimentation tank for removal of suspended particles.

B) Secondary Treatment : The secondary treatment consists of Activated

Sludge Process where effluent will be received after primary treatment and

biological treatment followed by secondary sedimentation to be given for

removal of BOD,COD, AN, Organic impurities, suspended matter.

C) Tertiary Treatment : The tertiary treatment consists of treatment of

biologically treated water for removal of residual organic and inorganic

impurities , dissolved solids and other impurities by adoption of polishing

units.

D) Sludge Dewatering : The volute technology to be implemented for removal

of moisture / excess water from sludge and collected water will be sent to

equalisation tank for further treatment. The dried sludge will be sent to

Authorised Land Filling site.

The proposed Effluent Treatment scheme is given in Figure 2.34

Figure 2.34: Proposed Effluent Treatment Scheme



Table 2.13: Discharge Standards for Treated Effluents Prescribed byGPCB

Sr.

No.

Parameters Standards Prescribed

By GPCB

1. pH 6.5 to 8.5

2. Temperature 40 oC

3. Colour (pt. co. scale) 100 units

4. Total Suspended Solids (TSS) 150 mg/l

5. Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) 10000 mg/l

6. Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD3) 27 oC 200 mg/l

7. Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) 1000 mg/l

8. Oil & Grease (O&G) 10 mg/l

9. Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH) 5 mg/l

10. Sulphide (as S) 5 mg/l

11. Ammonical Nitrogen (as N) 50 mg/l

12. Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (as N) 50 mg/l

13. Phosphate (as P) 5 mg/l

14. Chloride (as Cl) 1000 mg/l

15. Sulphates (as SO4) 1000 mg/l

16. Cyanide (as CN) 0.2 mg/l

17. Fluoride (as F) 15 mg/l

18. Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr+6) 0.1 mg/l

19. Total Chromium (as Cr) 2 mg/l

20. Copper as Cu 3 mg/l

21 Nickel as Ni 3 mg/l

22. Zinc as Zn 15 mg/l

23. Iron as Fe 3 mg/l

24. Manganese as Mn 2 mg/l

25. Mercury as Hg 0.01 mg/l

26. Lead as Pb 0.1 mg/l

27 Arsenic as As 0.2 mg/l

28. Vanadium as V 0.2 mg/l

29. Cadmium as Cd 0.05 mg/l

30. Selenium as Se 0.05 mg/l

31. Bioassay Test 90 % Survival of Fish after

96 hours in 100 %

effluents

32. Insecticides/Pesticides Absent



The UPL has proposed sewage treatment plant (STP) with 100 KLD Capacity

for treatment of domestic waste water generated at the plant premises after

expansion. The treated water from Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) will be

reused for gardening & process. Discharge standards for treated waste water

from proposed STP are given in Table 2.14 for treated waste water as

prescribed by GPCB in CC&A.

Table 2.14: Discharge Standards for Treated Sewage Prescribed byGPCB

Sr.

No.

Parameters Standards Prescribed

By GPCB

1. Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD3) 27 oC Less than 20 mg/l

2. Total Suspended Solids (TSS) Less than 30 mg/l

3. Total Residual Chlorine Minimum 0.5 ppm

2.15.2 Gaseous and Particulate Emissions from Stacks

The emissions from stacks at the existing plant and after expansion of Unit

#1 of UPL are distributed into two categories and described below:

I. Existing and Proposed Flue Gas Stack Emissions

Existing Stack Emission Sources

Stack emissions from Natural Gas firedor (Furnace Oil) three boilers of 10TPHsteam generation capacity each.

Stack emissions from Natural Gas heated Hot Air Generator H1, H2 and H3

Stack emissions from HSD operated 1250 kVA and 500 kVA capacity DGSets (Used in Emergency Only)

Stack Emission Sources after Expansion

Stack emissions from Natural Gas firedor (Furnace Oil) (2X30 TPH) boiler

steam generation capacity each and (1X 35 TPH) boiler steam generation

capacity (in place of existing three 10 tph capacity boilers).

Stack emissions from Natural Gas Heated Hot Air Generator H1, H2 and H3

Stack emissions from HSD operated two 1250 kVA and one 500 kVA

capacity DG Sets

Details of existing flue gas stacks and after expansion of the plant are

presented in Table 2.15 and 2.16.



Table 2.15: Details of Flue Gas Stacks at Existing PlantSr.No

Stack Attached to StackDiameter in

mm

Existing StackHeight (Meter)

Existing Fuel Parameters Permissiblelimit

1 Boiler #1 - 10 TPH 300 30 Natural Gas/FO

PMSO2

NOX

150 mg/ nm3

100 ppm50 ppm

2 Boiler # 2 - 10 TPH 900 30 Natural Gas/FO


4 Hot Air Generator H1 800 20 Natural Gas

(Mancozeb Plant)


(Antracol Plant)


(CaCl2 Plant)

Power Back during Grid Power Failure

6 DG SET - 1250 KVA 250 9 HSD

7 DG SET - 500 KVA 250 9 HSD

Source : UPL Ltd.





Table 2.16: Details of Flue Gas Stacks after ExpansionSr. No Stack Attached to* Proposed Stack

Diameter inmm

Proposed StackHeight in Meter

Proposed Fuel Parameters Permissible limit

1 Boiler #1 - 30 TPH 450 30 Natural Gas/FO

PMSO2

NOX

150 mg/Nm3

100 ppm50 ppm


3 Boiler # 3 -35 TPH 1350 30 Natural Gas/FO


(Mancozeb Plant)


(Antracol Plant)


(CaCl2 Plant)

For emergency Power Back Up :

7 D G SET - 1250 KVA 250 9 HSD

8 D G SET - 500 KVA 250 9 HSD

9 DG SET - 1250 KVA(New)**

250 30 HSD

*The existing 3 X 10 TPH Capacity Boilers will be replaced by (2 X 30 TPH + 1 X 35 TPH) Capacity Boilers (augmentation of existing stacks will beundertaken

Source : UPL Ltd.





Fuel consumption at existing plant and after expansion is given in Table

2.17.

Table 2.17: Fuel Consumption at Existing Plant and After Expansion

SrNo

Fuel Name UOMExisting

Qty.

AdditionalProposedQuantity

Totalafter

Expansion

ConsumptionArea

1 HSD Lit/Hour 432 808 1240 DG Sets

2 FOLit/Hour

1600 2994 4594Boiler for StartUp

3 Natural Gas nM3/Day 37000 69235 106235Boiler & Hot AirGenerators

Source : UPL Ltd.

Process Emissions

Details of existing process stacks and after expansion of the plant are

presented in Table 2.18 and Table 2.19.



Table 2.18: Process Stacks at Existing Plant (Before Expansion)

Sr.No.

Stack Attached toStack

Height(Meters)

Air Pollution ControlDevice (APCD)

ParametersPermissible

Limit

Stackdiameter in

mm

1 TMP Plant- Neutralization Process 30HCl scrubber followed by

Water Scrubber

Cl2 09 mg/Nm3

80NH3 175 mg/Nm3

2 Solid Formulation Plant 18Bag Filter & WetScrubber (HYPO)

PM 20 mg/Nm3 Two (2) stacks(160 mm Φ)

3Mancozeb/Maneb/Zineb/ZiramPlant- Old Spray Dryer

30Cyclone & Water +Venturi Scrubber

PM 20 mg/Nm3 760

4PCl3 storage tank- CausticScrubber (Packed column)

30 Alkali ScrubberHCl 20 mg/Nm3

905

Cl2 09 mg/Nm3

5 CaCl2 Plant- Spray Dryer 30Cyclone& Water +Venturi Scrubber

PM 150 mg/Nm3 650

6New Spray Drier of Mancozeb /Maneb / Zineb/ Ziram

30Cyclone & Water

ScrubberPM 20 mg/Nm3 225

7 Antracol Spray Drier 30 Bag Filter PM 20 mg/Nm3 160

8Flonicamide plant Ammoniagenerating reactor

30Water scrubber (Packed

column)NH3 30 mg/Nm3 80

9Flonicamide Plant at HCl and SO2

generating reactor 30Water Scrubber followed

by Caustic (Packedcolumns)

HCl 20 mg/Nm3

80SO2 40 mg/Nm3

Source : UPL Ltd.

Table 2.19: Process Stacks at Existing Plant and after ExpansionSr.No.

Stack Attached to* Height(Meters)

Air Pollution ControlSystem Proposed

Pollutants Permissible Limit Stack Diameterin mm



Sr.No.




1 TMP Plant- NeutralizationProcess (Existing)

30 HCL scrubber followed byWater Scrubber

Cl2 09 mg/Nm3 100

NH3 175 mg/Nm3

2 Solid Formulation Plant(Existing)

18 Bag Filter & Wet Scrubber(HYPO)

PM 20 mg/Nm3 Two (2) stackshaving 200 mm Φ

3 Mancozeb/Maneb/Zineb/Ziram Plant- Spray Dryer(Existing)

30 Cyclone & Water + VenturiScrubber

PM 20 mg/Nm3 905

4 PCl3 storage tank- CausticScrubber (Packed column) –Existing

30 Alkali Scrubber HCL 20 mg/Nm3 905

CL2 09 mg/Nm3

5 CaCl2 Plant- SprayDryer(Existing)

30 Cyclone& Water + VenturiScrubber

PM 150 mg/Nm3 760

6 Spray Drier of Mancozeb /Maneb / Zineb/ Ziram(Existing)

30 Cyclone & Water Scrubber PM 20 mg/Nm3 300

7 Antracol Spray Drier(Existing)

30 Bag Filter PM 20 mg/Nm3 200

8 Flonicamide plant Ammoniagenerating reactor(Existing)

30Water scrubber (Packed

column) NH3 30 mg/Nm3

120

9 Flonicamide Plant at HCLand SO2 generating reactor(Existing)

30Water Scrubber followed

by Caustic(Packedcolumns)

HCl 20 mg/Nm3

120

10 Imazapic Plant - Methylacrolien reactor** (New)

30 Carbon Filter followed byalkali Scrubber

VOC 20 mg/Nm3 400

11 Mancozeb or Maneb orZineb or Ziram - CS2

Recovery** (New)

30 CS2 Recovery followed bycaustic scrubber

CS2 / H2S CS2 - 180 mg/Nm3&H2S – 5 mg/Nm3

300



Sr.No.




12 Zineb or Antracol - CS2

Recovery ** (New)30 CS2 Recovery followed by

caustic scrubberCS2/ H2S CS2 - 180

mg/Nm3& H2S –5 mg/Nm3

300

*The existing no of stacks will remain unchanged, the augmentation of existing APCM system is proposed for stacks From Sr. No 1 to 9 atabove table.**Proposed Three New Process Stacks for Imazapic Product &Maneb/Ziram/Zineb/Mancozeb/Antracol plant from Sr. No 10 to 12 at abovetable.

Source : UPL Ltd.



2.15.3Hazardous and Solid Wastes Generations and Its Management

Details of hazardous and other (non-hazardous) wastes generations and its

management at the existing UPL plant and after expansion are discussed

below:

I. Hazardous Wastes Generations and Its Management

UPL plant generates, various types of hazardous wastes. Details of hazardous

wastes generation, category, quantities, mode of disposal for existing plant

and after proposed expansion are described in Table 2.20. UPL is member of

Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd (BEIL) at Ankleshwar for disposal of

hazardous wastes as per condition of CC&A by GPCB. Details of membership

of UPL for Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd (BEIL)at Ankleshwar are

enclosed as Annexure 6.

Distillation residue, spent catalyst, aqueous effluent from drum/tank/reactor

washing, date expired & off specific pesticide and used filter aids generated

from the plant are/will be sent to Common Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility

and Incineration Facility(CHWDF&IF) of Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd

(BEIL) at Ankleshwar.



Figure 2.35: Site Layout Plan for UPL Plant



Used Oil generated from the maintenance of DG sets is handed over to CPCB

authorized used oil recyclers. Discarded containers (drums, carboys)

contaminated with hazardous chemicals are sent for decontamination to BEIL.

Primary sludge generated from the ETP are also sent to BEIL for landfilling.

Salt proposed to be generated from evaporation of process residue after

expansion will be sent to BEIL for landfilling.

II. Non-hazardous Wastes Generations and Its Management

Other Waste Generation and Disposal (Existing and After Proposed

Expansion) is given in Table 2.21.At the plant after expansion, approx. 60

tones sludge will be generated per annum from STP,which will be used as

Manure in plantation at the plant or sent to secured land fill site operated by

BEIL at Ankleshwar.



Table 2.20 Hazardous Waste Details (Existing and After Proposed Expansion)

Sr.No

Name of HazardousWaste

Schedule

Category Existingquantity inMT/Annum

AdditionalQuantity inMT/Annum

TotalQuantity inMT/Annum

Facility Mode of Disposal

1 Process waste -Aqueous effluent fromdrum washing / reactorwashing / tank washing

I 29.1 670 1254 1924 Generation, Collection,Storage,

Transportation,Incineration & Disposal

To be sent to BEILfor incineration.

2 Process waste orResidues (Organic)



Disposal to BEIL forcommon incinerator.

3 Date - Expired and off-specification pesticides



To be sent to BEILfor Incineration.

4 Empty Barrels/Containers/ Linerscontaminated withhazardous chemicals /wastes(Non-recyclable plasticwaste/ insulation waste/PPEs)


Transportation,Decontamination &

Disposal Reuse

To be Sent to BEIL,Ankleshwar for Land

Filling or Sent toAuthorised

decontaminationfacility / recycler orreuse or send back

to supplier.



Sr.No


Schedule





5 Empty Barrels/Containers/ Linerscontaminated withhazardous chemicals /wastes


Transportation,Decontamination&Disposal Reuse

Disposal by sendingcontaminated

packaging materialto BEIL, Dahej or

Reuse or send backto supplier after

decontamination /detoxification.Ankleshwar

EnvironmentalPreservation Society(AEPS) Approval and

sell to authorisedend user.

6 Chemical sludge fromwaste water treatment -ETP Waste (Sludge)


Transportation,Treatment & Disposal

To be Sent to BEILfor Land filling.

7 Chemical sludge fromwaste water treatment -Salt from EvaporationSystem


Transportation,Treatment & Disposal

Disposal at BEILTSDF (Land Filling).

8 Chemical sludge fromwaste water treatment -RO Rejects (afterevaporation)-

I 35.3 138 258 396 Generation, Collection,Storage, Transportation

& Disposal

Disposal at BEILTSDF (Land Filling).

9 Chemical sludge fromwaste water treatment -


sent to BEIL for LandFilling.



Sr.No


Schedule





Evaporation System salt Transportation,Treatment & Disposal

10 Used / Spent Oil I 5.1 9.6 18 28 Generation, Collection,Reuse, Storage,Transportation &

Disposal

Disposal by sell toauthorised re-

refiners / recycler

11 Lead (Batteries) II A5 1 (20 Nos) 2 (40 Nos) 3 (60 Nos) Generation, Collection,Reuse, Storage,Transportation &

Disposal

Disposal by sell it toauthorised recycler

*The company will consider applicable by products in Hazardous waste as per Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management &

Transboundary Movement) Rules 2016.

Table 2.21Other Waste Generation and Disposal (Existing and After Proposed Expansion)

Sr.No

Name of Waste Existingquantity inMT/Annum


Total Quantityin MT/Annum


1Sludge from Sewage

Treatment Plant--- 50 50

Generation,Collection,Storage &Disposal

Use as Manure in Plantationor Sent to Secured Land fill

at BEIL.

Source : UPL Ltd.



Chapter -3

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 Introduction – Study Area, Period and Components

The reconnaissance survey of the study area around the existing UPL # 1

plant of UPL was carried out in last week of February 2018 and the field

studies were carried out for one season during summer season for the EIA

studies to collect baseline primary and secondary data for the present

environmental scenario in the study area.

A comprehensive primary and secondary data collection program ware

undertaken to assess the status of baseline environment conditions within the

study area, as per the TOR issued by MOEF&CCfor carrying out the EIA/EMP

study for one season from 8th March to 7thJune 2018 during pre-monsoon

season. The area covered by 10 km radius around the project site has been

considered for study.

The environmental monitoring was carried out for soil characteristics, surface

and ground water quality, ambient air quality, noise levels, traffic density,

meteorology and ecology & biological study and socio-economic studies,

etc.Topography & physiography, geology, soils, surface and ground water

resources and quality, meteorology, ambient air quality, ambient noise and

landuse pattern constitute the physical environment, while flora and fauna

and aquatic ecology constitute biological environment of the study area and

both were studied during the study period. Demographic and socio-economic

conditions of the study area were also studied during the study period (8th

March 2018 To 7thJune 2018 – pre monsoonSeason).Physical, biological and

socio-economic environmental conditions within 10 km radius study, collected

during the study period have been comprehensively discussed in the following

sections.

3.2 Topography and Physiography

Physiographically, the study area isplains. Average contour levels in the study

area is 3 m to 43 m. The site of the Unit#1 is flat with ground elevation 22 m



to 24 m.The slope of the region is from North(N) to South(S). There is no

rock out crop in the area. Narmada is perennial river flowing within study area

at distance of 5.5 km in north direction.

3.3 Geology of the Area

The Gujarat State exposes rocks belonging to the Precambrian, Mesozoic and

Cenozoic Eras. The hard rocks cover about 49% of the total area of Gujarat,

the rest being occupied by sediments of Quaternary Period. The hard rocks

comprise Precambrian metamorphites and associated intrusives, sedimentary

rocks of Mesozoic and Cenozoic Eras and the traps/flows constituting Deccan

Volcanics of Cretaceous-Eocene age.

Geology of Bharuch District comprises deccan trap, sandstone, alluvium

geological formations. Alluvial geological formation found along the Narmada

River. In the area, the Cambay Shale is overlying by several sandstone

sequences with intervening thick shale layer. This overlying sand–shale

sequence has been variously sub-divided and designated by Chandra and

Choudhary (1969) as Ankleshwar formation. Rao (1969) designated the sand-

shale unit overlying the Cambay Shale as the Ankleshwar Group and

subdivided it into five formations and named them from base to top as Lower

Ankleshwar Formation, Narmada Shale Formation, Upper Ankleshwar

Formation, Dadhal Formation and Dadhar Formation. The stratigraphical

sequence of the Ankleshwar are is given in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1: Stratigraphical Sequence of the Ankleshwar Area

Age Formation Lithology and thickness

Sub-Recent toRecent

Gujarat Alluvium Coarse to Pebbly sands, gravel,kankars, yellow and grey sandy clays.(50-100 m)

Middle to UpperEocene

Ankleshwar Light greenish to dark grey shale andargillaceous sandstone

UpperCretaceous

Deccan Trap Basalt-andesite, trachyte, picritesyenite etc.

Generalized Stratigraphy of Ankleshwar Area is shown in Figure 3.1.



3.4 Soil Characteristics

3.4.1 Soil Type/ Soil Classification

The soil of the project area aremainly Typic Chromusterts,Fluventic

Ustochrepts and Vertic Ustropepts as per National Bureau of Soil Survey and

Land Use Planning. Soil type/ soil classification of the study areais given in

Table 3.2.Soil map of the study area is shown in Figure 3.2.Soil of the area

are deep to very deep, slightly to moderately well drained, fine soils on very

gently alluvial plain with moderately erosion and moderately salinity,

associated with very deep, moderately well drained, calcareous, fine soils with

slight - moderately erosion.

Table 3.2: Soil Type/ Soil Classification of the Study AreaMapUnit

Description SoilTaxonomy

069 Very deep, Moderately Well Drained, fine soils

on very gently sloping basailic interfluves with

slight erosion, associated with well drained,

calcareous fine soils with slight erosion

Typic

Chromusterts

083 Very deep, moderately well drained, fine soils

nearly alluvial plain with slight erosion with

slight salinity, associated with deep, moderately

well drained, calcareous fine soil with slight

Vertic

Ustropepts

Figure 3.1: Generalized Stratigraphy of Ankleshwar Area



MapUnit

Description SoilTaxonomy

erosion and slight salinity.

104 Deep, well drained, calcareous, fine soils on

very gentally sloping alluvial plain with slight

erosion and slight salinity; associated with very

deep, imperfectly drained, calcareous, fine

loaming soil with slight erosion

Fleventic

Ustochrepts


on nearly alluvial plain with moderately

associated with very deep moderately well

drain, calcareous, fine soils on gently sloping

lands with severe erosion.

Typic

Chromusterts


on very gently alluvial plain with moderately

erosion and moderately salinity, associated with

very deep, moderately well drained, calcareous,

fine soils with moderately erosion.

Typic

Chromusterts

139 Very deep, moderately well drained, very fine

soils on nearly alluvial plain with slight erosion

and slightly salinity, associated with very deep,

moderately well drained, calcareous, fine soils

with slight erosion.

Typic

Chromusterts

3.4.2 Soil Characteristics

The information on soil quality has been arrived at by collecting data from

various secondary sources and supplemented by collection and analysis of soil

samples from representative locations. In order to assess the base line

characteristics of soil profile of the study area representing project and nearby

areas, the samples were analysed for key and chemical parameters.

The concentrations of physical and chemical parameters were determined.

The sampling locations have been finalized with the following objectives:

_ To enable information on baseline characteristics and,

_ To determine the soil characteristics of the study area;

_ To determine the impact of plant activities on soil characteristics.



Figure 3.2: Soil Map of the Study Area

Source :National Bureau of Soil Survey and Land Use Planning



Representative soil samples were collected from 8 different specified locations

within thestudy area of the plant site. Standard procedures were followed for

the sampling andanalysis of physico-chemical parameters.

To understand the soil characteristics 8 locations in the study area were

selected for soil sampling. The soil sampling locations are given in Table 3.3

and shown in Figure 3.3.Photographs of soil samplings are given in

Appendix.

Table 3.3: Soil Sampling Locations

Code Soil

Sampling

Locations

Distance

(km)

Direction

From

project

Latitude & Longitude

S1 Project Site 0 - 21o37’48.1” N

73o00’ 46.5” E

S2 Ankleshwar

near BEIL

3.7 SE 21°36'56.33"N

73°03' 6.93"E

S3 Dadhal Inam 4.9 E 21o38’5.32”N

73°3'43.93"E

S4 Taibah Nagar 3.2 W 21o37’44.43”N

72o 59’ 8.07”E

S5 Kapodra 3.9 S 21o35’ 43.47”N

73o00’ 43.94”E

S6 Motali 3.7 NE 21°38'46.82"N

73°02'28.56"E

S7 Gadkhol 1.95 N 21°38'41.81"N

73°00'52.32"E

S8 Juna Diva 5.10 WNW 21°38'57.92"N

73° 58'29.84"E

Standard soil classification as per Source: Hand Book of Agriculture, Indian

Council of Agriculture Research is given in Table 3.4. Analysed results of soil

samples have been compared with the Standard soil classification.





Figure 3.3: Soil Map of the Study Area



Table 3.4: Standard Soil Classification

Sr. No. Soil Test Classification

1 pH <4.5 Extremely Acidic4.51- 5.50 Very Strongly Acidic5.51-6.00 moderately acidic6.01-6.50 slightly acidic6.51-7.30 Neutral7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline9.01 very strongly alkaline

2 Salinity ElectricalConductivity (µmhos/cm)(1ppm = 640 µmho/cm)

Up to 1.00 Average1.01-2.00 harmful to germination2.01-3.00 harmful to crops(sensitive to salts)

3 Organic Carbon (%) Up to 0.2: very less0.21-0.4: less0.41-0.5 medium,0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient0.81-1.00: sufficient>1.0 more than sufficient

4 Nitrogen (Kg/ha) Up to 50 very less51-100 less101-150 good151-300 Better>300 sufficient

5 Phosphorus (Kg/ha) Up to 15 very less16-30 less31-50 medium,51-65 on an average sufficient66-80 sufficient>80 more than sufficient

6 Potash (Kg/ha) 0 -120 very less120-180 less181-240 medium241-300 average301-360 better>360 more than sufficient

Source: Hand Book of Agriculture, Indian Council of Agriculture Research

The value of important physical and chemical parameters of these soil

samples are given in Table 3.5. From the tabulated values, the following

conclusions can be made about the physical and chemical characteristics of

the soil samples.



Table 3.5: Soil Characteristics of the Study Area

Parameters Units S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8Project

SiteGadkhol Near

BEILKopadra Juna

DivaTaibaNagar

Motali Dadhal

Texture Clay loam Clay loam Clay loam Clay loam Clay loam Loam Clay loam Clay loam

Sand % 35 40 43 37 38 45 42 41

Silt % 25 30 22 24 23 28 28 29

Clay % 40 30 35 39 39 27 30 30

Bulk Density g/cc 1.44 1.48 1.38 1.41 1.53 1.36 1.42 1.46

Porosity % 41.7 44.1 44.6 42.6 50.5 46.8 41.8 42.6

Water Holding

Capacity

% 33.2 38.1 36.7 36.2 43.7 39.7 37.6 38.9

Permeability cm/hour 1.32 1.47 1.49 1.43 1.26 1.61 1.29 1.34

pH 7.92 8.04 7.79 7.87 8.02 7.54 7.85 7.94

Conductivity µmS/cm 1.34 1.19 1.45 1.19 1.17 1.34 1.92 1.44

CEC meq/100g 44.56 47.19 42.23 46.81 51.42 47.51 41.67 48.32

Ex Ca meq/100g 34.60 29.24 28.41 37.59 38.64 31.85 17.77 29.50

Ex Mg meq/100g 5.87 11.73 9.80 5.00 7.82 11.73 19.70 12.71

Ex Na meq/100g 3.11 2.83 2.95 3.04 4.11 3.08 2.91 3.14

Ex K meq/100g 0.98 3.39 1.07 0.18 0.85 0.85 1.29 2.97

SAR 1.4 2.0 0.58 0.67 0.85 0.66 0.68 0.68

Organic Carbon % 0.553 0.527 0.675 0.578 0.467 0.431 0.537 0.638

Organic matter % 0.954 0.908 1.163 0.996 0.705 0.742 0.741 0.99

Available N Kg/ha 243.5 268 254 286 231 277 262 257

Available P Kg/ha 28.4 29.1 31.2 32.4 37.5 28.3 27.1 44.3

Available K Kg/ha 343.6 356.4 355.8 412.4 327.8 364.8 372.7 428.1

Chloride as Cl meq/100g 3.1 3.4 3.9 2.8 3.3 2.6 3.7 3.3

Alkalinity meq/100g 9.7 8.9 11.2 13.7 10.3 8.5 10.7 7.9



Parameters Units S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

ProjectSite

Gadkhol NearBEIL

Kopadra JunaDiva

TaibaNagar

Motali Dadhal

Arsenic asAs mg/Kg BDL 0.23 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Cadmium asCd mg/Kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Chromium as Cr mg/Kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Lead as Pb mg/Kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Nickel asNi mg/Kg 0.537 BDL 0.0331 0.0461 BDL BDL 0.0489 0.878

Zinc as Zn mg/kg BDL 0.0043 0.0216 BDL BDL 0.0019 BDL 0.0956

Copper as Cu mg/kg 0.08 0.31 0.19 0.04 0.07 0.05 0.06 0.17

Iron as Fe mg/kg 5.82 4.65 7.07 3.33 8.85 6.91 4.16 17.92

Manganese as Mn mg/kg 9.12 10.63 11.21 8.82 14.32 12.11 9.33 16.13

Boron as B mg/kg 0.42 0.37 0.51 0.47 0.51 0.35 0.46 0.78

Date of Soil Sampling : 20-21 April 2018



3.5 Water Resources

3.5.1 Surface Water Resources

The drainage map of the study area is shown in Figure 3.4. Narmada is

perennial river, which flow at distance of about 7km in north direction from

the UPL# 1 plant. Other non-perennial water streams flow in the study area

are Amravati Nadi, Amla Khadi, Kondhki Khadi, etc, which carry runoff during

rains.

3.5.2

Ground Water Resources

Hydrogeological map of the area is shown in Figure 3.5.The geology of the

area with vast area affected by inherent/coastal salinity, presents a complex

hydrogeological pattern. The hard rocks, the semi-consolidated Cretaceous,

and Tertiary formations and unconsolidated alluvial deposits, all comprise

multi – aquifer systems thereby presenting unconfined as well as confined

groundwater conditions in the area. Groundwater occurs under unconfined

Figure 3.4: Drainage Map of the Study Area



conditions in the limestone and sandstone aquifers of Bagh beds. Occurrence

and movement of groundwater is restricted mainly to the fractures and joints

in the limestones and sandstones.

The Deccan Trap have given rise to multi-layered stratified aquifers. Each

individual flow comprises two distinct units, namely the upper vesicular basalt

and the lower massive basalt. The massive basalt is hard and compact with

primary porosity but the vesicular basalts exhibit porosity. The movement of

groundwater is therefore controlled by the secondary porosity developed by

the presence of fractures and joints. The paleoweathering which is invariably

observed at depth near the top of every flow, has given rise to good aquifers

at depth. The yield of the dug wells in Deccan traps, which range in depth

from 5 to 25m bgl, sustain pumping from 1/2 hour to 10 hours with discharge

varying from 200 to 1200 litre per minute (LPM) for drawdown of 4 to 7 m.

Bore well tapping deeper zones down to 150m below ground level(bgl), have

yielded 100 to 600 LPM for a drawdown of 6 to 15m.

The sandstone are the main aquifers in the tertiary formations but the

limestone also yield significant quantities of groundwater. The alluvium

formations in the western most part of the area do not constitute potential

aquifers on account of inferior quality of water.

Depth to Water Level

In the study area, depth to water level ranges 15 to 30 m bgl. Shallow water

level i.e. less than 5 m bgl is observed along the Narmada River. Post

monsoon water level as shown in the map for the period reveals that water

levels in general area shallower as compared to pre-monsoon, which shows

the effect of monsoon recharge.

An average rise of about 2 m is observed over the pre-monsoon water levels

in the study area.



Source: Ground Water Brochure of Bharuch District by CGWAFigure 3.5: Hydrogeological Map of the Bharuch District



3.6 Ground and Surface Water Quality in Study Area

3.6.1 Ground Water Quality

To evaluate the physico-chemical characteristics of the ground water

resources in the study area, ground water samples were collected during the

study period.

A. Ground Water Sampling Locations

Reconnaissance survey was carried out for identification of ground water

samples. For selection of ground water samples, the following criterion were

considered.

1. Drainage Pattern

2. Areas which may be affected due to the proposed activity,

3. Ground water sources which are being used for local population for

domestic purpose.

Ground water sampling and analysis were carried out at seven sampling

locations as given in Table 3.6. The ground water sampling locations are

shown in Figure 3.6.Photographs of ground water sampling are given in

Appendix.

Table 3.6: Ground Water Sampling Locations

Code Location ofGround Water

Distance(Km)

Latitude &Longitude

Direction fromProject Site

GW1 Kansiya 4.9 21° 40’ 2”N,73° 2’ 26” E

NNE

GW2 Juna Diva 4.16 21° 38’ 51”N,

72° 58’ 33”ENNW

GW3 Dadhal Inam 4.9 21° 38’ 2”N,73° 3’39”E

ENE

GW4 Near BEIL 3.64 21°37’ 1” N,73° 2’ 54” E

SE

GW5 Gadkhol 1.95 21° 39’ 0”N,73° 1’ 3” E

N

GW6 Kapodra 3.85 21° 35’ 34”N,

73° 0’ 35” ESSW

GW7 Taibah Nagar 3.03 21°37’ 40” N,72° 58’ 58” E

WSW



Figure 3.6: Ground Water Sampling Locations



B. Methodology

During study area, grab samples were collected from ground water sources.

The ground water samples were filled into a sampling bottles. The ground

water samples were collected and analyzed as per the procedures specified in

'Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater' published

by American Public Health Association (APHA) and relevant Indian Standards

codes.

The samples collected during the period, were brought to M/s Bharuch Enviro

Infrastructure Ltd. laboratory, which is NABL and MoEF&CC recognized

environmental laboratory. At the time of collection of samples proper

preservatives were added in ground water samples. During the transportation

samples were stored in deep freezer.

The collected water samples were analyzed for organoleptic & physical and

chemical parameters as parameters described in IS: 10500:2012 and resented

in Table 3.7.

C. Characteristics of Ground Water Samples

Temperature: The temperature of ground water samples was found

between 30.8 to 31.7oC.

Colour: The colour of ground water samples was found <1 Hazen unit and

meets the acceptable limit of drinking water standards.

Odour: The odour in ground water samples was agreeable and meets the

acceptable limit for drinking water standards.

Taste: The taste of ground water samples was agreeable and meets the


Turbidity: The turbidity of water samples was found <1 NTU and meets




pH: The pH value of ground water samples ranges from 7.43 to 7.79 and

meets the acceptable (6.5-8.5) drinking water standards.

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS): The TDS in ground water samples range

from 1225 to 1868 mg/l and meet permissible limit of 2000 mg/l in the

ground water samples.

Total Alkalinity: Total alkalinity in ground water samples ranges from 291

mg/l to 472 mg/l. Total alkalinity values of the ground water samples

exceeding acceptable limit of 200 mg/l, however meeting permissible limit of

600 mg/l in all the ground water samples.

Total Hardness: The total hardness of ground water samples ranges

between 178 mg/l to 555 mg/l. Total hardness values of the ground water

samples exceeding acceptable limit of 200 mg/l, however meeting permissible

limit of 600 mg/l in all the ground water samples.

Iron: The iron content in all ground water sample ranges from 0.12 to 0.25

mg/l and meets acceptable limits of 0.3 mg/l for the ground water samples.

Calcium: The Calcium content in ground water samples ranges from 39.2 to

158.2 mg/l. Calcium content of most of the ground water samples exceeding

acceptable limit of 75 mg/l, however meeting permissible limit of 200 mg/l in

all the ground water samples.

Magnesium: The magnesium content in ground water samples ranges from

18.2 mg/l to 44.1 mg/l and meeting permissible limit of 100 mg/l in all the

ground water samples.

Chloride: The Chloride content in ground water samples ranges from 392

mg/l to 618 mg/l and meeting permissible limit of 1000 mg/l in all the ground

water samples.

Sulphate: Sulphate content in ground water samples ranges from 58.1 to

156.7 mg/l and meets the acceptable limit of 200 mg/l at all the ground water

sampling locations.



Nitrate: Nitrate content in ground water samples ranges from 5.8 mg/l to

15.3 mg/l and meet the acceptable limit of 45 mg/l at all the ground water

sampling locations.

Fluoride: Fluoride content in ground water samples ranges from below

detection level (BDL) to 0.28 mg/l and meets acceptable limit of 1 mg/l at all

the ground water sampling locations.

Sodium: Sodium content in ground water samples ranges from 178.6 mg/l to

283.9 mg/l.

Potassium: Potassium content in ground water samples ranges from 52.8

mg/l to 92.8 mg/l.

Aluminum: Aluminum content in ground water samples ranges from BDL

mg/l to 0.021 mg/land meets acceptable limit of 0.03 mg/l at all the ground

water sampling locations.

Boron:Boron content in ground water samples ranges from 0.023 mg/l to

0.27 mg/land meets acceptable limit of 0.5 mg/l at all the ground water

sampling locations.

Cupper:Cupper content in ground water samples ranges from BDLmg/l to

0.03 mg/land meets acceptable limit of 0.05 mg/l at all the ground water

sampling locations.

Zinc :Zinccontent in ground water samples ranges from BDLmg/l to 1.31

mg/land meets acceptable limit of 5 mg/l at all the ground water sampling

locations.

Bacteriological Quality of Drinking Water: Total Coliform including

Escherichia coli (E. coli) was not be detectable in any ground water sample.

Other Parameters: Cyanide (CN), Phenolic Compounds (C6H5OH), Total

Arsenic (as As), Total Chromium (as Cr), Mineral Oil, Cadmium (as Cd), Lead



(as Pb), Manganese (as Mn), Tin, Mercury (as Hg), Nickel (as Ni) contents

were found below detection limit (BDL) in all the ground water samples.

Pesticide parameters namely, Benzene hexachloride, DDT, Dimethoate,

Copper oxychloride, Ziram 2.4D, Paraquat, Propanil, Nitrofen and

Monocrotophosanalyzed in ground water samples were found below detection

limit (BDL.

The results of ground water samples were compared to Indian Standard

Specification of drinking water IS: 10500:2012. Some of analyzed parameters

in ground water samples meet acceptable limit however all the analyzed

parameters are meeting permissible limit in the absence of alternate source

as per Indian Standard Specification of drinking water IS: 10500:2012.

EIA/EMP Report for Capacity Expansion of Manufacturing Capacity of Existing Products and Manufacturing of NewPesticides, Intermediate Chemicals (Unit # 1), Plot No.- 117/118, Notified Industrial Estate, GIDC, Ankleshwar (Gujarat)


Table 3.7: Ground Water Quality in the Study Area

Sn. Parameters Unit GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 GW-5 GW-6 GW-7 Prescribed Standards– IS10500 2012

Kansiya JunaDiva

DadhalInam

NearBEIL

Gadkhol Kapodra TaibahNagar

AcceptableLimit

PermissibleLimit in theabsence ofAlternative

Source

1. Temp. 31.1 30.9 31.3 31.2 30.8 31.7 31.1 -- --

2. Colour Hazan <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 5 15

3 Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable4. Taste -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

5. Turbidity NTU 0.51 0.75 0.75 0.54 0.56 0.66 1.16 1 5

6 pH -- 7.43 7.62 7.78 7.58 7.79 7.67 7.56 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation7. Total Hardness mg/l 178 486 439 555 206 367 305 200 6008. Total Alkalinity as

CaCO3mg/l 426 472 372

431 376 392 291200 600

9. Iron (Fe) mg/l 0.16 0.19 0.21 0.16 0.15 0.25 0.12 0.3 No Relaxation10. Chloride (Cl) mg/l 392 618 432 757 412 445 466 250 1000

11. Free Chlorine mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.2 112. Conductivity μS/cm 1951 2612 1998 2786 1811 2103 1912 -- --13. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 1314 1773 1352 1868 1225 1425 1318 500 200014. Calcium (Ca) mg/l 39.2 122.7 114.8 158.2 52.6 103.1 68.7 75 20015. Magnesium (Mg) mg/l 19.5 44.1 37.1 38.8 18.2 26.7 32.5 30 100

16. Sulphate (SO4) mg/l 58.1 137.5 92.2 156.7 100.8 127.6 116.2 200 40017. Nitrate (NO3) mg/l 5.8 13.8 10.6 15.3 10.1 12.8 11.6 45 No Relaxation18. Phosphate mg/l 1.71 2.13 1.44 1.71 0.93 1.43 1.16 -- --19. Fluoride (F) mg/l BDL BDL 0.17 BDL BDL 0.28 BDL 1.0 1.520. Sodium mg/l 276.7 283.9 178.6 259.2 215.3 212.9 238.5 -- --

21. Potassium mg/l 92.8 78.1 71.2 52.8 84.5 74.1 76.6 -- --




Kansiya JunaDiva

DadhalInam

NearBEIL


AcceptableLimit


Source

22. Aluminium (as Al) mg/l 0.017 0.021 0.011 BDL 0.012 BDL BDL 0.03 0.2

23. Boron mg/l 0.12 0.27 0.11 0.065 0.16 0.023 0.058 0.5 1.024. Copper (Cu) mg/l 0.02 0.01 BDL BDL 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.05 1.525. Manganese (Mn) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.1 0.326. Tin as Sn mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL -- --27. Nickel as Ni mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.02 No Relaxation28. Lead (Pb) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 No Relaxation

29. Zinc (Zn) mg/l 1.02 0.83 1.31 0.62 BDL 0.32 0.75 5 1530. Phenolic Compounds mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.001 0.00231. Mercury (Hg) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.001 No Relaxation32. Cadmium (Cd) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.003 No Relaxation33. Selenium (Se) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 No Relaxation

34. Total Arsenic (As) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 0.0535. Cyanide (CN) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05 No Relaxation36. Anionic Detergents mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.2 1.037. Hexa. Chromium

(Cr+6)mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05 No Relaxation

38. Mineral Oil mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.5 No Relaxation39. Benzene hexachloride μg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --40. DDT μg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 141. Dimethoate μg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --42. Copper oxychloride μg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --43. Ziram 2.4D μg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --

44. Paraquat μg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --45. Propanil μg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --




Kansiya JunaDiva

DadhalInam

NearBEIL


AcceptableLimit


Source

46 Nitrofen μg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --

47. Monocrotophos μg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 148. Total Coliform MPN/

100 mlAbsent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Shall not be detectable in

any 100 ml sample49. Faecal Coliform MPN/

100 mlAbsent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Shall not be detectable in

any 100 ml sampleBDL – Below Detection LimitDate of Sampling :24 April 2018



3.6.2 Surface Water Quality

During the study period, surface water samples were collected and analysed

from surface water bodies in the study area. Surface water sampling locations

are given in Table 3.8 and shown in Figure 3.7. Photographs of surface

water sampling are given in Appendix.Grab samples were collected from

surface water sources. The surface water samples were filled into a sampling

bottles and necessary preservative were added in the collected samples. The

surface water samples collected were brought to M/s Shivalik Solid Waste

Management Ltd. Laboratory,which is NABL and MoEF&CC recognized

environmental laboratory. During the transportation, samples were stored in

deep freezer. The surface water samples were collected and analyzed as per

the procedures specified in 'Standard Methods for the Examination of Water

and Wastewater' published by American Public Health Association (APHA) and

relevant Indian Standards codes.

Table 3.8: Surface Water Sampling Locations

Code Surface Water

Sampling

Locations

Distance

(Km)

Latitude &

Longitude

Direction from

the Site

SW1 GNFC Reservoir 1.77 21° 38’ 52” N,73° 0’ 40” E

N

SW2 Narmada River 5.90 21° 40’ 25” N,72° 58’ 37” E

N

SW3 GIDC Pond 2.37 21° 36’ 25” N,73° 00’ 42” E

SSW

The surface water sample was collected from GNFC Reservoir, Narmada

River, Diva Pond, Ankleshwar Lake and GIDC Pond during the study period

and were analyzed for physical and chemical parameters. Analysed results for

surface water were compared to the CPCB standard for Designated Best Uses

of Water as given in Table 3.9.



Figure 3.7: Surface Water Sampling Locations



Table 3.9: Designated Best Uses of Water as per CPCB

Designated-Best-Use Class ofwater

Criteria

Drinking water source without

conventional treatment but after

disinfection

A Total Coliforms Organism

MPN/100ml shall be 50 or less;

pH between 6.5 and 8.5;

Dissolved Oxygen 6mg/l or more;

Bio Chemical Oxygen Demand 2

mg/l or less

Outdoor bathing (Organized) B Total Coliforms Organism


pH between 6.5 and 8.5;

Dissolved Oxygen 5mg/l or more


mg/l or less

Drinking water source after

conventional treatment and

disinfection

C Total Coliform Organism


pH between 6 to 9;

Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more


mg/l or less

Propagation of Wild life and

Fisheries

D pH between 6.5 to 8.5;

Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more;

Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or

less

Irrigation, Industrial Cooling,

Controlled Waste disposal

E pH between 6.0 to 8.5;

Electrical Conductivity at 25°C

micromhos/cm Max.2250;

Sodium absorption ratio max. 26;

Boron Max. 2mg/l

Below-E Not Meeting A, B, C, D & E Criteria

The analysis results for surface water bodies are given in Table 3.10.



Table 3.10 : Analysis Results of Surface Water SamplesSn. Parameters Unit GNFC

ReservoirNarmada

RiverGIDC Pond

1. Colour Hazan <1 <2 <1

2. Turbidity NTU 2.3 17.7 9.1

3 pH -- 8.43 8.3 8.21

4. Electrical Conductivity uS/cm 284 319 2755. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 179 211 173

6. TSS mg/l 11 23 BDL

7. Oil & Grease mg/l 1.46 2.1 1.68. Total Hardness mg/l 98 76.3 92.4

9. Iron (Fe) mg/l BDL 0.12 0.11

10. Chloride (Cl) mg/l 18.8 23.7 16.311. Resi. Chlorine mg/l BDL BDL BDL

12. NH3-N mg/l 0.14 0.29 0.38

13. T. Ammonia mg/l 0.26 0.43 0.27

14. TKN mg/l 0.15 0.32 0.1715. NO2-N mg/l BDL 0.92 0.31

16. NO3-N mg/l 0.67 1.71 0.23

17. Total Nitrogen mg/l 0.73 2.12 0.1918. Total Phosphorus mg/l 0.07 0.22 0.62

19. Alkalinity mg/l 78.2 65.4 82.8

20. Calcium (Ca) mg/l 19.8 16.6 19.121. Magnesium (Mg) mg/l 11.7 8.5 10.9

22. Copper (Cu) mg/l BDL 0.03 BDL

23. Manganese (Mn) mg/l 0.03 0.32 0.41

24. Sulphate (SO4) mg/l 25.7 36.1 29.225. Nitrate (NO3) mg/l 0.72 0.95 0.14

26. Fluoride (F) mg/l 0.21 0.17 0.17

27. Phenolic Compounds mg/l 0.14 0.12 0.2128. Mercury (Hg) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

29. Cadmium (Cd) mg/l BDL BDL BDL

30. Selenium (Se) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

31. Vanadium as V BDL BDL BDL32. Total Arsenic (As) mg/l BDL <0.01 BDL

33. Cyanide (CN) mg/l BDL BDL BDL

34. Lead (Pb) mg/l 0.032 BDL BDL35. Zinc (Zn) mg/l 0.92 0.67 0.62

36. Anionic Detergents mg/l BDL 0.14 BDL

37. Hexa. Chromium (Cr+6) mg/l BDL BDL BDL38. Organo Chlorine

Pesticidesmg/l <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001

39. Boron mg/l 0.072 0.043 0.018

40. DO mg/l 7.6 7.5 6.641. BOD mg/l 2.7 2.1 3.6



Sn. Parameters Unit GNFCReservoir

NarmadaRiver

GIDC Pond

42. COD mg/l 9.2 12.7 7.3

43. Total Coliform MPN/100 ml

ABSENT 1317 ABSENT

44. Faecal Coliform MPN/100 ml

ABSENT 294 ABSENT

Date of Sampling :25 April 2018

3.6.3 Treated Effluent Analysis

Trade effluents generated from various processes at UPL Plant are treated in

existing ETP comprising primary, secondary and tertiary treatment facilities.

Treated effluents from Unit # 1 of UPL Plant are sent to final effluent

treatment plant (FETP) located within GIDC Ankleshwar Notified Industrial

Area. During the study period sample of treated waste water/effluents after

tertiary treatment was collected and analyzed. Analysis results for treated

waste water at the samplingpoint from ETP at UPL’s existing plant to FETP,

Operated by NCT, Ankleshwar are given in Table 3.11. Treated effluent are

meeting discharge limit prescribed by GPCB in CC&A.

Table 3.11 : Analysis Results of Treated Waste WaterSn. Parameters Unit GPCB

LimitAnalysed

Value1. pH -- 6.5 - 8.5 7.78

2. Temp oC 40 323. Colour Pt/co 100 54. Total Suspended Solids (TSS) mg/l 150 275. Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) mg/l 10000 18406. Biological Oxygen Demand

(BOD)mg/l 200 11

7. Chemical Oxygen Demand(COD)

mg/l 1000 62

8. Ammonical-N mg/l 50 BDL9. Phosphates mg/l 5 2.9

10. Chloride (Cl) mg/l 1000 48011. Sulphate (SO4) mg/l 1000 77612. Oil & Grease (O&G) mg/l 10 113. Phenolic Compounds mg/l 5 BDL

14. Sulphides mg/l 5 BDL15. Cyanides mg/l 0.2 BDL16. Total Chromium mg/l 2 BDL



Sn. Parameters Unit GPCBLimit

AnalysedValue

17. Copper (Cu) mg/l 3 0.001

18. Nickel mg/l 3 BDL19. Zinc mg/l 15 0.0220. Lead mg/l 0.1 BDL21. Fluoride (F) mg/l 15 NA22. Mercury (Hg) mg/l 0.01 NA

23. Arsenic (As) mg/l 0.2 BDL24. Cadmium (Cd) mg/l 0.05 BDL25. Hexavalent Chromium mg/l 0.1 BDL27. Insecticide/Pesticides mg/l Absent BDL

28. Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen Mg/l 50 3029. Iron (as Fe) Mg/l 3 130. Manganese (as Mn) Mg/l 2 131. Selenium (as Se) Mg/l 0.05 BDL32. Bio Assay Test %

Survival90%

survival offish after96 hoursin 100%Effluent

Passes

3.7 Climatology And Meteorology

3.7.1 Introduction

The meteorological parameters play a vital role in transport and diffusion of

pollutants in the atmosphere. The collection and analysis of meteorological

data, therefore, is an essential component of environmental impact

assessment studies. The long term and short-term impact assessment could

be made through utilization and interpretation of meteorological data

collected over long and short periods, respectively.

Climatological (long-term) data is obtained from the closest Indian

Meteorology Department (IMD) station or from any other nearby station,

which has been collecting meteorological data for more than ten

years.Climatological data for proposed site was obtained from Surat IMD

Station, which located about 60 km from the Unit #1 of UPL and the same is

discussed in following:



3.7.2 Climatological Data for Surat IMD Station

A. Climate and Seasons

Ankleshwar has a tropical savanna climate, moderated strongly by the

Arabian Sea. The summer begins in early March and lasts until June. April and

May are the hottest months, the average maximum temperature being 41.5

°C. Monsoon begins in late June and the area receives about 1196 millimetres

of rain annually. October and November see the retreat of the monsoon and a

return of high temperatures until late November. Winter starts in December

and ends in late February, with lowest temperatures of around 10.9°C.

B. Temperature

Table 3.12 gives the temperatures at IMD station Surat. April is the hottest

month in the year with highest temperatures of 41.5oC, and lowest

temperatures of 10.9 oC. The heat in the summer season is intense. There is

some drop in the day temperature with the onset of monsoon rains by about

mid June and there is appreciable drop in the mean daily maximum

temperature and the weather becomes cooler only after end of October.

January is generally the coldest months with the highest temperature at 35oC

and the lowest temperature at 10.9oC, respectively.

Table 3.12: Highest and Lowest Temperatures in the Area

Month Highest Mean

Temperature

(oC)

Lowest Mean

Temperature

(oC)

Relative Humidity (%)

08.30 17.30

January 35.0 10.9 67 41

February 37.0 12.4 63 35

March 40.4 16.4 62 32

April 41.5 21.5 67 41

May 41.0 23.9 70 56

June 37.8 23.3 78 69

July 34.1 23.3 85 78

August 33.5 23.1 86 78

September 36.2 22.9 83 68



Month Highest Mean

Temperature

(oC)

Lowest Mean

Temperature

(oC)

Relative Humidity (%)

08.30 17.30

October 38.5 20.7 72 51

November 36.8 15.8 63 44

December 34.9 12.7 65 43

Source: IMD Station, Surat(1971-2000)

C. Humidity

Relative Humidity (RH) is highest during August (86% at 8:30 hour and 78%

at 17:30 hour) and lowest during March (62% at 8:30 hour and 32% at 17:30

hour). RH is higher by 7 to 30% at morning 08:30 hour compared to evening

17:30 hour. Table 3.12 also gives the relative humidity (RH) data at Surat

IMD station.

D. Wind Speed

Mean wind speed at Surat IMD station is given Table 3.13. Annual average

wind speed at Surat IMD station is 8.6 kmph. Highest mean wind speed (12.9

kmph) is observed in June whereas lowest wind speed (5.7 kmph) is observed

in October month.

Table 3.13: Wind Speed in the AreaJan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Annual7.3 7.5 7.4 8.3 11.4 12.9 12.0 10.3 7.1 5.7 6.3 7.0 8.6

Note: Values are kmph,Source: IMD Station, Surat(1971-2000)

E. Rainfall

Rainfall at Surat IMD station is given Table 3.14. The area receives 1196 mm

rainfall. The area receives 95.5 % rainfall during June to September months.

Table 3.14: Rainfall in the AreaJan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Annual

1.5 0.4 0.0 0.2 2.3 286.2 436.5 259.0 159.6 37.7 10.5 1.6 1195.5Note: Values are mmSource: IMD Station, Surat (1971-2000)



F. Wind Direction

Wind direction and wind speed for Surat IMD station at 8:30 hours and 17:30

hours are also given in Table 3.15. The tabulated values show that the

prevailing winds, in general, both for morning and evening hours blow from

SW-S sector towards NE-E sector during April to September and from NW-N

sector towards SE-S sector from December to March. October and March

months are transition month. Calm periods vary from 2 to 22 % of the total

time. Monthly wind rose diagrams from direction are given in Figure

3.8toFigure 3.11 respectively for morning and evening hours.

Table 3.15: Wind Direction (From) in the AreaSn Months N NE E SE S SW W NW Calm

1. January 24 32 7 7 1 1 1 13 14

16 13 2 1 1 7 8 47 5

2. February 17 27 4 10 3 3 2 15 19

13 9 0 1 2 12 13 48 2

3. March 11 18 4 11 7 9 6 16 18

8 4 1 1 2 21 18 41 4

4. April 7 7 1 9 13 28 8 13 14

4 1 0 1 3 48 17 24 2

5. May 3 2 1 1 10 57 12 6 8

1 0 0 0 7 69 16 5 2

6. June 1 1 0 6 10 63 11 3 5

0 0 0 1 11 76 9 1 2

7. July 0 0 0 3 8 58 18 3 10

0 0 0 1 6 75 14 1 3

8. August 1 0 0 1 3 55 22 4 14

0 0 0 0 3 78 14 2 3

9. September 2 4 1 7 6 31 18 11 20

2 2 1 1 5 59 15 9 6

10. October 8 12 11 22 9 6 3 7 22

6 10 6 3 5 24 14 22 10

11. November 8 31 19 15 2 0 1 5 19

13 19 10 4 1 6 8 29 10

12. December 16 34 15 10 1 0 1 7 16

18 20 4 1 1 4 8 35 9



Sn Months N NE E SE S SW W NW Calm

Annual 8 14 5 8 6 26 9 9 15

7 6 2 1 4 40 13 22 5

Note: Values are %, Source: IMD Station, Surat(1971-2000)

G. Special Weather Phenomenon

Special weather phenomena of Surat IMD station is given in Table 3.16.

Thunder storms are observed mostly in June and September (annually 4.0d).

Fog is observed occasionally (0.9d). Dust Storm, Squall and Hail are rare in

the area. More than 0.3 mm precipitation is observed on 62.6days in a year.

Table 3.16: Special Weather Phenomena (days) in the Area

Months PPT 0.3

mm or

more

Hail Thunder Fog Dust

Storm

Squall

January 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.0

February 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.0

March 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

April 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

May 0.6 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.0

June 10.1 0.0 1.1 0.0 0.0 0.0

July 19.0 0.0 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.0

August 18.2 0.0 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0

September 10.1 0.0 1.1 0.1 0.0 0.0

October 2.2 0.0 0.4 0.2 0.0 0.0

November 1.5 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0

December 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Annual 62.6 0.0 4.0 0.9 0.0 0.0

Source: IMD Station, Surat(1971-2000)

H. Atmospheric Inversion Level/Mixing Height

Atmospheric inversion, a reversal of the normal behaviour of temperature in

the troposphere (the region of the atmosphere nearest the Earth's surface), in

which a layer of cool air at the surface is overlain by a layer of warmer air.

Inversions are a result of the vertical temperature profile of air.



Mixing height for the study area are given below for the pre-monsoon season:

Time Mixing

Height (m)

Time Mixing

Height (m)

6.00 Hrs IST 90-110 7.00 Hrs IST 80-100

8.00 Hrs IST 225-275 9.00 Hrs IST 510-615

10.00 Hrs IST 935-1220 11.00 Hrs IST 1100-1300

12.00 Hrs IST 1500-1750 13.00 Hrs IST 1800-2100

14.00 Hrs IST 2050-2350 15.00 Hrs IST 2150-2550

16.00 Hrs IST 2000-2350 17.00 Hrs IST 1850-2225

18.00 Hrs IST 1800-2200 19.00 Hrs IST 1350-1750

20.00 Hrs IST 975-1525

3.7.3 Micro Meteorological Data For The Site

Micrometeorology data changes after a few kilometers due to changes in local

topography. Thus, IMD data for the Surat may not be precisely applicable to

the Unit #1 of UPL, which is located at a distance of nearly 65 km.

Furthermore, IMD data recorded only at 8:30 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. for only

eight wind directions with wind speeds over widely spaced ranges is not of

much use in dispersion modeling. Because of these limitations,

micrometeorological data was collected near site round the clock.

The site-specificmeteorological data collected during the study period is

presented in Table 3.17 for pre-monsoon season.



Figure 3.8: Monthly Wind Rose Diagram (Jan to March) From IMD Data

Wind from



Figure 3.9: Monthly Wind Rose Diagram (April to June) From IMD Data



Figure 3.9: Monthly Wind Rose Diagram (April to June) From IMD Data

Wind from Direction



Figure 3.10: Monthly Wind Rose Diagram (July to Sept) From IMDData

Wind from Direction



Wind from Direction

Wind from Direction

Figure 3.11: Monthly Wind Rose Diagram (Oct to Dec) From IMD

Wind from Direction



Table 3.17: Summary of Site Specific Micro-meteorologicalData

Parameter Summer Season

Temperature

Max (oC)

Min (oC)

41.8

17.1

Relative Humidity

Max (%)

Min (%)

73.6

34.3

Wind Speed

Max (kmph)

Min (kmph)

Mean (kmph)

Calm Period (%)

11.7

1.8

9.2

17 %

Predominant Wind Direction

March

April

May

Towards NE

Towards NE

Towards NE

Wind rose diagram for study period are shown in Figure 3.12for pre-monsoon

season.

3.8 Ambient Air Quality

The prime objective of the ambient air quality monitoring is to evaluate the

baseline air quality of the area, which is essential to predict impact of existing

plant and operation of plant after expansion. During the study period,

ambient air quality monitoring was carried out in the study area. This section

describes the selection of sampling locations for air quality monitoring,

methodology adopted for sampling, analytical techniques and frequency of

sampling.

3.8.1 Ambient Air Quality Sampling Period



The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out during from 8thMarch 2018

to 3rd June 2018.

3.8.2 Selection of Ambient Air Sampling Locations

The ambient air quality monitoring locations were established in the study

area. For selection of ambient air quality monitoring locations, the following

factors were considered:

Meteorological conditions in the area;

Topography of the study area;

Representativeness of the habitation for establishing baseline status;

Likely impact areas.

The ambient air quality monitoring locations in the study area are described in

Table 3.18 and shown on Figure 3.13.Photographs of ambient air quality

monitoring are given in Appendix.

Table 3.18: Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

Code Locations of

Ambient Air

Monitoring

Locations

Latitude &

Longitude

Distance

(km)

Direc

tion

Details of

Location

A1 Project Site

(UPL Unit-1)

21°37’47.98”N,

73°00’50.03” E

0 - Industrial

A2 Gadkhol 21° 39’ 0”N,73°

1’ 3” E

1.95 N Rural &

Residential

A3 Kansiya 21° 40’ 2”N,

73° 2’ 26” E

5.1 NNE Residential

A4 Dadhal Inam 21°38'02.1"N,

73°03'39.7"E

4.9 E Rural &

Residential

A5 BEIL 21°37’ 1” N,

73° 2’ 54” E

3.54 SE Industrial

A6 Kapodra 21°35'34.1"N,

73°01'13.5"E

3.84 S Rural &Residential

A7 Amboli 21°36'53.8"N,

72°58'00.6"E

4.96 WSW Rural &Residential

A8 Juna Diva 21°38'55.5"N, 4.9 NNW Rural &Residential



Code Locations of

Ambient Air

Monitoring

Locations

Latitude &

Longitude

Distance

(km)

Direc

tion

Details of

Location

72°58'39.9"E



Figure 3.12: Wind Rose Diagram (Towards Direction)During Study Period



Figure 3.13: Ambient Air Quality Locations



3.8.3 Parameters and Frequency of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

The baseline ambient air quality was monitored by engaging Bharuch Enviro

Infrastructure Limited (BEIL) Laboratory (a NABL Laboratory) for the following

parameters as per National Ambient Air Quality Standards:

Particulate Matter (PM2.5);

Particulate Matter (PM10);

Sulphur dioxide (SO2);

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2);

Ozone (O3);

Lead (Pb);

Carbon Monoxide (CO);

Ammonia (NH3);

Benzene (C6H6);

Benzo (a) Pyrene (BaP);

Arsenic (As); and

Nickel (Ni).

Ambient Air quality monitoring was carried out twice a week at each location

for one season from 8th March 2018 to 3rd June 2018.

During the study period, ambient air quality monitoring was also carried for

project specific parameters namely, VOC, Hydrogen Chloride gas(HCl),

Chlorine (Cl2), Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) and Carbon Disulfide (CS2).

3.8.4 Sampling and Analytical Techniques

The techniques adopted for sampling and analysis of ambient air quality are

given in Table 3.19 along with the minimum detection limits for each

parameter.



Table 3.19: Techniques Used for Ambient Air Quality MonitoringS.

No.

Parameter Technique Detectable

Limit

(µg/m3)

1. Particulate Matter

(PM10)

Gravimetric [EPA -40 (CFR Part 50)] 2.0

2. Particulate Matter

(PM2.5)

Gravimetric [EPA -40 (CFR Part 50)] 2.0

3. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Improved West and Gaeke 5.0

4. Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) Modified Jacob & Hochheiser 5.0

5. Carbon Monoxide (CO) NDIR [IS 13270 : 1992] 0.1

6. Ammonia (NH3) Nesslers Method (APHA) 20

7. Ozone (O3) KI Absorption Method 5.0

8. Lead (Pb) AAS Method [IS 5182 (Part 22):

2004]

0.1

9. Arsenic (As) AAS Method [IS 5182 (Part 22):

2004]

0.001

10. Nickel (Ni) AAS Method [IS 5182 (Part 22) :

2004]

0.001

11. Benzene (C6H6) Adsorption & Desorption followed by

GC [IS 5182 (Part 11): 2006]

0.01

12. Benzo (a) pyrene (BaP) Solvent Extraction followed by GC

Analysis [IS 5282 (Part 12): 1991]

0.001

3.8.5 Results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Detailed monitoring results are given in Table 3.20 to Table 3.27. The

summary of results of ambient air quality monitoring of PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NO2,

NH3, O3, C6H6, BaP, Pb, As, Ni and CO are presented in Table 3.28. The

summary of monitoring results for VOC, Hydrogen Chloride gas(HCl), Chlorine

(Cl2), Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) and Carbon Disulfide (CS2) are presented in

Table 3.29.The graphical representation of ambient air quality in the study

area is given in Figure 3.14to Figure 3.18.

On the basis of tabulated data in Table 3.28and Table 3.29, the followingobservations can be made:



Monitoring of the Plant Specific Parameters

During the study period, ambient air quality monitoring was also carried out

for VOC, Hydrogen Chloride gas(HCl), Chlorine (Cl2), Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S)

and Carbon Disulfide (CS2). The concentrations of these parameters were

found below detection limit during study period.

Ambient Air Quality Status

National ambient air quality standards for industrial, residential, rural & other

areas are met for all monitored parameters at all AAQM locations during the

study period.



Table 3.20 : Ambient Air Quality at Gadkhol (AAQMS1)Sr.No.

Date PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2 CO O3 Pb NH3 C6H6 BaP AS Niµg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 mg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 ng/m3 ng/m3 ng/m3

NAAQMS 100 60 80 80 2 100 1 400 5 1 6 201. 08.03.18 71.2 42.4 21.7 27.2 0.83 7.4 BDL 20.5 BDL BDL BDL BDL2. 11.03.18 66.1 40.7 19.2 24.8 0.71 9.3 BDL 11.1 BDL BDL BDL BDL

3. 15.03.18 59.5 37.2 17.6 22.5 0.64 8.4 BDL 12.8 BDL BDL BDL BDL4. 18.03.18 74.7 44.8 23.3 28.1 0.76 7.5 BDL 21.4 BDL BDL BDL BDL5. 22.03.18 62.6 36.9 19.7 23.8 0.67 8.2 BDL 14.8 BDL BDL BDL BDL6. 25.03.18 58.3 33.5 18.4 23.3 0.83 6.3 BDL 10.6 BDL BDL BDL BDL7. 29.03.18 73.8 45.7 22.2 27.6 0.71 9.7 BDL 20.9 BDL BDL BDL BDL

8. 01.04.18 67.3 42.1 18.8 26.2 0.64 6.8 BDL 16.5 BDL BDL BDL BDL9. 05.04.18 61.5 38.2 16.3 21.1 0.57 9.5 BDL 11.4 BDL BDL BDL BDL10. 08.04.18 68.3 41.6 18.8 23.7 0.63 7.6 BDL 15.3 BDL BDL BDL BDL11. 12.04.18 77.8 49.1 22.9 28.4 0.72 5.4 BDL 21.7 BDL BDL BDL BDL12. 15.04.18 75.3 44.5 23.2 27.7 0.75 9.1 BDL 19.7 BDL BDL BDL BDL13. 19.04.18 66.5 40.8 19.7 24.2 0.62 7.5 BDL 12.5 BDL BDL BDL BDL



24. 31.05.18 76.5 41.7 21.7 28.8 0.71 7.5 BDL 19.5 BDL BDL BDL BDL25. 03.06.18 72.5 39.8 22.4 26.7 0.68 8.2 BDL 17.3 BDL BDL BDL BDL

Max 88.3 53.4 23.6 29.1 0.86 10.1 BDL 22.4 BDL BDL BDL BDLMin 58.3 33.5 16.3 21.1 0.57 5.4 BDL 10.6 BDL BDL BDL BDL

Mean 71.2 43.3 20.7 25.8 0.72 8.2 BDL 17.2 BDL BDL BDL BDL98%tile 83.9 51.7 23.6 29.0 0.86 9.9 BDL 22.1 BDL BDL BDL BDL



Table 3.21 : Ambient Air Quality at JunaDiva (AAQMS 2)Sr.No.












Table 3.22 : Ambient Air Quality at Kapodra(AAQMS 3)Sr.No.












Table 3.23 : Ambient Air Quality at Dadhal Inam(AAQMS 4)Sr.No.












Table 3.24 : Ambient Air Quality at Project Site(AAQMS 5)Sr.No.












Table 3.25 : Ambient Air Quality at Kasiya(AAQMS 6)Sr.No.












Table 3.26 : Ambient Air Quality Amboli (AAQMS 7)Sr.No.







24. 31.05.18 71.7 41.8 12.2 18.2 0.51 10.2 BDL 19.5 BDL BDL BDL BDL25. 03.06.18 68.3 39.2 10.5 16,7 0.41 9.8 BDL 16.7 BDL BDL BDL BDL





Table 3.27 : Ambient Air Quality at BEIL (AAQMS 8)Sr.No.












Table 3.28: Summary of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring for NAMQS ParametersSr.No.

AAQMStation

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2 CO O3 Pb NH3 C6H6 BaP AS Niµg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 mg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 ng/m3 ng/m3 ng/m3

NAAQMS 100 60 80 80 2 100 1 400 5 1 6 201. Gadkhol

Max 88.3 53.4 23.6 29.1 0.86 10.1 BDL 22.4 BDL BDL BDL BDL

Min 58.3 33.5 16.3 21.1 0.57 5.4 BDL 10.6 BDL BDL BDL BDL


2. Juna Diva


Mean 66.6 39.0 10.8 15.8 0.50 6.9 BDL 10.7 BDL BDL BDL BDL

98%tile 77.1 45.5 13.4 19.0 0.68 9.1 BDL 14.4 BDL BDL BDL BDL3. Kapodra




4. Dadhal Inam


Mean 77.7 44.1 18.7 22.7 0.71 10.1 BDL 17.7 BDL BDL BDL BDL

98%tile 83.8 49.1 22.4 27.2 0.86 13.3 BDL 21.6 BDL BDL BDL BDL5. Project Site




6. Kasiya




Sr.No.

AAQMStation

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2 CO O3 Pb NH3 C6H6 BaP AS Ni

µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 mg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 ng/m3 ng/m3 ng/m3

Min 63.3 34.3 13.2 17.1 0.51 5.1 BDL 13.2 BDL BDL BDL BDLMean 76.0 45.4 17.0 21.9 0.72 9.5 BDL 20.4 BDL BDL BDL BDL

98%tile 84.0 52.3 22.3 28.1 0.87 12.5 BDL 24.3 BDL BDL BDL BDL

7. AmboliMax 73.5 44.5 14.3 21.2 0.68 11.7 BDL 22.1 BDL BDL BDL BDL



8. BEIL


Min 70.6 42.9 15.7 20.5 0.71 12.2 BDL 15.4 BDL BDL BDL BDLMean 80.8 48.3 20.8 26.6 0.86 17.3 BDL 23.2 BDL BDL BDL BDL

98%tile 85.96 52.5 26.5 33.9 1.13 23.5 BDL 32.5 BDL BDL BDL BDL

Total Study AreaMax 88.3 53.4 28.5 34.8 1.27 25.7 BDL 34.5 BDL BDL BDL BDL





Table 3.29: Summary of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring forAdditional Parameter as per Standard TOR

Sr.No.

AAQM Station VOC Cl2 HCl H2S CS2

µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 mg/m3 µg/m3

1. Gadkhol

Max BDL BDL BDL BDL BDLMin BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Mean BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

98%tile BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

2. JunaDiva

Max BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Min BDL BDL BDL BDL BDLMean BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

98%tile BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL3. Kapodra


Mean BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL98%tile BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

4. Dadhal Inam



5. Project Site



6. KasiyaMax BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL


98%tile BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL7. Amboli



98%tile BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL8. BEIL



98%tile BDL BDL BDL BDL BDLStudy Area





Figure 3.14: Graphical Representation of PM10 Values

Figure 3.15. Graphical Representation of PM2.5 Values



Figure 3.16. Graphical Representation of SO2 Values

Figure 3.17. Graphical Representation of NO2 Values



3.9 Stack Emission Monitoring and Fugitive EmissionsMonitoring

3.9.1 Stack Emission Monitoring

At the existing plant of UPL, three natural gas firedboilers, DG sets and

process vents/stacks are the source of continuous and intermittent sources of

emissions. During the study period stack emission monitoring was carried out

for all the stacks at the existing plant. Stack monitoring results are given in

Table 3.30. Stack monitoring parameters are within the permissible

discharge standards as stipulated in CC&A by GPCB for the existing UPL Plant.

3.9.2 Fugitive Emissions Monitoring

At the existing UPL # 1 plant, MCP Plant, Ammonia Plant Mancozeb Plant are

likely sources of fugitive emissions. Therefore, fugitive emissions monitoring

was carried out during March, April and May months of the study period.

Fugitive emissions monitoring results are given in Table 3.31. Monitored

values are within the prescribed limit.

Figure 3.18. Graphical Representation of NO2 Values



Table 3.30: Stack Monitoring for Process and Flue Gas Stacks at the Existing Plant

Sr.No.

Sample ID. Parameters Units Results Method Ref.Permissible

Limit

.1 Stack - Flue Gas Emission Boiler B-7GT-3515

Stack Height Meter 30 -- --

Stack Diameter Meter 0.9 -- --

Stack Temperature °C 166 IS:11255(Part-3), 2008 --

Average Velocity m/s 7.52 IS:11255(Part-3), 2008

*Particulate Matter mg/Nm3 10.81IS: 11255 (Part – 1),1985(Reaffirmed 1999)

150

*Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) ppm 5.47IS: 11255 (Part – 2),1985(Reaffirmed 2003)

100

*Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) Ppm 13.79 IS:11255(Part-7), 2005 50

2. Stack - Flue Gas Emission Boiler B-6GT-9099




Average Velocity m/s 7.20 IS:11255(Part-3), 2008 --

*Particulate Matter mg/Nm3 28.21IS: 11255 (Part – 1),1985(Reaffirmed 1999)

150


100


3. Stack - Flue Gas Emission Boiler B-5GT-8460






Sr.No.


Limit

Average Velocity m/s 7.84 IS:11255(Part-3), 2008 --

*Particulate Matter mg/Nm3 10.4IS: 11255 (Part – 1),1985 (Reaffirmed 1999)

150

*Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) ppm 4.86IS: 11255 (Part – 2),1985 (Reaffirmed 2003)

100


4. DG Set 1250 kVA Stack Height Meter 9 -- --Stack Diameter Meter 0.25 -- --Stack Temperature °C 220 IS:11255(Part-3), 2008 --

Average Velocity m/s 6.7 IS:11255(Part-3), 2008

*Particulate Matter mg/Nm3 81IS: 11255 (Part – 1),1985(Reaffirmed 1999)

150


100


5. DG Set 500 kVA Stack Height Meter 9 -- --Stack Diameter Meter 0.25 -- --Stack Temperature °C 220 IS:11255(Part-3), 2008 --Average Velocity m/s 6.7 IS:11255(Part-3), 2008

*Particulate Matter mg/Nm3 78IS: 11255 (Part – 1),1985(Reaffirmed 1999)

150


100


6. Stack Attached to Caustic ScrubberTMP Plant





Sr.No.


Limit


Velocity m/s 3.2 IS: 11255 (Part-3), 2008 --

NH3 mg/Nm3 BDLIS: 11255 (Part – 1),1985 (Reaffirmed 1999)

175

Cl2 mg/Nm3 BDL IS 11255 9

7. Stack Attached to PCl3 Storage TankTMP Plant




Velocity m/s 2.8 IS: 11255 (Part-3), 2008 --

HCl mg/Nm3 BDLIS: 11255 (Part – 1),1985 (Reaffirmed 1999)

20

Cl2 mg/Nm3 BDL IS 11255 9

8. Process Stack – Calcium ChlorideCalcium Chloride Plant


Stack Diameter Meter 0.65 -- --Stack Temperature °C 76 IS:11255 --


150

9. Stack Attached to Caustic Scrubber(IKI Plant)




HCL mg/Nm3 BDL IS: 11255 20

SOx mg/Nm3 BDLIS: 11255 (Part – 2),1985 (Reaffirmed 2003)

40

10. Stack Attached to Water Scrubber IKI Stack Height Meter 30 -- --



Sr.No.


Limit

Plant Stack Diameter Meter 0.08 -- --


NH3 mg/Nm3 19.87IS: 11255 (Part – 1),1985 (Reaffirmed 1999)

30

11. Process Stack – Bag Filter – VFBD(Ulala Plant)





20

12. Process Stack – Bag Filter – ACM Mill(Ulala Plant)





20

13. Process Stack – Bag Filter –AntracolPlant





20

14. Process Stack – Spray Drier –Mancozeb/Antracol/Maneb/Zineb/Ziram Plant






Sr.No.


Limit


20

14. Process Stack – Spray Drier (OLD)Mancozeb/Antracol/Maneb/Zineb/Ziram Plant





20



Table 3.31: Fugitive Emissions Monitoring at The Existing PlantSr.No.

Plant Area Parameter WithPrescribed Limit

17 March 2018(11.30 to 12.30)

14 April 2018(15.30 to 16.30)

20 May 2018(11.00 to 12.00)

1. MCP Plant

a. Near Chlorine Tonner Area ChlorineTLV = 0.5 ppm

BDL BDL BDL

2. AMMONIAPlant

a. RVDF Ground Floor Area AmmoniaTLV=25 PPM

3.5 5.5 3.0b. Highway Side (Near Boundary) BDL 2.0 3.5

c. Behind CaCl2 plant 2.5 BDL 2.0

3. MANCOZEB Plant

a. During CS2 Tanker unloadingCarbon

Disulphide(TLV=10 PPM)

BDL BDL BDLb. Near ST-702A BDL BDL BDLc. Near D-14 Tank BDL BDL BDLd. Near P-14 Tank BDL BDL BDLe. Mancozeb Packing Area 2.0 1.0 2.0

f. Mancozeb Storage Godown BDL BDL BDL



3.9.3 VOC Monitoring at Existing Plant

At the existing plant, VOC monitoring was carried out during the study period.

VOC monitoring results are given in Table 3.32. Monitored values for VOC

are low and reasonable.

Table 3.32: VOC Monitoring at Existing Plant

Sr.

No.

Locations within the Plant Parameter Monitored

Value

1. TMP Plant - Drum filling area Total VOC 2 ppb

2. TMP Plant - Ground floor area Total VOC 1 ppb

3. TMP Plant - First floor area Total VOC 1 ppb

4. TMP Plant - Near Solvent Storage Tank Total VOC 1 ppb

5. MCP Plant – Ground floor back side Total VOC BDL

6. MCP Plant - Ground floor, Centre Total VOC 2 ppb

7. MCP Plant - First floor , Centre Total VOC BDL

8. MCP Plant - Second floor , Centre Total VOC BDL

9. ETP Plant - Near Aer-2 & Aer-3 area Total VOC BDL

10. ETP Plant - Haz.Drum storage area Total VOC BDL

11. Drum storage area, Behind ETP Plant Total VOC 3 ppb

12. Raw material Drum storage area – Pond site Total VOC BDL

13. Pilot plant - Ground floor area Total VOC 3 ppb

14. Pilot plant- First floor area Total VOC 1 ppb

15. Pilot plant - Second floor area Total VOC 1 ppb

16. Pilot plant - Ground floor area, Methanol

Feeding pump

Total VOC BDL

17. FG Storage godown Total VOC BDL

18. Drum storage area- Opposite FG Godown,

near parking

Total VOC BDL

19. Main Gate Total VOC BDL

20. On Road, Near Boiler Total VOC BDL

21. On Road, Between Antracol Plant &

Electrical Dept.

Total VOC BDL

22. R & D Lab Total VOC BDL

23. Q.A. Lab Total VOC BDL

24. MaxPro Lab Total VOC BDL



3.10 Ambient Noise Levels

To understand the noise environment in the study area, noise survey was

conducted using Sound Level Meter 2031 manufactured by Cygnet Systems.

Noise levels were measured as per IS: 9989:1981 R-2002. Noise

measurements were carried out at the same location where ambient air

quality was monitored. The 24-hourly sound levels were measured at each

location once during the study period.

3.10.1Noise Monitoring Locations

For noise monitoring, 8 monitoring locations, where ambient air quality was

monitored, were selected in the study area. Noise monitoring locations are

given in Table 3.33 and shown on the 10 km study area map in Figure

3.19.

Table 3.33: Noise Measurements Locations

Code Noise Monitoring

Stations

Latitude &

Longitude

Distance

(Km)

Direction

N1 Project Site (UPL

Unit-1)

21°37’ 47.98”N,

73°00’ 50.03”E

0 -

N2 Gadkhol 21° 39’ 0”N,

73° 01’03”E

1.95 N

N3 Kansiya 21°40’ 2”N,

73° 02’ 26”E

4.49 NNE

N4 Dadhal Inam 21°38'02.1"N,

73°03'39.7"E

4.39 E

N5 BEIL 21°37’ 1” N,

73° 2’ 54”E

3.54 SE

N6 Kapodra 21°35'34.1"N,

73°01'13.5"E

3.84 SSW

N7 Amboli 21°36'53.8"N,

72°58'0.6"E

4.96 WSW

N8 Juna Diva 21°38'55.5"N,

72°58'39.9"E

4.39 WNW



3.10.2 Day and Night Time Leq Noise LevelsIn the Study Area

Day and night time Leq noise levels were computed from the hourly Leq noise

levels. Day and night time Leq (Lday and Lnight) for ambient noise levels for

the study area are given in Table 3.34. It is observed from the day and night

time noise level equivalent (Lday and Lnight) were well within limit specified for

residential areas i.e. 55 dB (A) during day time, 45dB (A) during in night time,

and industrial limits i.e. 75dB during in day time, 70dB during night

time.Graphical presentation of Day & Night Time noise Leq is shown in

Figure 3.20.

Table 3.34: Day and Night Time Leq at Noise Monitoring LocationsSr.No

Location Category Unit Results PrescribedStandard

LDay LNight DayTime

NightTime

1. Project Site

(UPL Unit-1)

Industrial dB(A) 67.2 61.6 75 65

2. Gadkhol Residential dB(A) 53.1 44.7 55 45

3. Kansiya Residential dB(A) 54.4 43.1 55 45

4. Dadhal Inam Residential dB(A) 52.2 42.8 55 45

5. BEIL Industrial dB(A) 63.8 57.2 75 65

6. Kapodra Residential dB(A) 54.1 43.3 55 45

7. Amboli Residential dB(A) 52.8 43.8 55 45

8. Juna Diva Residential dB(A) 51.6 41.7 55 45



Figure 3.19: Ambient Noise Monitoring Locations



3.10.3Occupational Noise Levels Within TheExisting Plant

During the study area, occupational noise levels were also measured in

various area within the existing UPL #1 plant. Monitored noise levels are

given in Table 3.35.Monitoring noise levels are reasonable meeting

prescribed noise standards for industrial area.

Table 3.35: Occupational Noise Levels Within The PlantSr.No.

Noise MeasurementLocations

Day TimedB(A)

Night TimedB(A)

1. Main Gate 62.4 57.7

2. Work Shop (Engg.) 59.1 53.3

3. Mancozeb Solid 72.6 64.4

4. Mancozeb Liquid 71.3 63.7

5. Antracol Plant 66.5 61.3

6. Electrical Department 58.3 52.6

7. Boiler House 72.2 69.3

8. TMP Plant 71.5 67.7

9. MCP Plant 72.1 68.6

10. ETP Plant 69.3 67.8

Figure 3.20: Graphical Presentation of Noise Levelsin the Study Area



Sr.No.

Noise MeasurementLocations

Day TimedB(A)

Night TimedB(A)

11. Q.A. Lab 64.7 62.3

12. R&D Lab 63.1 58.4

3.11 Traffic Study in the Study Area

The UPL# 1 plant is located adjacent to Vadodara to SuratNational Highway-

8. Manpower, raw materials and finished products are transported through

NH-8. During the study period traffic survey was carried on the Vadodara-

SuratNational Highway-8 to compute Average Daily Traffic (ADT). During the

traffic survey different types of vehicles plying on the NH -8 were counted

during lean and peak hours on the both carriage ways, namely Vadodarato

Suratand Suratto Vadodara directions. The location of traffic survey was in

front of the plant site.

Capacity of NH -8:Vadodara to SuratNational Highway-8 is four lane divided

carriage way with paved shoulders. As per IRC : 64-1990, capacity of 1.5 m

hard shoulder four lane dual carriage way is 80000 PCUs/day.

Traffic Survey on the Vadodara to Surat National Highway-8

Vehicles ply on the Vadodara to SuratNational Highway-8 are passenger cars,

busses, double Axel and multi Axel trucks, two wheelers, three wheelers Auto

(Goods & Passenger), etc Traffic survey carried On the NH -8, peak traffic is

from 8.00 AM to 11.00 AM and 5 PM to 9 PM, while moderatetraffic is

observed 11.00 AM to 5.00 PM and 9.00 PM to 8.AM. Traffic counted on the

NH 8 during study was converted to passenger car unit (PCU) as per IRC SP:

41 as per details given below:

Vehicle Conversion Factor as perIRC SP 41

Car 1.0Motorcycle 0.53-wheeler 1LCV 2.2Bus 3

Truck 4.5

Traffic Survey



Traffic survey carried out on the both direction/carriage ways of Vadodara toSuratNational Highway-8 have been presented in Table 3.36.

Table 3.36: Details of Traffic Survey on the Vadodara to SuratNational Highway-8

Type ofVehicles

Cars Buses Trucks LCV MultiAxleTrucks

TwoWheelers

ThreeWheelers

Total

Vadodara to SuratVehicleCount/hrduringLeanperiod

115 30 108 47.5 70 180 45 596

Passenger CarUnits /hrduringLeanperiod

115 120 486 104.5 315 90 45 1276

VehicleCount/hrDuringPeakPeriod

177 60 146 70 94 291 70 907

Passenger CarUnits /hrDuringPeakperiod

177 239 655 154 421 146 70 1863

Surat to VadodaraVehicleCount/hrduringLeanperiod

103 35 95 58 65 115 35 505

Passenger CarUnits /hrduringLeanperiod

103 140 428 127 293 58 35 1182



Type ofVehicles

Cars Buses Trucks LCV MultiAxleTrucks

TwoWheelers

ThreeWheelers

Total

VehicleCount/hrDuringPeakPeriod

130 50 122 74 74 134 46 631

Passenger CarUnits /hrDuringPeakperiod

130 202 551 164 335 67 46 1493

Finding of Traffic Survey

The capacity of Vadodara to SuratNational Highway-8 is 80000 PCUs per day

(3333 PCU per hr). Maximum traffic during peak traffic period is 1493 PCUs

per hours, which is well below the capacity of existing highway (80000 PCUs).

3.12 Landuse & Land Cover through Satellite Imagery Interpretation

The term land use involves the management and modification of natural

environment or wilderness into built environment such as settlements and

semi-natural habitats. To study land use and land cover of the study area,

satellite imagery by IRS–Resourcesat-2 for October 2017 was procured from

NRSC, Hyderabad

3.12.1Methodology adopted for Satellite Imagery Interpretation

The methodology adopted for satellite imagery interpretation is discussed

below:

Satellite data of IRS Resourcesat-2 sensor is geometrically corrected and

enhanced using principal component method and nearest Neighborhood

re-sampling technique.

Preparation of basic themes like layout map, transport & settlement map

and from the satellite image by visual interpretation.

Essential maps (related to natural resources) like Land use/Land cover

map are prepared by visual interpretation of the satellite imagery. Visual

interpretation is carried out based on the image characteristics like tone,



size, shape, pattern, texture, location, association, background etc. in

conjunction with existing maps/ literature.

Preliminary quality check and necessary corrections are carried out for all

the maps prepared.

Maps prepared are converted into soft copy by digitization of contours and

drainages. In that process editing, labeling, mosaicing, quality checking,

data integration etc., are done, finally land use areas are measured in

square Kilometers.

The process flow diagram for satellite imagery interpretation for land use and

land cover study is given in Figure 3.21.

3.12.2Landuse Land Use and Land Cover for the Study Area

False Colour Composite (FCC) of satellite imagery dated IRS–Resourcesat-2

dated October 2017 is shown in Figure 3.22. The supervised classification of

the satellite image for land use and land cover is given in Table 3.37. The

land use and land cover for the study area by the satellite imagery

interpretation is given in Figure 3.23.



Table 3.37: Landuse Land Use and Land Cover for the Study AreaSr.No

Landuse Classes Area in ha Percentage (%)

1. Agriculture Area 16052 51.102. Waste/Barren Area 2496 7.953. Grazing / Scurb Land 3543 11.284. Surface Water bodies 1552 4.94

5. Settlements 5242 16.696. Industrial 2530 8.057. Forest 0 0

8. Mangroves 0 0

9. Marine area 0 0

10. Others (Specify) 0 0

Total Area 31415 100.00

Figure 3.21: Process Flow Diagram for Satellite ImageryInterpretation



Figure 3.22 : False Colour Composite (FCC) Satellite Imagery for Study Area



Figure 3.23 : Landuse and Land Cover of the Study Area Through Satellite Imagery

EIA/EMP Report for Capacity Expansion of Manufacturing Capacity of ExistingProducts and Manufacturing of New Pesticides, Intermediate Chemicals (Unit# 1), Plot No.- 117/118, Notified Industrial Estate, GIDC, Ankleshwar (Gujarat)


3.13 Biological Environment

Biological diversity comprises the variability of genus, species and

ecosystems and is very crucial for maintaining the basic processes on which

the life depends. Broadly it can be divided into two types i.e. the floral

diversity and faunal diversity. Conservation of the biodiversity is essential for

the sustainable development as it not only provides the food, fodder and

medicine but also contribute in improvement of essential environmental

attributes like air, water, soil, etc. and aquatic ecosystems have been studied

to understand the biological environment. During the study period, ecological

and biodiversity studies were carried to study to evaluate floral and faunal

composition of the study area.

3.13.1 Methodology for Biological Study

Detailed survey was conducted within 10 km radius study area. Primary data

on floral and faunal composition was recorded during site visits and

secondary data was collected from the Forest department and from relevant

published literature. Inventory of flora and fauna has been prepared on the

basis of collected data.

3.13.2 Vegetation with in Unit #1 of UPL Plant

The study area is characterized by tropical dry deciduous vegetation. There

is no forest within 10 Km study area. During the study, vegetation

comprising trees/small trees within Unit #1 of UPL was studies and given in

Table 3.38. Details of plantation of Species in Drums/Pots within Unit #1

of UPL are given in Table 3.39.

During of operation of the existing UPL plant after expansion, there will be

no tree will be felled. At present at the plant total 33402 sqm green belt

have been developed by planting indigenous trees species. The UPL has

developed in house nursery since 1993-94 and donates 1000-2000 no of

saplings per annum without charges to surrounding area. The unit has

received approval from NHAI for development of additional green belt

adjacent to compound wall of unit. The unit has signed agreement for

development of 1,82,108 sqm (45 Acres) of land with green belt from ~ 3



km distance at survey no 611/613/614/615 & 616 located at village –

Mandva.

Table 3.38: Vegetation within the Unit #1 of UPLScientific Name ofSpecies

Local Name of Species No. ofSpecies

Azadirachta indica Neem 38

Peltophorum pterocarpum Peltophorum 680

Alstonia scholaris Indian Pulai (Kodiya) 36

Tamarindus indica Imli 3

Delonix regia Gulmahor 6

Plumeria rubra Champa 370

Ficus religiosa Peepal 12

Ficus benghalensis Banyan (Vad) 8

Bambuseae Bamboo 134

Citrus limon Nimbu 3

Mimusops elengi Borsali 32

Terminalia catappa Indian Badam 120

Acacia Nilotica Desi Baval 55

Musa acuminate Banana 8

Manilkara zapota Chiku 5

Leucaena leucocephala Subaval 410

Cocos nucifera Nariyeli 12

Dypsis lutescens Aarika Palm (Yellow Palm) 137

Hyophorbe lagenicaulis Bottle Palm 18

Caryota urens Fish Tail Palm 4

Millettia pinnata Karanj 7

Murraya koenigii Curry-Patta 4

Ficus benjamina Pukar – Black Phycus 162

Schefflera arboricola Octopus Tree 18

Pisonia Alba Alba 31

Eucalyptus Nilgiri 6

Casuarina equisetifolia Saru 5

Thespesia populnea Paras Peepal 21

Thevetia neriifolia Juss Pili Karen 336

Mulberry Setur 9

Annona squamosa Sitafal 4

Mangifera indica Aambo (Mango) 12

Syzygium cumini Jamun 6



Scientific Name ofSpecies

Local Name of Species No. ofSpecies

Cycas revoluta Sago palm 2

Saraca asoca Sita Ashok 17

Limonia acidissima Wood Apple (Kantha) 5

Albizia saman Rain Tree 18

Acacia Auriculiformis Bangali Baval 70

Tabebuia rosea Basant Rani 18

Neolamarckia cadamba Kadam 6

Ficus Panda Panda Ficus 124

Pithecellobium dulce Goras Aambli 18

Sapindus mukorossi Aritha 2

Cordia dichotoma Gunda 7

Cassia fistula Garmalo 6

Couroupita guianensis Kailashpati 4

Aegle marmelos Bilipatra 1

Prunus avium Cherry 4

Moringa oleifera Saragvo 1

Tectona Grandis Sagwan 8

Phoenix dactylifera Kharek 2

Tecoma stans Sonapaati 44

Erythrina variegata Indian Coral 3

Tabernaemontana

divaricata

Tagari 80

Tabernae montana Tagar 75

Pyrus communis Jamrukh 6

Punica granatum Anar 1

Bougainvillea Boganvel 47

Ixora coccinea Rugmani 220

Others Others 120

Canabis sativa Saptaparni 45

3666



Table 3.39: Plantation of Species in Drums/Potswithin Unit #1 of UPL

Sr.No


Local Name of Species No ofSpecies

1. Dypsis lutescens Aarika Palm Yellow Palm) 83

2. Schefflera arboricola Octopus Tree 39

3. Ficus benjamina Pukar – Black Phycus 245

4. Cycas revoluta Sago palm 34

5. Pisonia Alba Alba 80

6. Areca catechu Supari Palm 19

7. Raffia palm Rafia 19

8. Bougainvillea Boganvel 46

9. Tabernaemontana Tagar 42

10. Plumeria rubra Champa 52

11. Musa acuminate Banana 32

12. Terminalia catappa Indian Badam 8

13. Hyophorbe lagenicaulis Bottle Palm 42

14. Cocos nucifera Nariyeli 15

15. Caryota urens Fish Tail Palm 16

16. Bambuseae Bamboo 22

3.13.3 Flora of the Buffer Study Area (Terrestrial Vegetation)

Buffer zone of the proposed project is mainly GIDC area and Ankleshwar

town, agricultural land, water bodies like Narmada River in the north side

and GIDC pond as lower land of the area. The flora of buffer zone comprises

of Acacia nilotica (Babool), Mango, Tamarindus indica (Imli), Terminalia

tomentosa, Anogeissus latifolia (Dhautha) etc.

Dry Teak Forest (5A/C1b): This type is dry deciduous forest with Teak

(Tectona grandis) usually forming the major proportion of the crop on

shallow porous or stiff clayey soils of the districts.

Southern Dry Mixed Deciduous Forest (5A/C3): The percentage of

Teak in this forest type is very low and the dry deciduous species dominate.

Thorny plants occur and grasses are conspicuous. The most characteristic

tree is Anogeissus latifolia along with Terminalia tomentosa.

Dry Deciduous Scrub (5/DS1): This forest type is characterized by

shrubby growth of 3 to 6 m high including some tree species. Thin grass



occurs throughout. Important species are Acacia leucophloea, Salvadora

oleoides, Holoptelea integrifolia, etc.

Babul Forest (5/E3): The forest is dominated by the presence of one

species Acacia nilotica which is gregarious in habit and forms a dense cover.

Trees,Shrubs, grasses, bamboo, crops, Macrophytes, aquatic plant and

parasite plants species found in the study area are given Table 3.40.

Table 3.40: Tree Species Present In The Study AreaSr.No.

Scientific Name Common Name Family

I Trees1 Acacia auriculiformis Bangali Babool Fabaceae

2 A. leucophloea Aniar Fabaceae3 A. catechu Khair Fabaceae4 A. ferruginea Pandhara Khair Fabaceae5 A. nilotica Babul Fabaceae

6 Albizia lebbeck Siris Fabaceae7 A. procera Siris Fabaceae8 A. polyacantha Garad Fabaceae9 Adina cordifolia Hed Rubiaceae

10 Aegle marmelos Bela Rutaceae11 Ailanthus excelsa Maharukh Simaroubaceae12 Alangium salvifolium Ankol Alangiaceae13 Albizia odoratissima Siris Fabaceae

14 Anogeissus latifolia Dhavda Combretaceae15 Annona squamosa Sitafal Annonaceae16 Azardirachta indica Nim Moraceae17 Bahuania purpurea Kachamar Fabaceae

18 Bombax ceiba Semal Verbenaceae19 Bridelia retusa Asta (Kathmohli) Fabaceae20 B. squamosa Asan Fabaceae21 Buchanania lanzan Charoli Anacardiaceae

22 Butea monosperma Palas Fabaceae23 Callistemon Bottlebrush Myrtaceae24 Casuarina equisetifolia Sura Casuarinaceae25 Careya arborea Kumbh Myrtaceae

26 Casearia elliptica Manjo Salicaceae27 Casearia graveolens Dedak manio Salicaceae28 Cassia fistula Sunari Fabaceae



Sr.No.


29 Cestrum nocturnum Ralkirani Solanaceae30 Cochlospermum Ganeri Bixaceae31 Cocos nucifera Nariyal Arecaceae

32 Cordia dichotoma Gundi Boranginaceae33 Dalbergia paniculata Dhobin Fabaceae34 D. latifolia Sisso Fabaceae35 Murraya koenigii Karlilimb Rataceae

36 Ixora parviflora Kara Rubiaceae37 I. nigricans Kukeri Rubiaceae38 Delonix elata Gulmohar Fabaceae39 Diospyros Tendu Ebenaceae

40 Dolichandrone falcata Mallar sing Bignoniaceae41 Elaeodendron Alinar Celastraceae42 Eucalyptus globulus Safeda Myrtaceae43 Emblica officinalis Aonla Euphorbiaceae

44 Acmella uliginosa Pungara Fabaceae45 Xeromphis uliginosa Almi Rubiaceae46 Ficus religiosa Pipal Moraceae47 F. rumphii Pilari Moraceae

48 F. bengalensis Bara Moraceae49 Flacourtia indica Rankdi Salicaceae50 Garuga pinnata Kakad Burseraceae51 Griwia teliaefolia Dhaman Tiliaceae

52 Hardwickia pinnata Aniar Fabaceae53 Holoptelea integrifolia Valva Uticaceae54 Kydia calycina Bhindi Malvaceae55 Lagerstroemia Nano Fabaceae

56 L. parviflora Sidha Fabaceae57 Michelia champaca Champa Bignoniaceae58 Lannea coromandelica Modad Anacardiaceae59 Madhuca indica Mahua Sapotaceae

60 Mangifera indica Amm Anacardiaceae61 Miliusa tomentosa Gulambh Annonaceae62 Milligntonia hortensis Indian Coral Tree Bignoniaceae63 Mitragyna parviflora Kalam Rubiaceae

64 Michelia Champaca Champa Magnoliaceae65 Moringa oleifera Shevga Moringaceae66 Musa paradisiaca Kela Musaceae67 Oroxylum indicum Tetu Bignoniaceae

68 Phoenix sylvestris Shindi Arecaceae



Sr.No.


69 Prosopis juliflora Babul Fabaceae70 Prosopis cineraria Babul Fabaceae71 Pithecellobium dulce Chisbalai Fabaceae

72 Millettia pinnata Karanja Fabaceae73 Psidium guajava Guava Myrtaceae74 Pterocarpus Bija Fabaceae75 Punica granatum Anar Punicaceae

76 Sapindus emarginatus Aritha Sapindaceae77 Soymida febrifuga Rohan Meliaceae78 Polyalthia longifolia Ashok Apocynaceae79 Saraca indica Ashok Apocynaceae

80 Cascabela thevetia Pilakanton Apocynaceae81 Sterculia urens Kodaya Sterculiaceae82 Syzygium cumini Jamun Myrtaceae83 Terminalia elliptica Sadad Fabaceae

84 T. bellirica Behada Combretaceae85 T. arjuna Arjun Combretaceae86 T. catappa Jangli badam Combretaceae87 Tamarindus indica Tentuli Fabaceae

88 Tecoma stans Nellow bell Bignoniaceae89 Tectona grandis Sag Verbanaceae90 Trema orientalis Gol Ulmaceae91 Wrightia tinctoria Kudo Apocynaceae

92 Zizyphus xylocarpus Ghatbor Rhamnaceae93 Z. mauritiana Bordi RhamnaceaeII Shrubs

1 Argemone mexicana Darudi Papaveraceae2 Catharanthus roseus Sudufuli Apocynaceae3 C. calotropis Mundar Asclepiadaceae4 Calotropis gigantea Rui Asclepiadaceae

5 Carissa carandas Karvand Apocynaceae6 Clerodendrum Multaiforum Verbanaceae7 Gymnosporia spinosa Spinosa Rekii Fabaceae8 Lantana camera Ghaneri Verbanaceae

9 Opuntia dillenii Nivdang Cactaceae10 Euphorbia neriifolia Wavding Euphorbiaceae11 Ocimum gratissimum Rantulro Labiateae12 Helicteres isora Atai Sterculiaceae

13 Ficus hispida Tet umaro Moraceae14 Datura fastuosa Dhotara Solanaceae



Sr.No.


15 Vitex negundo Nirgudi Verbenaceae16 Cassia tora Tarota Fabaceae17 Zizyphus nummularia Beri Rhamnaceae

18 Euphorbia tirucalli Thor EuphorbiaceaeIII Bamboos1 Dendrocalamus Manvel Poaceae

2 Abrus precatorius Gunj Fabaceae3 Capparis sepiaria Lamtjar Capparaceae4 Cocculus hirsutus Asanwel Menispermaceae5 Combretum Jal Combretaceae

6 Cayratia carnosa Khatumbo VitaceaeIV Grasses1 Andropogon pumilus Kusal Poaceae2 Cenchrus setigerus Dhramnu Poaceae

3 Cynodon dactylon Durva Poaceae4 Cymbopogon martinii Rosha Poaceae5 Heteropogon Gawat Poaceae6 Sorghum halepense Baru Poaceae

7 Themeda triandra Bhathdu Poaceae

V Crops1 Ricinus communis Arand Euphorbiaceae

2 Saccharum Ganna Poaceae3 Sorghum vulgare Jowar Poaceae4 Zea mays Makea Poaceae5 Arachis hypogaea Ground nut Fabaceae

6 Oryza sativa Chawar PoaceaeVI Macrophytes1 Eichhornia crassipes Jalkumbhi Pontederiaceae2 Ipomea aquatica Kalmisay Convolvulaceae

3 Typha latifolia Water chestnual Convolvulaceae4 Nelumbo nucifera Lotus Nymphaeaceae5 Azolla pinnata Common duckweed LemnaceaeVII Aquatic Plants1 Lemna Gibba Lemnaceae2 Typha angustifolia Gha bajariyu TyphaceaeVIII Parasites1 Cuscuta reflexa Amar Vel Cuscutaceae



3.13.4 Wildlife and Avifauna of The Study Area

The major part of the study area lies under agriculture field and barren land

followed by built-up/industrial areas, which restrict the wildlife habitat

significantly.

Ecological Sensitive Area: There is no wildlife sanctuary or national park

within 10 km radius area.

Mammals: Domesticated mammal species are observed and recorded in the

buffer zone during the field survey. Common grazing animals like cow, goat

etc. are noticed in the buffer zone. Small mammals like Indian palm squirrel

and field mouse are noticed in vicinity of village. Inquiry from village people

regarding wild animals reveals that monkey, Indian hare, fruits bat, Indian

Fox, jackal, etc. are seen in the area.

Avian fauna: No bird’s habitats like nesting, breeding and foraging patterns

are noticed in the core zone. Local birds are noticed in the buffer zone of the

study area. A list of Avifauna of the study area is presented in Table 3.41.

Reptiles: The reptilian’s species commonly reported in buffer zone area are

Red Sand Boa, Indian Cobra, King Cobra, Banded Krait, Common Krait, Rat

Snake, Russell Viper, and among the lizards Chameleon, Indian House

Gecko, Rock Lizard, Monitor Lizard are reported from the village people. A

list of reptiles found in the study area is presented in Table 3.42.

Table: 3.41: Avifauna of The Study AreaSl.No.

EnglishName

LocalName

ScientificName

Family WPA1971

IUCN RedListCategory

1 Small BlueKingfisher

Nano Alcedo atthis Alcedinidae IV LC

2 Lesser PiedKingfisher

Kabro Ceryle rudis Alcedinidae IV LC

3 White-breastedKingfisher

Halcyonsmyrnensis

Alcedinidae IV LC

4 Purple Heron NadiBaglo

Ardeapurpurea

Ardeidae IV LC



Sl.No.

EnglishName

LocalName

ScientificName

Family WPA1971


5 Indian PondHeron

KaniBagli

Ardeola grayii Ardeidae IV LC

6 Cattle Egret DhorBaglo

Bubulcus ibis Ardeidae IV LC

7 Little Egret NanoDholoBaglo

Egrettagarzetta

Ardeidae IV LC

8 CoppersmithBarbet

Kansaro, Megalaimahaemacephala

Capitonidae IV LC

9 CommonSandpiper

Nani Actitishypoleucos

Charadridae IV LC

10 Red WattledLapwing

Titodi Vanellusindicus

Charadridae IV LC

11 Blue RockPigeon

Kabutar Columba livia Columbidae -- LC

12 Eurasiancollared Dove

Kantha Streptopeliadecaocto

Columbidae IV LC

13 Oriental turtledove

Holi Streptopeliaorientalis

Columbidae IV LC

14 Little BrownDove

LotanHolo

Spilopeliasenegalensis

Columbidae IV

15 Indian Roller Chash Coraciasbenghalensis

Coraciidae IV LC

16 Jungle Crow Corvusmacrorhynchos

Corvidae IV LC

17 House crow Kagdo Corvussplendens

Corvidae IV LC

18 GreaterCoucal

Ghunkiyo, Huko,

Centropussinensis

Cuculidae IV LC

19 Asian Koel Koel Eudynamusscolopaceus

Cuculidae NA

20 RufousBacked Shrike

Matiyo Lanius schach Daniidae IV LC

21 Black Drongo Kadokoshi

Dicrurusmacrocercus

Dicruridae IV LC

22 Wire tailedSwallow

Tarodiyu Hirundo smithii Hirondinidae LC

23 Commonswallow

Hirundo rustica Hirundinidae LC

24 Small BeeEater

NanoPatrango

Meropsorientalis

Meropidae IV LC

25 White Wagtail Diwalighodo

Motacilla alba Motacillidae IV LC



Sl.No.

EnglishName

LocalName

ScientificName

Family WPA1971


26 Purple sunbird Shakkarkhoro

Nectariniaasiatica

Nectariniidae IV LC

27 Littlecormorant

NanoKajiyo

Phalacrocoraxniger

Phalacrocoracidae

IV LC

28 Grey Francolin Tetar Francolinuspondicerianus

Phasianidae IV LC

29 Indian Silverbill

Tapasiyu Lonchuramalabarica

Ploceidae IV LC

30 Housesparrow

Chakli Passerdomesticus

Ploceidae IV LC

31 Weaver Bird Sugari Ploceusphilippinus

Ploceidae IV LC

32 Rose ringedParakeet

Popat, Psittaculakrameri

Psittacidae IV LC

33 Red VentedBulbul

Bulbul Pycnonotuscafer

Pycnonotidae IV LC

34 White CheekBulbul

RanBulbul

Pycnonotusleucotis

Pycnonotidae IV LC

35 WhiteBreastedWater Hen

Amaurornisphoenicurus

Rallidae IV LC

36 CommonMoorhen

JalMurghi

Gallinulachloropus

Rallidae IV LC

37 Black WingedStilt

Gajpau Himantopushimantopus

Recurvirostridae

IV LC

38 BrahminyMyna

Brahminy

Sturnuspagodarum

Strunidae IV LC

39 CommonMyna

Kabar Acridotherestristis

Sturnidae IV LC

40 Rosy starling Vaiyu Sturnus roseus Sturnidae IV LC41 Indian Black

IbisKaliKankansar

Pseudibispapillosa

Threskiomithidae

IV LC

42 Glossy Ibis NaniKankansar

Plegadisfalcinellus

Threskiornithidae

IV LC

43 Black headedibis orOriental WhiteIbis

Safed Threskiornismelanocephalus

Threskiornithidae

IV NT

44 Magpie Robin Daiyad Copsychussaularis

Timaliinae IV LC

45 Commontailorbird

Darjido Orthotomussutorius

Timaliinae IV LC



Sl.No.

EnglishName

LocalName

ScientificName

Family WPA1971


46 Ashy Prinia Fadkafutki

Prinia socialis Timaliinae IV LC

47 CommonStonechat

Saxicolatorquata

Timaliinae IV LC

48 Indian Robin Devchakli Saxicoloidesfulicata

Timaliinae IV LC

49 CommonLesser Whitethroat

Sylvia curruca Timaliinae IV LC

50 Large Greybabbler

MotuLelu,Laledo

Turdoidesmalcolmi

Timaliinae IV LC

51 JungleBabbler

Van Lelu Turdoidesstriatus

Timaliinae IV LC

52 CommonHoopoe

Ghantitankno

Upupa epops Upupidae IV LC

53 Bronze WingJa cana

Metopidiusindicus

Jacanidae IV LC

Table: 3.42: Fauna of The Study Area ReptilesSl.No.

EnglishName

CommonName

ScientificName

Family WPA1971


1 Red SandBoa

Andhadichakad

Eryx johnii Boidae -- LC

2 Indian RatSnake

Dhaman Ptyas mucosa Colubridae II NA

3 CheckeredKeel back

Dendavo Xenochrophispiscator

Colubridae II NA

4 CommonIndian Krait

Kadotaro Bungaruscaeruleus

Elapidae IV NA

5 Commoncobra

Nag Naja naja Elapidae II LC

6 IndianCricketFrog

Limnonecteslimnocharis

Ranidae -- NA

7 CommonIndianMonitor

Ghajro,PatalaGho

Varanusbengalensis

Varnidae II LC

LC: Least concern, NA: Not Assessed, NT: Near Threatened



3.14 Socio-Economic Environment

3.14.1Introduction

Baseline environmental scenario in the study area with respect to

demographic and socio-economic conditions has been discussed in the

subsequent sections of this chapter.Data on number of villages, their land

area, number of households and population in each village as well as literacy

rate in the study areas has been obtained from District Census Handbook,

2011 for Bharuch district.

3.14.2 Demographic and Occupational Pattern of Bharuch District

The Table 3.43shows the demographic details of Bharuch district. The total

households in the Bharuch district are 333483.

As perCensus records 2011, total population of Bharuch District is 1551019,

out of which 805707 are males and 745312 are females. The male

population constitutes 51.9% while female population is 48.1%.

The rural population in the Bharuch district is 1026060 while urban

population is 524959. The rural population constitutes 66.2 % while urban

population accounts for 33.8 % of the total population of Bharuch District.

As per Census records 2011, 72.1% population of the Bharuch District is

literate, 77.3% amongst males and 66.5% amongst females.

In the Bharuch District, total main workers account for 33.9 % and marginal

workers account for 6.5% whereas non-workers account for 59.6% of the

total population.

Table 3.43: Demographic pattern of Bharuch District

Sn. Parameter Total Rural Urban

1. Household 333483 217298 116185

2. Total population 1551019 1026060 524959



Sn. Parameter Total Rural Urban

3. Total Male population 805707 529393 276314

4. Total Female Population 745312 496667 248645

5. Population below 6 yrs 179103 121510 57593

6. Total Male population Below 6 yr 93265 62739 30526

7. Total Female population Below 6 yr 85838 58771 27067

8. Total Population scheduled caste 62235 35364 26871

9. Total Male scheduled caste 31979 18086 13893

10. Total Female Scheduled caste 30256 17278 12978

11. Total Population scheduled tribe 488194 431980 56214

12. Total Male scheduled tribe 250398 221464 28934

13. Total Female Scheduled tribe 237796 210516 27280

14. Total Population Literate 1118276 705458 412818

15. Total Male population Literate 623047 396884 226163

16. Total Female population literate 495229 308574 186655

17. Total Workers 627124 447185 179939

18. Total Male workers 468919 315191 153728

19. Total Female workers 158205 131994 26211

20. Total Main worker 526541 363649 162892

21. Total Main Male Worker 423884 281479 142405

22. Total Main female worker 102657 82170 20487

23. Total Marginal Worker 100583 83536 17047

24. Total Marginal Male Worker 45035 33712 11323

25. Total Marginal Female Worker 55548 49824 5724

26. Total Non Worker 923895 578875 345020

27. Total Male Non Worker 336788 214202 122586

28. Total Female Non Worker 587107 364673 222434

Source: Census Record -2011



3.14.3 Demographics Details of the Settlements in the Study Area

1. Population

Table 3.44 gives details on village name, number of households and

population distribution Asper Census Records 2011, for settlements of the

study area.

There are total 97356 households in the study area. Total population of the

study area accounts for 440062. The male population constitutes 52.63%

while female population is 47.37% of the total population in the study area.

2. Population Density

From the population data tabulated in Table 3.44, it is observed that

population density in the study area is 1400 person/km2 and the same is

found to be higher than that for Bharuch district (238 person/km2) and

Gujarat state (382 person/km2).

3. Sex Ratio

As per Census records 2011, sex ratio for the study area is 900, and the

same is found to be lower than that for district Bharuch (924) and lower

than that for Gujarat state (919).

4. Literacy

Table 3.44 also presents the literacy rate of the study area. Literacy rate of

study area is 75.14 % (79.40 % male and 70.41 %female).

5. Scheduled Caste

Scheduled castes population accounts 4.1% of the total population of the

study area.



6. Schedule Tribes

Scheduled tribes population accounts for 27.1% of the total population of

the study area.

7. Occupational Pattern

The details of occupational pattern and infrastructure facilities in each of the

villages of the study area have been obtained from Census 2011, for

Bharuch District.

The employment pattern in the study area is an indicator of number of

person employed in various sectors. It also indicates the various categories

of employment flourishing in the area. The occupational pattern in the study

area is presented in Table 3.45as per census records 2011.

In the study area, total main workers account for 34.16% (53.89% males

and 12.23% females) whereas non-workers account for 61.72% (42.21%

males and 83.40% females) and marginal workers are 4.12% (3.9% males

and 4.37% females) of the total population of study area.

3.14.4 Socio-Economic Status of the Study Area

During the social study of the study area, the following factors were

emerged about the socio-economic conditions of the area:

The study area comprise industrial areas of Ankleshwar and Bharuch.

Agricultural activities are also observed in the study area.

Local people are engaged in industrial, services, commercial and

agricultural activities in the area.

Cropping Pattern

The area is pioneer in agriculture during Kharif season mainly cotton, rice,

tur, adad (kindly bean), millet, sesame, maize, etc. crops are cultivated.



During Rabi season crops like wheat, jowar, gram, mag green gram

sugarcane and vegetables are cultivated.

Livestock

Livestock is also important source of income in the rural part of the study

area. Buffaloes, cow, goat, sheep, pig are reared by villagers for milk and

meat production. Dry dung is used as fuel in households.

3.14.5Living Standards And Infrastructure

Availability of amenities like education, medical, water supply,

communication, road network, electricity, etc. significantly reflects the level

of development of an area. Information on available amenities in the study

area was gathered during field studies and the same is discussed in the

following subsections:

Educational Facilities

The primary level education facilities are available in mostly all the villages.

There are Arts & Science Colleges, ITIs, one engineering college along with

one polytechnic in the area.

Medical Facilities

Good medical facilities are available in Bharuch and Ankleshwar. Residents of

the villages of the study area with no medical facility have to travel less than

5 km to avail these facilities. The study area has Primary Health Centres,

Primary Health Subcentres, Allopathic Dispensaries, Registered Private

Medical Practitioners, Community Health Workers, etc.

Drinking Water Supply

All villages of the study area have drinking water facility. Tap water is

available in most of the villages.



Communication

The villages of the study area have phone connections. Mobile network is

also available in the villages. Post facilities are available in most of the

villages.

Approach to villages

All the villages in the study area can be approached by pucca road.

Power Supply

Electricity is supplied in all the villages for agricultural/all purposes by Daxin

Gujarat Vij Company Limited (DGVCL).

3.15 List of Major Industries in the study Area

The list of major industries in the study area is given in Table 3.46.



Table 3.44: Demographic Details of the Study AreaSr.No

Name ofSettlement

HouseHold

Total Population Schedule Caste Schedule Tribe Literacy

P M F M F M F M F

I. Urban Settlement1 Bholav (CT) 5786 24605 12873 11732 1190 1030 1098 1123 11180 9970

2 Jhadeshwar (CT) 6620 28148 14660 13488 849 750 2168 2106 12322 10707

3 Maktampur (CT) 2432 10704 5536 5168 179 171 582 544 4584 3958

4 Anklesvar (M + OG) 19822 89457 46733 42724 1959 1864 7619 7278 38239 326335 Piraman (OG) 848 4364 2367 1997 28 28 197 113 1829 1460

6 Andada (CT) 4076 16730 8913 7817 1163 1066 1284 1226 7355 5898

7 Gadkhol (CT) 6100 25332 14507 10825 685 538 1007 896 11815 76778 Sarangpore (CT) 3768 16671 9373 7298 275 258 879 768 7062 4368

9 Bhadkodara (CT) 2986 13233 7156 6077 152 144 322 331 5915 4637

10 Sanjali (CT) 1560 5344 3734 1610 52 54 580 505 3216 1105

Sub Total Urban 53998 234588 125852 108736 6532 5903 15736 14890 103517 82413

II Rural Settlements

11 Kukarwada 400 1920 964 956 19 9 216 218 772 55212 Mulad 211 1043 529 514 33 25 299 312 422 336

13 Kharchi Bhilwada 217 998 501 497 0 0 461 468 375 265

14 Kharchi 238 1068 575 493 13 10 225 183 494 36515 Untia 174 752 378 374 0 0 219 208 278 234

16 Sardarpura 102 456 247 209 0 0 105 99 208 176

17 Anklesvar 26060 123204 63457 59747 1642 1649 26064 24901 48026 38557

18 Sakkarpor 580 2935 1502 1433 27 24 1125 1111 1053 74919 Sarfuddin 82 416 214 202 0 0 208 193 156 124

20 Borbhatha 252 1176 596 580 0 0 444 418 451 336

21 Borbhatha Bet 996 4680 2411 2269 16 17 741 699 1878 132622 Chhapra 287 1335 688 647 37 44 470 448 465 343



Sr.No

Name ofSettlement

HouseHold


P M F M F M F M F

23 Kansiya 755 3686 1913 1773 8 3 936 846 1517 111024 Mandvabuzarg 1242 5938 2995 2943 104 97 1248 1225 2277 1812

25 Samor 292 1294 670 624 22 22 446 412 392 307

26 Surwadi 643 2739 1423 1316 109 100 404 415 1145 96827 Divi 125 581 289 292 5 6 228 233 246 212

28 Diva 1192 5584 2789 2795 76 85 526 491 2335 2199

29 Pungam 448 2017 1036 981 28 18 645 602 710 614

30 Nangal 317 1377 700 677 26 26 297 295 567 45131 Boidara 371 1644 835 809 12 11 245 237 675 551

32 Motali 180 895 459 436 3 2 375 359 313 232

33 Amrutpura 182 943 502 441 0 0 496 436 354 26534 Uchhali 198 895 451 444 16 14 257 247 320 277

35 Dadhal 758 3695 1838 1857 15 13 657 668 1436 1272

36 Piraman (Part) 513 2358 1181 1177 51 61 509 510 924 77237 Amboli 214 1072 539 533 54 67 377 369 414 368

38 Adol 296 1403 729 674 47 42 320 270 567 437

39 Umarwada 761 3711 1874 1837 95 91 1001 929 1363 1153

40 Kapodara 956 4512 2411 2101 49 42 790 742 1804 139941 Jitali 921 4225 2160 2065 43 49 1064 1042 1593 1304

42 Piprod 127 607 298 309 0 0 200 212 192 168

43 Avadar 291 1333 707 626 0 0 458 414 537 42644 Bakrol 393 1591 851 740 41 42 448 441 699 484

45 Kharod 802 4658 2623 2035 35 35 607 566 2178 1571

46 Bhadi 529 2831 1381 1450 8 5 495 511 934 87147 Pardi 134 597 310 287 51 32 93 105 250 204

48 Kondh 942 4562 2372 2190 79 86 1170 1115 1813 1395

49 Navapara 55 212 106 106 0 0 104 104 63 51



Sr.No

Name ofSettlement

HouseHold


P M F M F M F M F

50 Kosmadi 122 531 258 273 0 0 258 273 198 121Sub Total Rural 43358 205474 105762 99712 2764 2727 45231 43327 80394 64357

Total Study Area 97356 440062 231614 208448 9296 8630 60967 58217 183911 146770




Table 3.45: Occupational Pattern of the Study AreaSr.No

Name Total Workers Main Workers Cultivators AgriculturalLabour

Other Workers MarginalWorkers

Non Workers

M F M F M F M F M F M F M FI. Urban Settlement1 Bholav (CT) 7163 1655 6308 1024 41 19 22 3 6245 1002 855 631 5710 100772 Jhadeshwar (CT) 8216 2126 7332 1543 151 8 393 59 6788 1476 884 583 6444 11362

3 Maktampur (CT) 3478 1239 2997 940 20 17 149 24 2828 899 481 299 2058 3929

4Anklesvar (M+OG) 25754 4798 24529 3891 344 24 385 96

23800 37711225 907 20979 37926

5 Piraman (OG) 1137 103 1109 95 18 2 22 1 1069 92 28 8 1230 1894

6 Andada (CT) 5116 634 4946 540 141 8 449 166 4356 366 170 94 3797 7183

7 Gadkhol (CT) 8529 824 7976 550 72 4 166 43 7738 503 553 274 5978 10001

8 Sarangpore (CT) 5364 541 5113 474 57 10 289 154 4767 310 251 67 4009 67579 Bhadkodara (CT) 3870 416 3699 326 44 3 73 15 3582 308 171 90 3286 5661

10 Sanjali (CT) 2948 228 2695 180 21 0 112 44 2562 136 253 48 786 1382Sub Total Urban 71575 12564 66704 9563 909 95 2060 605 63735 8863 4871 3001 54277 96172

I. Rural Settlement11 Kukarwada 582 391 582 387 159 113 260 253 163 21 0 4 382 56512 Mulad 302 135 282 111 69 7 125 88 88 16 20 24 227 37913 Kharchi Bhilwada 292 90 208 31 56 4 46 19 106 8 84 59 209 40714 Kharchi 346 192 267 130 73 16 27 89 167 25 79 62 229 30115 Untia 254 252 248 154 50 47 54 70 144 37 6 98 124 12216 Sardarpura 160 42 97 9 28 0 11 1 58 8 63 33 87 16717 Anklesvar 37387 12863 35086 9484 6188 662 13608 6600 15290 2222 2301 3379 26070 4688418 Sakkarpor 946 681 871 110 231 14 540 77 100 19 75 571 556 75219 Sarfuddin 138 114 133 107 26 2 84 101 23 4 5 7 76 8820 Borbhatha 352 196 344 162 50 6 237 141 57 15 8 34 244 38421 Borbhatha Bet 1509 805 1431 679 233 67 415 484 783 128 78 126 902 146422 Chhapra 410 191 395 161 38 2 224 142 133 17 15 30 278 45623 Kansiya 1241 572 1178 414 143 44 879 352 156 18 63 158 672 120124 Mandvabuzarg 1932 326 1877 209 267 5 1110 154 500 50 55 117 1063 2617



Sr.No

Name Total Workers Main Workers Cultivators AgriculturalLabour

Other Workers MarginalWorkers

Non Workers

M F M F M F M F M F M F M F25 Samor 445 172 430 157 50 2 294 143 86 12 15 15 225 45226 Surwadi 840 149 773 120 77 10 144 25 552 85 67 29 583 116727 Divi 168 44 167 43 48 0 85 41 34 2 1 1 121 24828 Diva 1578 367 1559 314 391 15 426 204 742 95 19 53 1211 242829 Pungam 655 253 594 215 132 6 274 184 188 25 61 38 381 72830 Nangal 491 336 458 217 146 53 180 140 132 24 33 119 209 34131 Boidara 499 122 432 70 58 2 118 52 256 16 67 52 336 68732 Motali 274 111 269 78 62 5 125 62 82 11 5 33 185 32533 Amrutpura 282 106 192 60 35 3 105 42 52 15 90 46 220 33534 Uchhali 260 64 250 47 48 1 144 34 58 12 10 17 191 38035 Dadhal 1061 240 949 203 120 17 264 121 565 65 112 37 777 161736 Piraman (Part) 658 209 640 196 41 6 159 81 440 109 18 13 523 96837 Amboli 345 252 209 66 30 0 113 38 66 28 136 186 194 28138 Adol 460 139 455 136 106 6 222 116 127 14 5 3 269 53539 Umarwada 1085 344 1068 321 141 21 526 269 401 31 17 23 789 149340 Kapodara 1292 290 1267 268 93 20 182 55 992 193 25 22 1119 181141 Jitali 1237 373 1078 306 118 8 379 263 581 35 159 67 923 169242 Piprod 190 74 182 69 19 2 82 65 81 2 8 5 108 23543 Avadar 459 148 331 30 80 2 28 5 223 23 128 118 248 47844 Bakrol 558 224 477 77 66 15 51 30 360 32 81 147 293 51645 Kharod 1054 236 1021 215 216 6 301 122 504 87 33 21 1569 179946 Bhadi 765 133 739 129 170 11 237 84 332 34 26 4 616 131747 Pardi 196 171 177 30 69 5 36 16 72 9 19 141 114 11648 Kondh 1325 458 1213 350 85 17 406 145 722 188 112 108 1047 173249 Navapara 77 60 42 14 7 0 13 6 22 8 35 46 29 4650 Kosmadi 175 115 152 55 29 0 59 50 64 5 23 60 83 158

Sub Total Rural 62280 22040 58123 15934 10048 1222 22573 10964 29900 4463 4157 6106 43482 77672Total Study Area 133855 34604 124827 25497 10957 1317 24633 11569 93635 13326 9028 9107 97759 173844




Table 3.46: List of Major Industries in the Study Area

Sr.No.

Name and Address of Industries

1. Abbott Laboratory(I) L td., GIDC, Ankleshwar.

2. Alpaine Ceramics Industries, Plot No. 100/101, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

3. Ambeshwar Paper Mills Ltd., Plot No. 140/3, GIDC Ind. Estate,Ankleshwar.

4. Anal Products Ltd., 39/137, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar.

5. Ashok Organics Inds. Ltd., 318-319, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

6. Asian Paints (India) Limited, 2602- GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar.

7. Atul Ltd., 297 GIDC Ankleshwar.

8. Aventis Crop Science India Ltd., Plot No.6301-10 A, GIDC Ankleshwar.

9. Binayakia Synthetics Ltd., Plot No.2, GIDC Ankleshwar.

10. Bombay Drugs & Pharmas Ltd., 26, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar.

11. Cadila Healthcare Limited, Plot No.291, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar.

12. Coromandel International Limited, Plot No: 3204, Ficom Chowkdi, GIDC,Ankleshwar GIDC, Ankleshwar, Gujarat 393002

13. Cadila Pharmaceuticals Limited, 294, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

14. Deepak Synthecs (p) Ltd., 2A, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

15. Diamond Dye-Chem, Lt. (Unit-II), Plot No.6216, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

16. Eldee Velvets & Industries Lim. Shed No. A1/381, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

17. Enviro Technology Limited, 2413/14, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

18. Ewac Alloys Ltd., Plot No. 79/7, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

19. Ficom Organics Limited, Plot No.3201, Ankleshwar.

20. Gharda Chemicals Limited, Plot No.3525-26-27, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

21. Glaxo India Limited, 3102-3109, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar.

22. Gravier Packaging Ltd., GIDC, Ankleshwar.

23. Gujarat Insecticides Limited, 805/806, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

24. Gujarat Organics Limited, 327/1, GIDC Ind. Estate, Ankleshwar.

25. Gujarat Reclaim & Rubber Produ., Plot No. 8, Ankleshwar.

26. Haryana Sheet Glass ltd., Plot No. 9208-B, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

27. Hemani Organics & Chemicals, 3208, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

28. Heubach Colour Ltd., Plot No. 9003-9010, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

29. Hoechest Mariou Roussel ltd., 3501/3503-15, 63108-14, GIDC,Ankleshwar.

30. Ifiunik Pharmaceuticals Limited, Plot No. 128/1/1, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

31. Indokem Limited, Plot No. 2900, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

32. Indosol Drugs Ltd., 501, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

33. Industrial Solvants & Chemicals, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

34. Kanoria Chemicals & Industries, 3407, GIDC, Ankleshwar, 3208, GIDC,Ankleshwar.

35. Kanoria Dychem Ltd., Plot No. 6101/1-2, GIDC, Ankleshwar.



36. K.A. Malle Pharmceuticals Ltd., Plot No. 6005, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

37. Keshvani Synthic (I) Ltd., Plot No. 3307, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

38. L.D. Textile Industries Ltd., Plot No. 2802/3, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

39. Laffans Petrochemicals Ltd., Plot No. 321, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

40. Luna Chemicals Indu. Pri. Ltd., Plot No. 23/6, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

41. Lupin Laboratories Limited, 124-125, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

42. Overseas Synthetics Ltd., Plot No. 5054 to 5056, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

43. Oxford Induestries Ltd., Plot No. 8809, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

44. Panama Petrochem Ltd., Plot No. 3303, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

45. Pesticides India Industries Ltd. GIDC, Ankleshwar

46. R.P.G. Life Science Ltd., 3102/A, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

47. Rallis India Ltd., Plot No. 3301, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

48. Rapicut Carbides Ltd., Plot No. 119, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

49. Rishiroop Rubber (Int.) Ltd., 5807, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

50. RPG Life Science Limited, 3102/A, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

51. RPG Life Science Limited, Plot No. 640, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

52. Sajjan India Ltd., 6102/3, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

53. Schenectady-Back India Ltd., Plot No. 1 & 122, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar.

54. Shri Dinesh Mill Ltd., Bharkodara, Ankleshwar.

55. Suzlon Fibres Limited, 330-A, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

56. SVM Cera Tea Build Ltd., 4802/B, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

57. Sun Pharma Plot No: 4708, GIDC, Industrial Estate, GIDC, Ankleshwar

58. Tonira Pharma Ltd., Plot No. 4722, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

59. Unique Pharmaceuticals Labs. Ltd., Plot No. 128/1, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

60. UPL Ltd., Unit #1, 117/118, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

61. UPL Ltd., Unit #2, 3405/6, GIDC, Ankleshwar, , 393002 Gujarat

62. UPL Ltd., Unit #3, 3101/2, Ankleshwar GIDC, Ankleshwar, Gujarat393001

63. Wockhardt Ltd., Plot No. 138, GIDC, Ankleshwar.

64. Yagnik Synthetics Ltd., A-1/5240, GIDC, Ankleshwar.


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. 4 -1

Chapter 4

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTSAND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Introduction

The main objective of environmental impact assessment is to identify the

nature and significance of anticipated adverse and beneficial environmental

impacts due to proposed expansion. This chapter assesses nature, type and

magnitude of the potential environmental impacts likely on the various

relevant physical, biological, social and cultural components of environment

due to proposed expansion. can be direct as well as indirect. For identification

and assessment anticipated environmental impacts of various activities during

construction and operation phases on environmental parameters, scientific

techniques and methodologies based on mathematical modeling and cause &

effect methods are used with mitigation measures & Environment

Management Plan (EMP) for minimization of adverse impacts for the EIA

study.

4.2 Identification of Activities for Proposed Project

For identification and assessment of environmental impacts from the existing

UPL plant and from proposed expansion of project, identification of activities

during constructionand operation phases areessential. As Unit # 1 of UPL

plant is already an existing plant, therefore, extent of construction and

operation related activities will be limited.Various activities during

constructionand operation phases are described below:

I. Activities During Construction and Erection & Commissioning

Site clearing for new construction.

Excavation of foundations by construction equipment.

Operation of construction equipment

Transportation of construction materials like sand, aggregate, steel, bricks,

cement, etc.

Civil construction activities including foundations for building, plant and

machineries.

Generation of construction debris& solid waste



Domestic wastesand sewage generation from labour engaged in

construction works

Transportation of equipment, pumps, motors, structures, plants

components machineries,etc.

Installation of equipment, pumps, motors, structures, plants components

Commissioning of plants and machineries

II. Activities During Operation Phase

Transportation, storage and handling of raw materials, fuels and finished

products

Storage and handling of solid and hazardous chemicals

Transfer and charging of raw materials

Operation of various plants and machineries including reactors, distillation

units, mixers, driers, pumps, motors, etc.

Operation of boilers, blowers, DG sets, cooling towers, etc.

Water consumption for process, boilers, cooling, domesticpurposes, etc.

Storage, handling and packing of the products

Operation of effluent treatment plant

Operation of Multi Effect Evaporators

Operation of Air Pollution Control Equipment

Hazardous wastestorage, handling and disposal

Manpower involvement

4.3 Methodology for Qualitatively Assessment of Environmental Impacts

The key procedural steps of anticipated environmental impact assessment for

the proposed expansion project of Unit#1 of UPL are described below:

A. Identificationof Environmental Impacts

Environmental impact identification involves, major project activities during

various stages of the proposed expansion namely, pre-construction,

construction and operation phases, impacts of the activities on the

environmental attributes and formulation of ‘activity-impact’ matrix. The

environmental impact rating assessment matrix is given in Table 4.1.



Table 4.1: Impact Rating Assessment Matrix

Impact Criteria

Nature of Impact Beneficial PositiveAdverse Negative

Duration of Impact Short term Impacts shall be confined to astipulated time

Long term Impacts shall be continued till the endof life cycle of the plant

Impacted Area Localized Impacts shall be confined within theplant boundary

Regional Impacts shall be continued beyondplant boundary

The matrix method has been selected to list the potential impacts of the

proposed expansion of the plant. The activities have been arranged in

columns and the environmental attributes in the row of the matrix. The

beneficial and adverse impacts have been analyzed in the following section for

prediction and evaluation of impacts.

The proposed expansion of the existing plant activities havebeen divided into

two phases for assessment and prediction of anticipated environmental

impacts:

i. Construction Phase (including erection & commissioning new plants)

ii. Operation Phase

B. Prediction of Environmental Impacts

Prediction of environmental impacts involves nature, magnitude and

significance of the anticipated environmental impacts. It also includes analysis

of the likelihoods and/or probabilities of occurrences of the environmental

impacts. The impact prediction matrix establishes ‘Cause-effect’ relationship

between the project activities and the environmental attributes likely to be

affected by them as shown in Table 4.2 and Table 4.3 with respect to

activities during construction and operation phases, respectively.



C. Evaluation of Environmental Impacts

All the potentially significant environmental impacts due to proposed project is

evaluated and a qualitative assessment is made. An environmental impact

level is rated as “low”, “medium” or “high”.

The impact rating is based on two parameters i.e. the “severity of impact”

and the “likelihood of occurrence of impact”.

Severity of Impact: The severity of an impact is a function of a range of

considerations including impact magnitude, impact duration, impact

extent, compliance of prescribed legal framework and the characteristics

of the receptors/ resources; and

Likelihood of Occurrence: How likely is the impact (this is particularly

important consideration in the evaluation of unplanned/ accidental

events).

The significance of each environmental impact is determined by assessing the

impact’s severity against the likelihood of the environmental impact occurring,

as summarized in the environmental impact significance assessment matrix

provided in Table 4.4


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. 4 - 5

Table 4.2 Impact Prediction Matrix during Construction Phase of Unit #1 of UPL Plant

Environmental Attributes

Project Activities During Construction of Proposed Expansion of Unit # 1 of UPL PlantSite

CleaningExcavation Construction

of Civil WorksTransportationof Materials &

Machinery

Deploymentof Manpower

Installation ofEquipment &Equipment

Commissioningof Plants &Machinery

Topography & Physiography

Dust and Gaseous Pollution

Vehicular Emissions

Turbidity of runoff

Water Quality

Soil Quality

Land Cover

Ambient Air Quality

Traffic

Ambient noise levels

Terrestrial flora and fauna

Social Impacts

Employment Generation

Businesses and Economy



Table 4.3 Impact prediction Matrix during Operation Phase of Unit #1 of UPL Plant

EnvironmentalAttributes

Project Activities During Construction of Proposed Expansion of Unit # 1 of UPL PlantStorage

andhandling of

rawmaterials,fuels andfinishedproducts

Charging

of raw

materials

Operation ofvariousplants &

machineries

Operation ofboilers,

blowers, DGsets, Hot AirGenerators

HazardousWaste

Generation

WaterConsumption

Operation of

effluent

treatment

plants

Manpower

Deployment

Green

Belt

Dust and Gaseous

Pollution

Fugitive Emissions

Vehicular Emissions

Water Resources

Water Quality

Soil Quality

Ambient Air Quality

Ambient noise levels

Traffic

Flora & fauna

Social Impacts

Employment

Generation



Table 4.4: Impact Assessment Rating Matrix

Impact

Severity

Impact Likelihood

Unlikely (e.g.

not expected

to occur

during the

project

lifetime)

Low Likelihood

(e.g. may

occur once or

twice during

the project

lifetime)

Medium

Likelihood

(e.g. may

occur every

few years)

High Likelihood

(e.g. routine,

happens

several times a

year)

Slight Negligible

Impact

Negligible

Impact

Negligible

Impact

Negligible Impact

Low Negligible

Impact

Negligible

Impact

Negligible to

Minor Impact

Minor Impact

Medium Negligible

Impact

Minor Impact Minor–

Moderate

Impact

Moderate Impact

High Minor Impact Moderate Impact Major Impact Major Impact

Notes:

Negligible Impact : Defined as magnitude of change comparable to natural variation

Minor Impact : Defined as detectable but not significant

Moderate Impact : Defined as insignificant; amenable to mitigation; should be

mitigated where practicable

Major Impact : Defined as significant; amenable to mitigation; must be

mitigated

4.4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts Due to the Proposed Expansion

The environmental impacts are anticipated due construction activities as well

operation of UPL plant after expansion on various environmental parameters

are accessed and component wise detailed impact assessment is given below.

4.4.1 Topography and Physiographic

A. Construction& Operational Phase

The construction activities for the proposed expansion, such as, excavation,

construction of buildings, erection & commissioningwill be confined within the

land available at the existing Unit # 1 of UPL plant located in notified

industrial area at Ankleshwar. Therefore, no significant impact is anticipated

on the topography and physiography due to construction and operational

phase of the proposed expansion project.



The impact rating on the topography and physiography around the UPL plant

is as given below:

Impact Rating Topography & Physiography

Construction Phase Operation Phase

Significance and Nature of

impact

Insignificant Insignificant

Duration of impact Long term Long term

Impacted Area Localized Localized

Likelihood of occurrence Low Low

Severity of impact Slight Slight

4.4.2 Impact on Soil

A. Construction Phase

During the construction phase, soil would be excavated at the plant site for

foundations of buildings, plants and machineries, etc. Prior to excavationon

fresh land with ground flora, top soil will be segregated and stockpiled. Top

soil will be used for the greenbelt development and landscaping at the

plant.At the time of construction, some amount of debris, cuttings of

construction materials, etc., may be generated. However, the quantity of

these waste materials would be very small and limited up to the construction

site only. These wastes may contaminate soil of the plant site if not disposed

properly. However, the extent of the contamination would be negligible. Solid

wastes and debris generated at the construction site will be collected time to

time and disposed-off suitably to avoid such contamination. The inert debris

generated during construction will be used for land filling at the site only.

During construction phase of the proposed UPLplant, approx. 10 to 15 kg/day

solid wastes may be generated by construction workers. Wastes expected to

be generated by workers will be segregated into the following possible

categories:

Waste from food, etc.,

Paper, packing, plastic bottles and polythene waste, etc.,



This will be segregated and disposed-off using established disposal

techniques. Therefore, soil at the plant site and area will not be affected by

the solid waste generated at the project site during construction phase.

Mitigation Measures

Prior to excavation, top soil from the site with ground flora will be

segregated and stockpiled. Top soil will be used for greenbelt

development and landscaping at the plant site.

Wastes and debris generated at the site will be collected time to time and

disposed suitably to avoid any contamination. The inert debris generated

during construction will be used for land filling at the site only.

Excavation of foundations will be carried out during dry season to

eliminate possibility of erosion of loose soil by runoff.

Hence, the impact rating on the soil during construction phase of the

proposed expansion of Unit # 1 of the UPL plant is as given below:

B.

Operation Phase

During operation phase of existing plant after expansion, hazardous wastes

generated at the Unit # 1 are given in Section 2.13.3, Table 2.20 of

Chapter 2.

Hazardous wastes generated from the plant after expansion will have

potential to contaminate soil of the plantand nearby area and ground water

resources, if not disposed properly. Therefore, UPL has already prepared

elaborated strategy for collection, storage and disposal of hazardous wastes

to Common Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility and Incineration Facility of

Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd (BEIL) at Ankleshwar and recyclable

hazardous wastes are sold to authorized recyclers. Empty barrels/ containers

are sent to BEIL, Dahej for decontamination / detoxification.

Impact Rating Soil

Significance and Nature of impact Negligible and Adverse

Duration of impact Long term

Impacted Area Localized

Likelihood of occurrence Low

Severity of impact Slight



After proposed expansions, , approx. 1273kld effluent will be generated from

the plant after proposed expansion and will be treated in ETP comprising

primary, secondary and tertiary treatment facilities. The treated effluent

confirming to GPCB standards will be discharged to GIDC underground

drainage system and conveyed to Final Effluent Treatment Plant (FETP) of

Narmada Clean Tech. (NCT) for further treatment and deep-seadisposal

through pipeline.

Hence, the impact rating for the soil during operation phase of the proposed

expansion of the UPL plant is as given below:

Mitigation Measures

To avoid impact on the soil of the UPL#1 and on surrounding area, the

following mitigation measures, which are already implemented at existing UPL

plant, will be followed after expansion of the plant:

Process (Bio-degradable) effluents will be treated in ETP comprising

primary, secondary and tertiary treatment facilities. Treated waste water

will be sent to Final Effluent Treatment Plant (FETP).

Hazardous wastes (incinerable wastes) generated in the form of different

production Processes will be sent to Common Hazardous Waste Disposal

Facility and Incineration Facility of Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd

(BEIL) at Ankleshwarfor ultimate disposal.

4.4.3 Water Resources and Quality


The construction phase of the proposed expansion of the UPL plantwill be

located on the landavailable within existing UPL plant. No water from surface

water body will be withdrawn for construction purpose.Water requirement

Impact Rating Soil

Significance and Nature of impact Significant and Adverse



Likelihood of occurrence High

Severity of impact Moderate



during construction phase will be met through water supplied by GIDC -

Ankleshwar. During construction phase, proper drainage will be provided for

runoff movement during rains, hence, no changes in the natural drainage

pattern of the site and area is envisaged, the impact of construction phase of

the proposed expansion of Unit # 1 of the UPL planton surface water

resources is likely to be insignificant.

Mitigation Measures

Excavation of foundations will be carried out during dry season and site

will be restored before rains.

Silt chambers at discharge point of storm water from construction area.

Compaction and level of construction area after completion of foundation

and construction activities.

Before unexpected rains, cover loose construction materials by tarpaulin

sheets

Hence, the impact on water quality during construction phase of the proposed

expansion of the UPL plant is as given below:

Impact Rating Water Quality

Significance and Nature of impact Insignificant

Duration of impact Short term




B. Operation Phase

At the existing Unit # 1, for the existing plant and proposed expansion, no

water will be taken from ground water or surface water resources. Water



Effluent treatment plant of 400 KLD capacity with primary, secondary &

tertiary treatment facilities is available at the existing plant. The treated

effluent are discharged to Final Effluent Treatment Plant (FETP) of Narmada

Clean Tech. (NCT). Treated effluent after expansion meeting prescribed

standards by GPCB in CC&A will be sent to FETP for further treatment and

disposal.



Hazardous wastes generated from the existing plant are collected and

disposed to Common Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility and Incineration

Facility of Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd (BEIL) at Ankleshwar for ultimate

disposal and recyclable hazardous wastes are sold to authorized cyclers and

same practice to be followed after expansion.

Hence, the impact rating on water quality during operation phase of the

proposed expansion of the UPL plant is as given below:

Impact Rating Water Quality

Significance and Nature of Impact Significant and Adverse

Duration of Impact Long term


Likelihood of Occurrence High

Severity of Impact Moderate

Mitigation Measures

Process (Bio-degradable)effluents will be treated in ETP comprising

primary, secondary and tertiary treatment facilities. Treated waste water

will be sent to Final Effluent Treatment Plant (FETP) of NCT.

Hazardous wastes generated in the form of Process will be sent to

Common Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility and Incineration Facility of

Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd (BEIL) at Ankleshwar for ultimate

disposal.

I. Details of Existing ETP

Details of existing effluent treatment plant are given below:

Capacity of existing ETP Capacity is 400 kld. Treatment in ETP is basically

given in three stages, namely primary, secondary and tertiary as per details

given below:

(A) Primary Treatment

The effluent streams coming from different plants are first equalized in an

equalization tank. The equalized effluent is then treated with lime slurry and

pH.Then Alum is added to the effluent in a flocculator, where gentle agitation

is provided to flocculate the suspended particles which are subsequently



removed in a primary clarifier.



(B) Secondary Treatment (Biological Treatment)

Secondary treatment is given by two stage aerobic system, where

conventional activated sludge process is adopted to stabilize the

biodegradable organic matter present in the effluent. The oxygen necessary in

aeration tank is supplied by Diffused Aeration System. A MLSS level of 5000-

6000 mg/l is maintained in the first stage aeration tank, whereas MLSS level

of 3000-4000 mg/l is maintained in the second stage aeration tank.

(C) Tertiary Treatment - Activated Carbon Column

Tertiary treatment is given by means of adsorption by activated carbon. The

effluent is passed through an activated carbon tower, where trace impurities,

colour and residual COD is removed by activated carbon.

TOC/TN/BOD/COD/TSS/pH/ MagneticFlow Meter:UPLhas installed on

line meters at ETP discharge point. All meter’s values are continuously displayed

on CPCB/GPCB web site.

Schematic diagram for the existing ETP is shown in Figure 4.1.

II. Existing Details of Water Re-Cycle Scheme(Reverse OsmosisPlant)

In the reverse osmosis system, wastewater is brought in contact with a

suitable membrane (like cellulose acetate) at a pressure in excess of the

osmotic pressure so that dissolved contaminants are concentrated in the

wastewater compartment. This concentrate which is a small fraction of the

total volume of the wastewater to be treated. Purified water is obtained from

the other compartment. This purified water is used for cooling tower make up.

The recovery system is having efficiency more than 90%. The concentrated

R.O. reject is evaporated, crystallized and sent for secured land filling.



Existing details of water re-cycle scheme(Reverse Osmosis Plant)Capacity @

100 Kl/Day are given below

Sr.

No.

Name of Unit Nos. Dimensions/

Spécifications

Designed

Effluent

Flow

Reverse Osmosis plant

1 Pretreatment Unit 1 Dia. 800 mm x1500 mm 5 m3/hr.

2 Sand Filter 1 Dia. 800 mm x1500 mm 5 m3/hr.

3 Acid Dosings 1 Dia. 800 mm x1500 mm 5 m3/hr.

4 Antiscalant Dosing

System

2 Dia. 800 mm x1500 mm 5 m3/hr.

5 SMBS Dosing System 1 Dia. 800 mm x1500 mm 5 m3/hr.

6 Micro Filter 2 5 m3/hr.

7 RO Membrane 1 8 “ dia. / 120 “ Long 5 m3/hr.

Figure 4.1: Process Flow Diagram for Existing ETP



III.ExistingFACCO System:

Capacity @ 24 Kl / Day

The high COD effluent streams are treated at FACCO (Fenton Activated

Carbon Catalytic Oxidation) system. CLRI Chennai has developed technology

for reduction of high COD effluent streams using carbon catalyst. Oxidation

of effluent is taking place in carbon tower with the help of Hydrogen Peroxide

/ Sodium Sulphate – Fenton reagent, at very low concentration. Fenton is

used as catalyst and required Oxygen is supplied by air.

IV. Existing Single Stage Evaporation System

The Segregated high TDS Effluent is sent to installed MEE & Forced

evaporation system. Generated salts from evaporation system are sent to

BEIL for landfilling.

V. Proposed Sewage Treatment Plant (Activated Sludge Process) –Capacity @ 100 KLD

The sewage collected from the various streams is taken into a collection tank.

The sewage is sent into aeration tank for aerobic treatment followed by

settling tank. From settling tank the mixed liquor is allowed to set and the

supernatant liquid is overflows into the holding tank. The water in the holding

tank is passed through a dual media filter (DMF) and is taken in treated water

collection tank. The treated water it is recycled for gardening / process.

The schematic diagram for the proposed STP is shown in Figure 4.2.

Figure 4.2: Schematic Diagram for the Proposed

STP



VI. Proposed ETP Details

After expansion, total effluent generation will be 1273 kld. The UPL will

expand the capacity of ETP to 1400 kld (1000 kld additional capacity of

proposed ETP). Treated effluent generated from various processes after

expansion will be sent to FETP of Narmada Clean Tech. for further treatment

and disposal.

The proposed ETP with design capacity 1000 m3/day will be installed for the

treatment of effluent from production facilities after expansion.

4.4.4 Meteorology


The construction of the proposed expansion of the UPL #1 of UPL plantwill

have no impact on meteorology of the study area as no significant hot gas

emissions are likely to emit during construction phase. Therefore, no

mitigation measure is required.

A. Operation Phase

At the existing plant, there are three boilers of 10 tph capacity each fired by

natural gas / Furnace Oil). For proposed expansion, existing three boiler will

be replaced by, three natural gas fired boilers of 2 X 30 TPH capacity and 1 X

35 TPH capacityof each. Like existing plant, after expansion also, UPL will

install heat recovery unit to utilize waste heat of flue gases.Therefore, hot

gases will not be vented out into atmosphere and there is no possibility for

rising temperature at the plant and in the vicinity. The process emissions

are/will be discharged into atmosphere only after passing through the

scrubbers/bag filter/suitable air pollution control devices. Hence, no impact is

anticipated on the micro-meteorology due to operation of existing UPL#1

plant and after operation.

4.4.5 Air Environment


During the construction phase of the proposed expansion of Unit #1, small

amount of particulate matter, some gaseous pollutants will be generated at



the site due to movement and operation of construction machines.

Furthermore, this impact will be of temporary nature and will disappear after

the completion of construction activities.

The potential sources of air emissions during construction phase of the

proposed expansion of the plant will be as follows:

Dust from earth works during clearing excavation;

Emissions from the operation of construction equipment and machines;

Fugitive emissions from vehicles transporting construction materials;

Fugitive emissions during the unloading of cement bags;

Fugitive emissions during mixing of cement with other building materials;

Fumes and gases due to cutting, welding & grinding of steel structures.

Dust emission from scrap and waste construction materials, etc.

Impact of construction activities on air quality is a cause for concern mainly in

the dry months due to settling of dust particles. The main sources of dust

emissions during the construction period will be the movement of equipment

at site and dust emitted during, grading, earthworks, foundation works and

other construction related activities.

Exhaust emissions from vehicles and equipment deployed during the

construction phase will also result in marginal increase in the levels of SO2,

NO2, PM2.5, CO and un-burnt hydrocarbons. It is estimated that on an average

3 to 4 trucks will approach to site every day and construction machineries will

be deployed only for few weeks. Therefore, impact will be reversible,

marginal, and temporary in nature.

The impact of construction activities would be temporary and restricted to the

construction phase. The impact on air environment will be confined within the

project boundary and is expected to be negligible outside the

plantboundaries. Proper upkeep and maintenance of vehicles, regular

sprinkling of water at the construction site, providing sufficient

vegetation/green belt at plant are some of the proposed measures that would

greatly reduce the impact on the air quality during the construction phase of

the proposed expansion of UPL # 1.

Mitigation Measures



To suppress dust, regular sprinkling of water on the loose soil area after

excavation

Sprinklers of water on unpaved construction areas at the site.

Covering of loose construction materials

Maintenance of construction equipment and machineries to reduce

exhaust emission

Ensure pollution under control certificate for vehicles transporting

materials

Unloading of cement bags and close chamber

Hence, the impact rating on ambient air quality during construction phase of

the proposed expansion of the Unit #1 of UPL plant is as given below:

Impact Rating Ambient Air Quality

Significance and Nature of impact Significant

Duration of impact Short term


Likelihood of occurrence High

Severity of impact Minor

B. Operation Phase

During operation phase of the plant after expansion, Natural Gas/FO fired

boilers, DG sets, process vents, scrubber stacks will be sources of emissions.

From the boilers and DG Sets, SO2, NO2 and Particulate Matters (PM) are

considered as key pollutants. Natural gas / Furnace Oil fired boilers will be

continuous sources of emissions. From flue gas stacks, key pollutants and air

pollution control system for the UPL plant after expansion are given in Table

2.15 & Table 2.16 of Chapter 2.

From the process stacks, for existing plant and proposed plant with key

pollutants and air pollution control system are given in Table 2.18 & Table

2.19.

During the operation of existing plant after expansion, continuous and

intermittent sources of stack emissions from boilers, DG sets and process

stacks may impact ambient air quality of the study area. For assessment of

impacts of stack emissions from the UPL plant after expansion(Table 4.5



and Table 4.6), air pollution dispersion mathematical modelling has been

carried out for short term incremental ground level concentrations (GLCs)

prediction.

4.4.5.1Air Pollutants Dispersion Modeling for Prediction of impacts onAmbient Air Quality

The ground level concentrations of pollutants have been computed using

computer simulation model AERMOD(as recommended in Technical EIA

Guidance Manual for Pesticide Industry and Pesticide Specific Intermediates

by Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Government of India)

and considering guidelines stipulated by CPCB for air pollution dispersion

modeling.

Maximum 24-Hourly and Seasonal Incremental GLC Isopleths

Using mathematical model as described above, the maximum 24-hourly and

seasonal incremental ground level concentration (GLCs) values calculated at

different grid points using 24-hourly and seasonal averaging period are used

for obtaining the maximum 24-hourly and seasonal incremental ground level

concentrations (GLCs) isopleths for the study period and considering that X, Y

coordinates of the stack center (0.0).

(i) GLCs Values for Particulate Matter (PM)

The highest 24-hourly and seasonal incremental GLCs values for Particulate

Matter due to stack flue and process emissions are given in Table 4.7 along

with co-ordinates of their location. Isopleth of 24-hourly and seasonal

incremental GLCs values of Particulate Matter(PM) are given in Figure

4.3and Figure 4.4, respectively.



4-21

Table 4.5: Stack Emission Loads for Flue Gas Stacks After ExpansionSr.No

Proposed Flue Gas StackDetails

StackHeight, m

Stack Dia,m

TempoK.

Stack GasVelocity,

m/s

ParticulateMatter,

g/s

SO2,

g/sNO2. g/s

1 30 TPH NG Boiler 30 0.45 439 5.23 0.006 0.007 0.013

2 30 TPH NG Boiler 30 1.35 453 4.8 0.128 0.246 0.159

3 35 TPH NG Boiler 30 1.35 439 5.01 0.053 0.070 0.126

4 DG Set of 1250 kVA 20 0.25 493 6.7 0.024 0.002 0.002

5 DG Set of 500 kVA 20 0.25 493 6.7 0.016 0.002 0.001

6 Hot Air Generator H1 20 1.2 428 4.8 0.042 0.059 0.114



9 DG Set of 1250 kVA (NEW) 30 0.25 493 6.7 0.016 0.002 0.001



4-22

Table 4.6: Process Stack Emission Loads After ExpansionSr.No

Process/Plant Height,m

Dia, m Velocity,m/s

Cl2,

g/sNH3,

g/sPM.,g/s

HCl,g/s

VOC,g/s

CS2,

g/sH2S,g/s

1 TMP Plant-Neutralization Process

30 0.1 8.7 0.000593 0.011532 0 -- -- -- --

2 Solid FormulationPlant

18 0.2 4.3 -- -- 0.002606 -- -- -- --

3 Mancozeb/Maneb/Zineb/Ziram Plant-Spray Dryer

30 0.905 2.4 -- -- 0.029777 -- -- -- --

4 PCl3 storage tank-Caustic Scrubber(Packed column)

30 0.905 2.4 0.0134 -- 0 0.029777 -- -- --

5 CaCl2 Plant- SprayDryer

30 0.76 2.8 -- -- 0.183749 -- -- -- --

6 Spray Drier ofMancozeb / Maneb /Zineb/ Ziram

30 0.3 3.8 -- -- 0.005181 -- -- -- --

7 Antracol Spray Drier 30 0.2 3.9 -- -- 0.002363 -- -- -- --8 Flonicamide plant

Ammoniagenerating reactor

30 0.12 7.8 -- 0.002552 0 -- -- -- --

9 Flonicamide Plant atHCL and SO2

generating reactor

30 0.12 7.8 -- -- -- 0.001702 -- -- --

10 Imazapic Plant -Methyl acrolienreactor

30 0.4 4.2 -- -- -- -- 0.01018 -- --

11 Mancozeb or Manebor Zineb or Ziram -CS2 Recovery**

30 0.3 3.8 -- -- -- -- -- 0.046628 0.001295

12 Zineb or Antracol -CS2 Recovery

30 0.3 3.8-- -- -- -- --

0.046628 0.001295



The following conclusions can be made from the air pollution dispersion

modeling:

Highest 24 hourly GLCs value 2.86 µg/m3 for Particulate Matter (PM)is obtained

at (+) 500 m, (+) 500 m at distance of 0.707 km and 45o angle from North

(clockwise), while highest seasonal GLCs value 0.77 µg/m3 for Particulate Matter

is obtained at (+) 500 m, (+) 500 m at distance of 0.707 km and 45o angle from

North (clockwise).

Table 4.7: Highest 24- Hourly and Seasonal Incremental GLC Values for

Particulate Matter and Grid Point Locations

Pollutant Concentration & Location 24 Hourly GLCs Seasonal GLCs

GLCs for Particulate Matter 2.86µg/m3 0.77 µg/m3

Location of Highest GLCs

Grid Point (m) (+) 500,

(+) 500

(+) 500,

(+) 500

Distance (km) 0.707 0.707

Angle from North (Clockwise) 45o 45o



Figure 4.3: Isopleths for Particulate Matter for 24 Hours GLCs

Figure 4.4: Isopleths for Particulate Matter for Seasonal GLCs



(ii) GLCs Values for Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

The highest 24-hourly and seasonal incremental GLCs values for Sulphur

Dioxidedue to stack emissions are given in Table 4.8along with co-ordinates of

their location. Isopleth of 24-hourlyand seasonal incremental GLCs values of

Sulphur Dioxide(SO2) are given in Figure 4.5and 4.6, respectively.

Highest 24 hourly GLCs value 2.49 µg/m3 for Sulphur Dioxide(SO2)is obtained at

(+) 500 m, (+) 500 m at distance of 0.707 km and 45o angle from North

(clockwise), while highest seasonal GLCs value 0.51 µg/m3 for Sulphur Dioxideis

obtained at (+) 500 m, (+) 500 m at distance of 0.707 km and 45oangle from

North (clockwise).

Table 4.8: Highest 24- Hourly and Seasonal Incremental GLC

Values for Sulphur Dioxide and Grid Point Locations

Pollutant Concentration &

Location

24 Hourly

GLCs

Seasonal GLCs

GLCs for Sulphur Dioxide 2.49µg/m3 0.51 µg/m3



(+) 500

(+) 500,

(+) 500





Figure 4.5: Isopleths for Sulphur Dioxide for 24 Hours GLCs



Figure 4.6: Isopleths for Sulphur Dioxide for Seasonal GLCs



(iii) GLCs Values for Nitrogen Dioxide(NO2)

The highest 24-hourly and seasonal incremental GLCs values for Nitrogen

Dioxidedue to stack emissions are given in Table 4.9 along with co-ordinates of

their location. Isopleth of maximum 24-hourly and seasonal incremental GLCs

values of Nitrogen Dioxideare given in Figure 4.7and Figure 4.8, respectively.

Highest 24 hourly GLCs value 3.65 µg/m3 for Nitrogen Dioxideis obtained at (+)

500 m, (+) 500 m at distance of 0.707 km and 45o angle from North (clockwise),

while highest seasonal GLCs value 0.73 µg/m3 for Nitrogen Dioxideis obtained at

(+) 500 m, (+) 500 m at distance of 0.707 km and 45o angle from North

(clockwise).


Values for Nitrogen Dioxide and Grid Point Locations


Location

24 Hourly GLCs Seasonal GLCs

GLCs for Nitrogen Dioxide 3.65 µg/m3 0.73 µg/m3



(+) 500

(+) 500,

(+) 500





Figure 4.7: Isopleths for Nitrogen Dioxide for 24 Hours GLCs



Figure 4.8: Isopleths for Nitrogen Dioxide for Seasonal GLCs



(iv) GLCs Values for HCl

The highest 24-hourly and seasonal incremental GLCs values for HCldue to stack

emissions are given in Table 4.10along with co-ordinates of their locations.

Isopleth of maximum 24-hourly incremental GLCs values of HCl are given in

Figure 4.9.

Highest 24 hourly GLCs value 0.34 µg/m3 for HClis obtained at (+) 500 m, (+)

500 m at distance of 0.707 km and 45o angle from North (clockwise), while

highest seasonal GLCs value 0.054 µg/m3 for HClis obtained at (+) 500 m, (+)

500 m at distance of 0.707 km and 45o angle from North (clockwise).


Values for HCl and Grid Point Locations


Location


GLCs for HCl 0.34 µg/m3 0.054 µg/m3



(+) 500

(+) 500,

(+) 500

Distance (km) 0. 707 0.707




Figure 4.9: Isopleths for HCl for 24 Hourly GLCs



(v) GLCs Values for Cl2

The highest 24-hourly and seasonal incremental GLCs values for Cl2due to

process stack emissions are given in Table 4.11 along with co-ordinates of their

location.Isopleth of maximum 24-hourly incremental GLCs values of Cl2 are given

in Figure 4.10.

Highest 24 hourly GLCs value 0.18 µg/m3 for Cl2is obtained at (+) 500 m, (+)


highest seasonal GLCs value 0.023 µg/m3 for Cl2is obtained at (+) 500 m, (+)

500 m at distance of 0.707 km and 45o angle from north (clockwise).


Values for Cl2 and Grid Point Locations


Location


GLCs for Cl2 0.14 µg/m3 0.023 µg/m3



(+) 500

(+) 500,

(+) 500





Figure 4.10: Isopleths for Cl2 for 24 Hourly GLCs



(vi) GLCs Values for NH3

The highest 24-hourly and seasonal incremental GLCs values for NH3due to

process stack emissions are given in Table 4.12 along with co-ordinates of their

locations. Isopleth of maximum 24-hourly incremental GLCs values of NH3 are


Highest 24 hourly GLCs value 0.19 µg/m3 for NH3is obtained at (+) 500 m, (+)


highest seasonal GLCs value 0.029 µg/m3 for NH3 is obtained at (+) 500 m, (+)



Values for NH3and Grid Point Locations


Location


GLCs for NH3 0.19 µg/m3 0.029 µg/m3



(+) 500

(+) 500,

(+) 500





Figure 4.11: Isopleths for NH3 for 24 Hourly GLCs



(vii) GLCs Values for H2S

The highest 24-hourly and seasonal incremental GLCs values for H2S due to stack

emissions are given in Table 4.13 along with co-ordinates of their

location.Isopleth of maximum 24-hourly incremental GLCs values of H2S are


Highest 24 hourly GLCs value 0.031 µg/m3 for H2S is obtained at (+) 500 m, (+)


highest seasonal GLCs value 0.004 µg/m3 for H2S is obtained at (+) 500 m, (+)


Table 4.13: Highest 24- Hourly and Seasonal Incremental GLCValues

for H2S and Grid Point Locations


Location


GLCs for H2S 0.031 µg/m3 0.004 µg/m3



(+) 500

(+) 500,

(+) 500





Figure 4.12: Isopleths for H2S for 24 Hourly GLCs



(viii) GLCs Values for CS2

The highest 24-hourly and seasonal incremental GLCs values for CS2due to stack

emissions are given in Table 4.14 along with co-ordinates of their location.

Isopleth of maximum 24-hourly incremental GLCs values of CS2 are given in

Figure 4.13.

Highest 24 hourly GLCs value 0.39 µg/m3 for CS2 is obtained at (+) 500 m, (+)


highest seasonal GLCs value 0.06 µg/m3 for CS2is obtained at (+) 500 m,(+) 500

m at distance of 0.707 km and 45o angle from North (clockwise).


Values for CS2and Grid Point Locations


Location


GLCs for CS2 0.39 µg/m3 0.06 µg/m3



(+) 500

(+) 500,

(+) 500





Figure 4.13: Isopleths for CS2 for 24 Hourly GLCs



(ix) GLCs Value for VOC

The highest 24-hourly and seasonal incremental GLCs values for VOC due to

stack emissions are given in Table 4.15 along with co-ordinates of their

locations.Isopleth of maximum 24-hourly incremental GLCs values of VOC are


Highest 24 hourly GLCs value 0.14 µg/m3 for VOCis obtained at (+) 500 m, (+)


highest seasonal GLCs value 0.019 µg/m3 for VOC is obtained at (+) 500 m, (+)



Values for VOCand Grid Point Locations


Location


GLCs for VOC 0.14 µg/m3 0.019 µg/m3



(+) 500

(+) 500,

(+) 500





24 Hourly GLCs Values for PM, SO2, NO2, HCL,Cl2, NH3, H2s, CS2and VOC at

discrete locations at settlement in the area, where ambient air quality monitoring

was carried are given Table 4.16.

Figure 4.14: Isopleths for VOC for 24 Hourly GLCs



Table 4.16: 24 Hourly GLCs Values at Discrete Locations in The Study Area

Key

Pollutant

Hourly GLCs

Values

Project

SiteGadkhol Kansiya

Dadhal

ImamBEIL Kapodra Amboli Juna Diva

PM

24 HourlyGLCs (µg/m3)

1.06 0.15 0.08 0.11 0.12 0.15 0.03 0.25

Max

BackgroundMonitored

Values(µg/m3)

87.6 88.3 84.2 84.3 86.2 78.2 73.5 77.8

ResultantValue

(µg/m3)88.66 88.45 84.28 84.41 86.32 78.35 73.53 78.05

SO2

24 Hourly

GLCs (µg/m3)0.41779 0.11791 0.08676 0.10465 0.11563 0.1278 0.03191 0.2712

MaxBackgroundMonitored

Values(µg/m3)

28.5 23.6 22.8 22.5 27.5 19.4 14.3 13.6

ResultantValue

(µg/m3)28.92 23.72 22.89 22.60 27.62 19.53 14.33 13.87

NO2


0.78446 0.16536 0.11367 0.15077 0.16261 0.17032 0.04316 0.35271

Max

BackgroundMonitored

Values(µg/m3)

34.8 29.1 28.3 27.8 34.1 24.9 21.2 19.2

Resultant 35.58 29.27 28.41 27.95 34.26 25.07 21.24 19.55



KeyPollutant

Hourly GLCsValues

ProjectSite

Gadkhol KansiyaDadhalImam

BEIL Kapodra Amboli Juna Diva

Value (µg/m3)

HCl

24 Hourly

GLCs (µg/m3)0.00451 0.00795 0.0059 0.00852 0.01086 0.0123 0.00216 0.01873

MaxBackground

MonitoredValues

(µg/m3)

BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

ResultantValue (µg/m3)


Cl2


0.00007 0.00304 0.00261 0.00375 0.00552 0.00546 0.00097 0.00861

Max

BackgroundMonitored

Values(µg/m3)




NH3


0.00114 0.00365 0.00266 0.00405 0.00519 0.00583 0.00099 0.00864


Values

(µg/m3)

34.5 22.4 24.3 21.6 32.6 26.7 22.1 14.9


34.50114 22.40365 24.30266 21.60405 32.60519 26.70583 22.10099 14.90864

H2S24 Hourly

GLCs (µg/m3)0.00015 0.00054 0.00049 0.00071 0.00113 0.00108 0.00019 0.00167



KeyPollutant

Hourly GLCsValues

ProjectSite

Gadkhol KansiyaDadhalImam

BEIL Kapodra Amboli Juna Diva

Max

BackgroundMonitored

Values(µg/m3)




CS2


0.00189 0.00693 0.0063 0.00918 0.01453 0.01385 0.0024 0.02145


Values

(µg/m3)




VOC

24 Hourly

GLCs (µg/m3)0.00133 0.00263 0.00191 0.00287 0.00357 0.00414 0.0007 0.00613


Values(µg/m3)


ResultantValue

(µg/m3)




Since the 24-hourly predicted incremental glc values from UPL Plant after

expansion when added together with 24-hourly baseline values of Particulate

Matter, SO2 and NO2 remain below the 24-hourly ambient air quality standards of

80 µg/m3 for SO2& NO2 and 100 µg/m3 for PM10 in industrial, residential, rural

and other area. 24 Hourly GLC values forHCl, Cl2, NH3, H2S, CS2 andVOC are also

extremely low and negligible. It is important to mention that impact of existing

plant operation in terms of GLCs values has already included in baseline air

quality values monitored in the at the plant site and in the study area. Therefore,

operation of the plant after expansion will not cause any appreciable adverse

impact on ambient air quality of the study area.

Subsequently, the Seasonal incremental glc values from Unit #1 of UPL after

expansion are extremely low in comparison to monitored baseline values of

Particulate Matter, SO2 and NO2andseasonal GLC values forHCl, Cl2, NH3, H2S,

CS2 and VOC are also extremely low and below detection limits,therefore, the

operation of the Unit #1 of UPL plant after expansion will not cause any adverse

impact on ambient air quality of the area due to flue gas and process stacks.

Hence, the impact on the ambient air quality of during operation phase of Unit

#1 of UPL is as given below:

Impact Rating Ambient Air QualitySignificance and Nature of impact Negligible and AdverseDuration of impact Long termImpacted Area LocalizedLikelihood of occurrence HighSeverity of impact Slight

Mitigation Measures

During the operation phase of expansion of the Unit #1 after expansion, the

following mitigation measures are/will be taken as a part EMP for air quality:

Boilers are/will be natural gas firedand Furnace oil based in case of non-

availability of gas supply.

Height of stack with DG sets will be as per CPCB guidelines.



At proposed process stacks two stage water, water/caustic /alkali scrubbers

will be provided same.

The appropriate sized bag filters to be installed for control of particulate

matter.

Preventive and predictive maintenance for valves, pumps, flanges, to avoid

possibility of leakage and fugitive emissions.

Regular monitoring of stacks/process vents will be carried out to ensure that

concentrations of pollutants are well within the permissible limit described in

CC&A.

Usage of closed material handling system wherever possible.

Transport vehicles will be properly maintained to reduce vehicular emissions

and pollution under control certificate (PUC) will be obtained as per

regulation.

Regular maintenance of DG sets in order to control emissions.

A good housekeeping will be practiced in the plant after proposed expansion.

Development of green belt at periphery of plant area.

4.4.6 Impact on Noise Levels


During the construction phase of the proposed expansion of the Unit # 1, noise

will be generated from various sources, such as, due to use of machineries and

vehicles for transporting construction materials, hammering, metal cutting,

welding, etc. Some major sources of noise generation at the construction of the

plant site are listed below:

Noise generation during movement of vehicles carrying materials, loading &

unloading activities,

Noise generation from excavation machines, concrete mixer and other

construction machines,

Noise generation during hammering, metal cutting, welding, etc.,

Noise from the mechanical operations, like, drilling, fitting, etc. at the site.

All the above-mentionednoise sources at the proposed construction site will be

intermittent and would be experienced occasionally. It may also be noted that,



most of the construction activities will be carried out only during the daytime

only.

The expected noise levels from various construction activities are given

hereunder in Table 4.17:

Table 4.17: Typical Noise Levels of Construction Equipment& Works

Particulars Noise Levels dB(A)

Earth Movers

Front End Loaders 72-84

Tractors 76-86

Scrapers, Graders 80-93

Trucks 75-82

Material Handlers

Concrete mixers 75-88

Concrete pumps 81-88

Steel Works

Metal Cutting 78-92

Hammering 85-97

Grinding 82-91

Welding 74-81

Heavy Fabrication Work 78-95

Resultant Noise Level

The combined effect of above sources can be determined as per the following

equation:

Lp(total) = 10 log(10(Lp1/10) +10(Lp2/10) + 10(Lp3/10)+ …….)

Where: Lp1, Lp2 and Lp3 are noise pressure level at a point due to different sources

in dB(A).

For an approximate estimation of dispersion of noise in the ambient air from the

source point, a standard mathematical model for sound wave propagation is



used. The sound pressure level generated by noise sources decreases with

increasing distance from the source due to wave divergence. An additional

decrease in sound pressure level from the source is expected due to atmospheric

effect or its interaction with objects in the transmission path. The noise level

generated from a source would decrease with increase in distance from the

source because of the wave divergence.

For hemispherical sound wave propagation through homogenous loss of free

medium, noise levels at various locations can be calculated due to different

sources using model based on the first principles as per the following equation:

Lp2 = Lp1 – 20 log(r2) – 8 …………(1)

Where: Lp2 and Lp1 - Sound Pressure Level (SPLs) at points located at source

and at distances of r2 from the source respectively in dB (A)

The resultant maximum noise level for the above sources as calculated using

combined effect equation is 90 dB(A). Assuming no environmental attenuation

factors, noise modelling has been done, which shows noise level will mingle with

the baseline noise level within short distance. Noise modelling results for

construction phase have been given in Table 4.18and shown in Figure 4.15:

Table 4.18: Noise Modelling Results for Construction PhaseArea Permissible Limits

(Day Time)Distance from Source

Silence Zone 50 dB (A) 108.0 m

Residential 55 dB (A) 64.2 m

Commercial 65 dB (A) 25.8 m

Industrial 75 dB (A) 13.8 m

Figure 4.15: Attenuation of Noise from Source during Construction



The noise produced during construction phase will have temporary impacts on

the existing ambient noise levels at the project site but restricted to small

distance (maximum upto 64.2 mfor 55 dB(A)) and only during daytime. The

existing site is located within notified industrial area and no silent zones are

earmarked near by site. The nearest settlement (Ankleshwar City) is located at

1.2 KM from project site.

The impact prediction of noise levels generated during construction phase have

been carried out at nearby settlements and presented in Table 4.19:

Table 4.19: Impact Prediction of Noise Levels During Construction

Phase at Nearby Settlements

Sr.

No.

Location Distance

from Plant

(m)

Predicted

Noise

Levels

dB(A)

Monitored

Noise

Levels

(day)

dB(A)

Resultant

Noise Levels

dB(A)

1. Project Site 70 52.9 67.2 67.36

2. Gadkhol 1950 15.9 53.1 53.10

3. Kansiya 4490 16.2 54.4 54.40

4. Dadhal

Imam

4390

16.2

52.2

52.20

5. BEIL 3540 19.0 63.8 63.80

6. Kapodra 2840 18.4 54.1 54.10

7. Amboli 4960 16.1 52.8 52.80

8. Juna Diva 4390 16.2 51.6 51.60

Impact prediction given in Table 4.19indicates that impact of noise levels during

construction phase on surrounding area will be negligible. Mitigation measures to

be implemented for noise control during construction and green belt at the Unit#



1 of UPL plant will further attenuate noise levels generated from the construction

activities.



Hence, the impact on the noise levels during construction phase is as givenbelow:

Impact Rating Noise Levels

Significance and Nature of Impact Negligible and Adverse




Severity of Impact Slight

Mitigation Measures

Provision of noise isolators construction machines

Provision of silencers to modulate the noise generated by machines;

Preventive maintenance of the machine/ equipmentengaged in construction

will be carried out;

Provision of protective devices like ear muff/ plugs to the workers;

Monitoring of ambient noise levels will be carried out as per details given in

Chapter 6 or as stipulated by the CPCB/ GPCB.

B. Operation phase

During operation of the plant after expansion, boilers, DG sets, cooling tower,

multi effect evaporator, blowers, etc.may generate high noise levels.

During the EIA studies noise measurements were carried out with the plant

premises as per details given in Table 3.35 in Chapter 3.

The permissible noise exposure for the workers working at the noise sources is

listed in the following Table 4.20.

Table 4.20: Permissible Noise Exposures for Industrial WorkersExposure Time

(in hr/day)

Limit in dB

(A)

8 90

4 93



Exposure Time

(in hr/day)

Limit in dB

(A)

2 96

1 99

½ 102

¼ 105

1/8 108

1/16 111

1/32 114

Noise levels generated from various sources at the existing Unit #1 of UPL plant.

The resultant maximum noise level for the above sources as calculated using

combined effect equation is 82.8 dB(A). Assuming no environmental attenuation

factors, noise modelling has been carried out to evaluate impacts of noise

generation from UPL plant after expansion.

The impact prediction of noise levels generated during operation phase after

expansion of the UPL plant have been carried out at nearby settlements and

presented in Table 4.21:

Table 4.21: Impact Prediction of Noise Levels During Operation Phase

Sr.

No.

Location Distance

from

Plant

(m)

Predicted

Noise

Levels

dB(A)

Monitored

Noise

Levels

(day)

dB(A)

Resultant

Noise Levels

dB(A)

1. Project Site 70 45.5 67.2 67.23

2. Gadkhol 1950 8.5 53.1 53.10

3. Kansiya 4490 8.8 54.4 54.40

4. Dadhal Imam 4390 8.8 52.2 52.20

5. BEIL 3540 11.6 63.8 63.80

6. Kapodra 2840 11.0 54.1 54.10

7. Amboli 4960 8.7 52.8 52.80

8. Juna Diva 4390 8.8 51.6 51.60



Above prediction of impact on noise levels due to operation of Unit # 1 plant

after expansion on the nearby settlements is without considering environmental

attenuation, like walls, green belt, etc. which are available at the plant.

Therefore, resultant noise levels dB(A) will be much below the predicted above.

Overall impact of noise levels during operation phase after expansion will be

negligible.

Hence, the impact rating on the noise levels during operation phase is as givenbelow:

Impact Rating Noise LevelsSignificance and Nature of impact Negligible and Adverse





Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures to control noise levels during operation phase of UPL Plant

after expansion are as given below:

DG set rooms will be provided acoustic treatment to control the noise.

Ear muff and ear plugs will be provided to workers working relatively high

noise areas.

Green belt will be enhanced for the attenuation of noise pollution and to

maintain ambient noise quality within the statutory limit.

All the equipment will be designed/ operated in such a way that the noise

level shall not exceed 85 dB(A) as per the requirement of OSHA

(Occupational Safety and Health Administration).

Proper maintenance of pump, machinery, blower etc.will be ensured to

control noise levels.

4.4.7 Impact on Land Use& Aesthetics




The construction activities of the proposed expansion of the Unit #1 will be

within the existing plant. As no fresh land is required for proposed expansion,

therefore, no impact on land use & aesthetics of the study area is anticipated

and no mitigation measure is required.

B. Operation Phase

The operation of the plant after proposed expansion will have no impact on the

land use pattern, as no change in land use pattern of the study area is

anticipated..

Hence, the impact rating on landuse and aesthetics during operation phase of

the proposed expansion of the UPL plant is as given below:

Impact Rating Ambient Air Quality

Significance and Nature of Impact Negligible & Positive




Severity of Impact Low

4.4.8 Impacts due to Waste Generation


During the construction phase of the proposed expansion of the Unit#1 plant,

construction wastes, debris, metal cuttings and solid wastes, etcwill be

generated. These wastes may contaminate soil of the site, if not collected and

disposed properly.

Mitigation Measures

Wastes generated from the construction site will be collected daily and

disposed properly.

Waste bins will be placed at the construction site to disposal paper, plastic

and food wastes.

Inert debris will be disposed for filling at the site.



Metal cuttings and packing materials will be sent for recycling through scrap

dealers.

The demolished construction waste will be disposed as per Construction &

Demolition waste (Management & Handling) Rules 2016.

Hence, the impact rating of waste disposalduring the construction phase of the


Impact Rating Waste Disposal

Significance and Nature of Impact Significant

Duration of Impact Short term



Severity of Impact Minor

B. Operation Phase

During operation phase of the Unit # 1 of the UPL plant, various type of

hazardous wastes will be generated from the plant after expansion. Safe and

scientific arrangement for handling, storage and disposal of all hazardous wastes

is ensured by the UPL and same will be continued after expansion. Details of

hazardous wastes generation, category, quantities, mode of disposal for existing

plant and after proposed expansion of the plant are described in Table 2.14 of

Chapter 2.

The unit has constructed paved and covered hazardous waste storage area as

per CPCB guidelines. The same area will be used for temporary storage of

hazardous waste within plant premises.

4.4.9 Impact on Flora and Fauna


There is no wildlife sanctuary or any other sensitive area located in within 10 km

distance from the Unit #1 of UPL plant site. The land for the proposed expansion

within the existing plant, is free from trees and shrubs. The site required for

expansion will be cleared from all kind of vegetation in the form of grasses and



ground flora. However, no tree needs to be cut for the proposed plant

construction. Therefore, some loss of vegetation in the form of ground flora is

anticipated during construction phase. Construction activities may cause

deposition of dust leaves of existing green belt already grown at the

plant.However, this impact will be for short duration.The construction of

proposed expansion will not have any significant adverse impacts on the flora

and fauna.

The green belt plantation has already been carried out at the existing UPL

plant.This has positive and beneficial impact on the project in terms of flora at

the site.

Mitigation Measures

Green belt at the plant site will be enhanced by planting more saplings during

construction phase.

Spraying of water on the leaves of green belt growing the plantto remove

dust deposition.

Hence, the impact onflora and fauna during the construction phase of the


Impact Rating Flora & Fauna

Significance and Nature of Impact Insignificant



Likelihood of Occurrence Low

Severity of Impact Low

B. Operation Phase

During of operation of the existing UPL plant after expansion, there will be no

tree will be felled. At the plant 33402sqm green belt have been developed by

planting indigenous trees species. The UPL has developed in house nursery since

1993-94 and donates 1000-2000 no of saplings without charges to surrounding

area. The unit has received approval from NHAI for development of additional

green belt adjacent to compound wall of unit. The unit has signed agreement for



development of 1,82,108 sqm (45 Acres) of land with green belt from ~ 3 km

distance at survey no 611/613/614/615 & 616 located at village – Mandva. This

will improve aesthetics and have positive impact. Green belt will have positive

impacts on flora and fauna (Avi fauna) of the area as green belt provides shelter

to the faunal species and therefore, positive impact on the fauna is anticipated.

Hence, the impact on the flora and fauna during the operation phase of the

proposed expansion of Unit # 1 of UPL is as given below:

Impact Rating Flora & Fauna

Significance and Nature of Impact Minor and Positive



Likelihood of Occurrence Low

Severity of Impact Negligible

4.4.10 Socio Economic Impacts


During construction phase about 100to 120 construction workers will be

deployed for about 18 months. This will be direct beneficial impacts due to the

engagement of workers in construction activities.

The indirect beneficial impactsareanticipated due to employment opportunity for

skilled/unskilled workforce in associated activities. Contractor will employ local

workers for construction activities. Hence, no other issues like, social conflict, etc.

envisaged. As no habitation on land and hence, no displacement is required.

The relatively short-lived economic impacts are likely to be experienced in local

area for the duration of construction phase as workers will make everyday

purchases from local traders in nearby areas. This is likely to give a short-lived

stimulus to the traders that will disappear as soon as the construction is over.

Noticeable, flow-on economic impacts will be experienced in other sectors of

economy as a result of purchase of construction materials and the payment of

wages and salaries to the personnel engaged in the plant activities.



Hence, the impact on socio economic environment during the construction phase

of the proposed expansion of the UPL plant is as given below:

Impact Rating Socio economic Environment

Significance and Nature of Impact Significant Beneficial




Severity of Impact Moderate

B. Operation Phase

The operation of plant after expansion will create direct and indirect employment

opportunities during plant operation, transportation of raw materials and

transportation products as well as secondary services. The direct man power

requirement for existing Unit #1 of UPL is 941 persons. For plant operation after

expansion, additional 1105 workers will be required. Total manpower

requirement after proposed expansion will be 2046 workers. Therefore,

operation of the plant would have positive impacts on the status of job

opportunities in the study area.

Hence, the impact on socio economic impacts during the operation phase of the


Impact Rating Socio Economic Impacts

Significance and Nature of Impact Significant and Beneficial


Impacted Area Regional


Severity of Impact High

4.4.11 Impacts of the Transport of the Raw Materials and End-Products

The raw materials and finished goods will be transported through existing NH -

8. Daily tank lorries/trucks for transportation raw materials and products

approached to UPL existing plant. Details of traffic due to existing Unit # 1 plant

and after expansion are given below

Traffic Due to Existing Unit # 1 and After Proposed Expansion



Sr.No. Vehicles Movement Traffic Par Day

(Average)

I. Existing Plant

1. Truck Transporting Raw Materials 10 Trucks

2. Truck Transporting End Products 10 Trucks

3. Passenger Car 45Cars

II. After Expansion

1. Truck Transporting Raw Materials 30 Trucks

2. Truck Transporting End Products 26 Trucks

3. Passenger Car 60 Cars

4. Passenger Bus 24 Buses

The capacity of Ahmedabad-Mumbai National Highway-8 (NH-8) is 80000 PCUs

per day (3333 PCU per hr). As per traffic survey carried out on the National

Highway-8, during the study period, maximum traffic during peak traffic period is

1255 PCUs per hours, which include traffic due to existing Unit #1 of UPL also.

Capacity of existing NH-8 is sufficient for additional traffic after expansion of Unit

# 1. There is possibility of congestion on NH-8 due to proposed expansion. For

parking of trucks, cars and buses, necessary parking arrangement will be carried

within the plant after expansion. Hence, no significant impact is anticipated on

the traffic and surrounding environment due to transportation of raw materials

and end products from the Unit #1 of UPL after expansion.

4.5 Impact Evaluation

The evaluation of the impacts on the environment of the existing and proposed

activities for expansion of Unit #1 of UPL, both in terms of quality & quantity

have been carried. For quantification of impacts, matrix system as modified to

some extent has been used as given below:

The criteria adopted for rating the impacts are the following:

The magnitude of each impact has been rated on the scale of 1 to 5

Very High Impact = 5



High Impact = 4

Moderate Impact = 3

Less Impact = 2

Very Less Impact = 1

For importance of each impact, area has been rated on the scale of 1 to 3

Very Important = 3

Moderately Important = 2

Less important = 1

Ranking Criteria

Keeping in view, six major activities having an impact on the environment and

considering seven major impact areas (as shown in Tables below) the criteria for

overall ranking is developed as follows:

Total Score, if

Above 600 the proposed project is having Very High Adverse Impact

300 - 600 the proposed project is having Moderate Adverse Impact

100 – 300 the proposed project is having Less Adverse Impact

Below 100 the proposed project is having Very Less Adverse Impact

Based on the criteria for rating the impacts, the weighted impacts are given

below in Table 4.22 and Table 4.23. In this weighted impact table, the entries

are presented in the form x,y,t, where x denotes the magnitude of the impact

and y denotes the importance of the impact while T denotes the impact rating.

The weighted impact without mitigation measures due to the proposed

expansion of UPL plant are quantified as 310 and, the weighted impact with

mitigation measures due to the proposed expansion of UPL plant are quantified

as 204. After implementation of all the mitigation measures proposed expansion

of Unit #1 of UPL plant can be considered as Less Adverse Impact on the basis

of rating criteria.





Table 4.22: Weighted Impacts without Mitigation Measures (Matrix Method)Sr.No.

PotentialImpact Area

Construction Phase Operation Phase TotalExcavation,Movement ofequipment,Civil Works,Workers,Mobilization

Vehicularmovement fortransportation, materialsandequipment.

Heavyfabricationwork, erectionandCommissioning

Operation ofequipment forproduction ofpesticides

Operation ofReactors andraw materialshandling,storage andcharging

Condensation, Distillation,Filtration,Washings,Drying, etc.

Storage andDispatch ofProducts

Utilities likeBoilers, DGSets, CoolingTower,Compressor,Pumps,Blowers etc.

X Y T X Y T X Y T X Y T X Y T X Y T X Y T X Y T

1. Air 4 2 8 4 3 12 3 2 6 4 4 16 3 3 9 4 2 8 2 1 2 3 3 9

2. Water 2 2 4 1 1 1 2 2 4 4 4 16 4 3 12 4 4 16 4 2 8 4 3 12

3. Land 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 4

4. Noise 3 3 9 3 3 9 3 4 12 3 3 9 3 2 6 3 2 6 2 1 2 3 2 6

5. Vegetation 2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

6. Socio-

Economic2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 4 2 2 4

7. Aesthetic

Value3 2 6 1 1 1 3 2 6 2 2 4 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 4 2 2 4

Total 39 32 37 54 35 38 25 40 300



Table 4.23: Weighted Impacts with Mitigation Measures (Matrix method)Sr.No.

PotentialImpact Area

Construction Phase Operation Phase Total

Excavation,Movement ofequipment,Civil Works,Workers,Mobilization

Vehicularmovementfortransportation, materialsandequipment.

Heavyfabricationwork, erectionandCommissioning

Operation ofequipment forproduction ofpesticide

Operation ofReactors andraw materialshandling,storage andcharging

Condensation,Distillation,Filtration,Washings,Drying, etc.

Utilities likeBoilers, DGSets, CoolingTower,Compressor,Pumps,Blowers etc.

Storage andDispatch ofProducts

X Y T X Y T X Y T X Y T X Y T X Y T X Y T X Y T

1 Air 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 4 3 3 9 3 2 6 3 2 6 2 1 2 3 2 6

2 Water 2 2 4 1 1 1 2 2 4 3 2 6 3 2 6 3 2 6 1 1 1 3 2 6

3 Land 2 2 4 2 1 2 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 1 2 2 2 4

4 Noise 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 4 3 2 6 3 2 6 2 1 2 3 2 6

5 Vegetation 2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

6 Socio-

Economic2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 4 2 2 4

7 Aesthetic

Value2 2 4 1 1 1 3 2 6 2 2 4 2 1 2 3 1 3 2 2 4 2 2 4

Total 28 17 27 32 26 27 16 31 204



Chapter 5

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.1 Introduction

The Unit # 1 of UPL Limited is engaged in manufacturing of pesticides products like

Mancozeb, Maneb, Zineb, Ziram, Antracol, Monocrotophos, Dichlorvos (DDVP),

Flonicamide (IKI 1145), Tebuconazole, Sulfosulfuran (SF 10), Acifluorfen (ACF) and

pesticideintermediates like Tri Methyl Phosphite (TMP), Tri Ethyl Phosphite (TEP), and

solid / liquid Formulation Products. The unit had obtained Environmental Clearances for

pesticides & intermediate Chemicals and obtained valid Consent to operate from Gujarat

Pollution Control Board with product mix change without increase in pollution load.

The UPL now plans to expand the manufacturing capacity of existing products of

pesticide technical grade, intermediate products and solid / liquid formulations and also

plans to add new products namely, Karphos Technical, Metalaxyl Technical, Imazapic

Technical as Pesticides technical, Amino Aceto Nitrile Sulphate (AANS) as Intermediate

Products and Iris Acifluorfen formulation 04 as liquid formulation product.

The proposed expansion will be based on advanced process technologies. The plant

after expansion will also be equipped with the most efficient auxiliary sub systems,

material handling facilities and pollution control equipment. UPL is having its own R&D

Division and technologies for manufacture of different pesticides and intermediates.

5.2 Project Alternatives

5.2.1 Without Project Alternative

Without project alternative scenariois considered to be less advantageous in view

of increasing demand of pesticide products and need of employment

opportunities in the area and region.



5.2.2 With Project Alternative

With project scenario is more advantageous and beneficial as it will not only

contribute to fill the gap in the demand and supply of pesticide products but also

create direct and indirect employment opportunities in the area and region. With

the project option, some adverse environmental impacts are anticipated, which

will be mitigated through the implementation of required mitigation measures

and environmental management plan (EMP).

5.3 Alternatives for Site

The proposed expansion of the UPL plant will be located on the land available

within the existing plant in GIDC Industrial Notified Area at Ankleshwar. As

necessary infrastructure, skill and land are available for proposed expansion of

the existing plant, alternative site is not required to consider.

5.4 Alternatives for Resource Optimization/ Recycling and Reuse

After expansion of Unit#1 of UPL Plant, the following resource

optimization,recycling and reuse cleaner production measures will be adopted,

which will have considerable environment benefits in terms of:

Energy Conservation – Reduced power requirement

Natural Gas fired Boilers

Heat recovery units for boiler flues gases.

Used Oil generated from the maintenance of DG sets will handed over to

CPCB authorized used oil recyclers.

High TDS Mother liquor will be evaporated in multi effect evaporators (MEE)

and salt proposed to be generated from evaporation will be sent to Common

Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility and Incineration Facility of BIEL for

landfilling for landfilling

At process stacks, bag filters HCl scrubber followed by water scrubber, bag

filter & wet scrubber (HYPO), cyclone & water + venturi scrubber, alkali



scrubber, bag filter, water scrubber (packed column) stacks water and alkali

scrubbers have been provided.

Solvents are recovered above 95 % and will continue after expansion.

Installation of sewage treatment plant for recycle and reuse of treated

domestic waste waterin process/ cooling/plantation.

Utilization of Reverse Osmosis Plant.



Chapter 6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

6.1 Introduction

Environmental monitoring plan will ascertain efficacy of implemented mitigation

measures to mitigate adverse environmental impacts of the proposed expansion

of existing Unit # 1 of UPL. To ensure effective implementation of the mitigation

measures and environmental management plan during the construction and

operation phases of the proposed expansion, it is essential that an effective

environmental monitoring plan must be designed and followed.

The objective of carrying out environmental monitoring for the proposed

expansion of existing Unit # 1 is given below:

To provide a database against which any short or long term environmental

impacts of the proposed expansion can be determined.

To provide an early indication that any of the environmental control measures

fail to achieve the acceptable standards.

To monitor the performance of the proposed expansion and effectiveness of

implemented mitigation measures.

To verify the effectiveness of environmental management measures during

the EIA study.

To determine project compliance with regulatory requirement, standards and

government policies.

To submit six monthly Environmental Clearance conditions compliance reports

to Regional Office of MoEF&CC& state pollution control board on monthly

basis.

Environmental monitoring plan for various environmental parameters for the

proposed expansion is described below:



6.2 Environmental Monitoring Parameters

Environmental Management Cell (EMC) is already in the function at the Unit # 1

of UPL to ensure proper implementation of mitigation measures/EMP at the

existing plant. After expansion of the plant, infrastructure of Environmental

Management Cell will be enhanced. Environmental Management Cell will ensure

monitoring of the following environmental parameters:

A. Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring& Work Place Monitoring

Ambient air quality will be monitored twice a week internallyat the plant for

Particulate Matter (PM), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Oxide (NO2), Hydrogen

Chloride gas (HCl), Chlorine (Cl2), Ammonia (NH3), Hydrogen Sulf ide (H2S),

Carbon Disulfide (CS2)andVolatile Organic Compounds (VOC).A MoEF&CC or

NABL accredited laboratory will be engaged to monitor ambient air quality at the

plant. The work place monitoring will be conducted at different plant areas for

fugitive emissions of different gas compositions and VOCs. The parameters of

workplace monitoring are Ammonia, Chlorine and CS2. The monitored results will

be submitted to MoEF&CC along with half yearly compliance monitoring report.

B. Stack Emissions Monitoring

Natural Gas (Furnace oil as start-up fuel) fired Boilers and DG sets will be major

sources of particulate matter, SO2 and NOxwhile from process vents/stacks

Particulate Matter (PM), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Hydrogen Chloride gas (HCl),

Chlorine (Cl2), Ammonia (NH3), Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S), Carbon Disulfide

(CS2)and Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC)will be emitted in fraction. Monthly

stack monitoring of Particulate Matter (PM), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen

Oxide (NO2), Hydrogen Chloride gas (HCl), Chlorine (Cl2), Ammonia (NH3),

Hydrogen Sulf ide (H2S), Carbon Disulf ide (CS2)and Volatile Organic Compounds

(VOC)concentrations in emissions of the flue gas stacks and process vents will be

carried out as applicable rules by engaging NABL approved laboratory.



C. Water Quality Monitoring

The sampling and analysis of ground water / GIDC supplied-water quality will be

carried out six monthly at the plant in accordance with the Indian Standard

Drinking Water Specification - IS 10500:2012 by engaging NABL approved

laboratory.

D. Waste Water Quality Monitoring

During operation of plant after expansion, treated waste water will be analyzed

monthly by engaging NABL approved laboratory and daily by internal laboratory.

The parameters analyzed in treated waste water are pH, Total Suspended Solid,

Total Dissolved Solids, BOD (3 days), COD, Oil & Grease, Phenol & Phenolic

Compounds as C6H5OH, Phosphate, Sulphur, Toxicity Factor (Tf), etc., as per

CC&A conditions by GPCB for the plant after expansion. In addition, continuous

monitoring is done for TOC, TN, COD, BOD, AN, TSS andpH.

E. Noise Levels Monitoring

The measurement of noise levelswill be carried out at the boundaries of the plant

after expansion in accordance to the ambient noise standards formulated by

Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC). Noise levels

would be monitored on hourly basis for twenty-four hours once in three months.

Occupational noise levels will also be monitored at 1 m from DG sets, boilers,

blowers, dispatch area, shop floor areas, etc.

F. Soil Quality

During operation phases of the expansion of the existing plant, soil may be

contaminated if suitable mitigation measures are not taken for disposal of solid &

hazardous wastes, sewage and waste water generated from the plant.

Therefore, composite samples of soil will be collected and analyzed six monthly

by engaging NABL approved laboratory during operation phase of the plant.

Parameters for soil analysis will be particle size distribution, texture, pH,



electrical conductivity, nitrogen, phosphorous, sulphur,caution exchange

capacity, alkali metals, Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR), permeability andporosity.

G. Occupational Health Check-up

Occupational health checkup, especially for diseases of eye, ear, lung, BCA Test

and chest for the workers and staff who work in the hazardous area at theplant

area will be carried out annually. If any abnormalities found after occupational

health checkup, person will be provided extended treatment at nearby hospital

depending upon on the type and severity of the health effect.

6.3 Environmental Monitoring Procedure During Emergency

The Unit #1 of UPL has necessary instruments, laboratory facilities and

technicians for monitoring of stack emissions, ambient air quality and work place

monitoring in an unlikely event of emergency situation due to problem in air

pollution control equipment, fugitive emissions of pollutants due of accidental

spillage of hazardous materials, etc. The details of emergency preparedness is

covered in emergency preparedness plan of Unit #1 of UPL.

6.4 Environmental Monitoring Plan with Cost Estimates

For construction and operation phases of the proposed expansion of Unit # 1 of

UPL plant, monitoring plan is given in Table 6.1 and Table 6.2with frequency

of monitoring and cost estimates.

6.5 Budget for Implementation of Environmental Monitoring Plan

The cost of monitoring plan for construction phase (12 months) of the proposed

expansion is estimated asRs.1,60,000/- while for operation phase cost of

monitoring plan is estimated as Rs.11,73,200/-. During operation phase

environmental monitoring will be carried out every year.Fresh budget will be

allocated every year for environmental monitoring.

EIA/EMP Report for Capacity Expansion of Manufacturing Capacity of Existing Products and Manufacturing ofNew Pesticides, Intermediate Chemicals (Unit # 1), Plot No.- 117/118, Notified Industrial Estate, GIDC,Ankleshwar (Gujarat)


Table 6.1: Environmental Monitoring Plan during Construction Phase

Attribute Location Parameter Frequency Cost Estimates in

Indian Rupees

Ambient Air At construction site

within the plant and

Plant Gate

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2

andCO

Monthly,

externally

120000

Ambient

Noise

At construction site

within the plant and

Plant Gate

Equivalent noise level

dB(A).

Quarterly 40000

Monitoring Cost for Construction Phase 160000

Table 6.2: Environmental Monitoring Plan during Operation Phase


Indian Rupees

(for One year)

Ambient Air At plant site and Gate Particulate Matter (PM2.5 and

PM10), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2),

Nitrogen Oxide (NO2),

Hydrogen Chloride gas (HCl),

Chlorine (Cl2), Ammonia (NH3),

Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S),

Carbon Disulfide (CS2)and

Volatile Organic Compounds

(VOC)

Monthly 240000

Stack

Emissions

Flue gas stacks of

Boilers and DG sets

Particulate matter, SO2 and

NO2and CO

Monthly 150000




Indian Rupees

(for One year)

Process

Emissions

Process vents/stacks

after scrubbers

Particulate Matter, Hydrogen

Chloride gas (HCl), Chlorine

(Cl2), Ammonia (NH3),

Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S),

Carbon Disulfide (CS2)and

Volatile Organic Compounds

(VOC)

Monthly 217200

Ambient

Noise

At the plant Equivalent noise level dB(A). Six Monthly 24000

GIDC

supplied-

water

At the plant As parameters mentioned in IS

10500:2012

Six Monthly 20000

Treated

Waste Water

Out let of ETP pH, TSS, TDS, BOD (3 days),

COD, Ammonical Nitrogen,

TOC, Oil & Grease, Phenol &

Phenolic Compounds as

C6H5OH, Phosphate, Sulphur

and Toxicity Factor (Tf)

Daily by

internal

laboratory and

monthly by

external

laboratory

36000

Soil Composite Sample at

the Plant

Soil particle size distribution,

texture, pH, Electrical

Conductivity, Nitrogen,

Phosphorous, Sulphur, Caution

exchange capacity, Alkali

Six Monthly 20000




Indian Rupees

(for One year)

metals, Sodium Absorption

Ratio (SAR),Permeability and

Porosity

Occupational

Noise

At DG sets, Boilers,

blowers, dispatch

area, shop floor areas,

etc.

Noise Level dB(A) Six Monthly 30000

Occupational

Health

Health Check-up As prescribed by Occupational

Health Officer/ Medical

Practitioner/ As per the

prescribed norms

Annually 1000000

Monitoring Cost for Operation Phase 1173200

Note: Monitoring parameters and frequency may be changed as per Environmental Clearance conditions


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd .7 - 1

Chapter 7

ADDITIONAL STUDY

(RISK ASSESSMENT& DASASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN)

7.1 Introduction

UPL Limited, Unit#1 is engaged in manufacturing of various Technical

grade Pesticides, intermediates chemicals and pesticide formulation

products. For manufacturing of various pesticides, flammable, explosive

and toxic hazardous raw materials are stored at the plant. After expansion

of existing Unit#1, additional hazardous chemicals will need to be handled

and stored at the plant. UPL has adopted required safety and risk

mitigation measures, to minimise risk and enhance safety at the plant.

However, in an unlikely event of accidental release of hazardous chemicals

at the plant, it can pose threat to personnel, plant/equipment,

machineries and surrounding environment. Hence, hazard identification,

consequence analysis of maximum credible release/failure scenarios and

risk assessment is essential to ensure efficacy of implemented risk

mitigation measures and to implement additional risk mitigation measures

during proposed expansion of Unit #1.

7.2 Hazard Identification

Hazard is defined as a chemical or physical condition that has the

potential for causing damage to people, property and/or the environment.

Hazard identification is the first step in thequantitative risk analysisand

entails the process of collecting information on:

The types and quantities of hazardous substances stored, handled and

used in the location;

The location of storage tanks & other facilities.

Potential hazards associated with the spillage and release of hazardous

chemicals.



The starting point of the quantitative risk analysis study is the

identification of hazards and selection of scenarios that are then

addressed for further analysis.

7.3 Bulk Storage of Hazardous Chemicals at the Plant

UPL is storingand handling numbers of hazardous chemicals at the

existing plant. After expansion, in addition to existing hazardous

chemicals, quite a few new hazardous chemicals will also be stored. At the

existing plant, some hazardous materials are stored in bulk quantity in

tanks and tonners while other hazardous materials are stored in MS

tank/Tonners, fibre drum and bags. Details of hazardous chemical name,

quantity existing /maximum storage capacity (existing), place of

storage/storage mode, proposed quantities after expansion, type of

hazards, control measures provided storage made, requirement and

maximum storage are given in Table 7.1.The UPL has taken necessary

safety measures at the plant as per Manufacture,Storage and Import of

Hazardous Chemical(Amendment) Rules, 2000.

7.3.1 Hazard Associated with Hazardous Materials Stored at The Plant

The existing plant is engaged in handling and storage of various

flammable and toxic hazardous materials. After proposed expansion of

existing plant, some additional hazardous materials will also be stored and

handled at the plant. Details of hazardous materials, physical state,

physical and fire and toxicity properties of hazardous materials are given

in Table 7.2. Hazardous characteristic, storage mode and type of

hazards (as per NFPA) of the hazardous materials at the plant are given in

Table 7.3.



Table 7.1: Details of Bulk Storage of Hazardous Chemicals at Unit # 1 of UPL After ExpansionSr.No

Name ofHazardousSubstances

QuantityExisting

/Maximum

StorageCapacity(Existing)

Place ofstorage/Storage

Mode

AdditionalQuantity

After

Expansion

ProposedQuantities

after

Expansion

Type ofHazards

Control Measures Provided

I. Existing Plant

1. Methyl Chloride 28 Tonnersin MeCl Plant

MeCl Storageyard, storedin Tonner

12 Tonners 40 Tonners Toxic Gas,Fire &Explosion

Airline mask provided Firehydrant &Fire ExtinguishersSafety kit to handle leakagetonners

2. Methanol 100 KLUnderGroundStorage

tanks

Methanolstorage Nr.TMP PLANT,

stored in

Tank

100 Kl 200 Kl FlammableandExplosive

Isolated storage area,restricted vehicle entry withoutmuffler, Flame proof electricalequipment, sand buckets,

Portable and fixed typefirefighting facility with AFFFfoam compound with foammonitors, earthing and static

charge release facility, Permitto work procedure followed.

3. TrimethylPhosphite

220 MT Stored intanks atstorage tankfarm area withnitrogenblanketing,

stored in Tank

200 MT 300 MT Fire due tospark &Explosion

Isolated storage area,restricted vehicle entry withoutmuffler, Flame proof electricalequipment, sand buckets,Portable and fixed type firefighting facility with AFFF foam

compound with foam monitors,earthing and static chargerelease facility, Permit to work



Sr.No


QuantityExisting

/MaximumStorage

Capacity(Existing)


Mode

AdditionalQuantity

AfterExpansion

ProposedQuantities

afterExpansion

Type ofHazards


procedure followed.

4. AnhydrousAmmonia

32 Tons (04StorageTanks of 08MT capacity)

AST1/ AST2Nr. TMP plantand AST3/AST4 OPP.

MCP drumyard, storedin Tank

14 MT 46 MT Explosiondue tospark, toxicrelease due

to spill &leakage

Level indicator, Safety reliefvalves, bullets tanks are indyke wall, one bullet is keptempty to transfer in

emergency, water sprinklers,spillage contaminants diversionto ETP, safety shower, eyewash fountain, static jumpers,

PPE, online sensors &emergency fire fighting facilityprocured.

5. DEA 2 MT 200 Kg MSdrums nearTMP Tankplant, storedin Tank

1 MT 3 MT Fire due tospark

Portable & fixed type firefighting facility, stored in flameproof area, spill containmentdiversion to ETP, Safetyshower, eye wash fountain,

PPE provided.

6. Heavy NormalParafin

80 KL instorage tank

Stored instorage tankin TMP plant,

stored inTank

20 MT 100 Kl Fire due tospark

Level indicator, Safety reliefvalves, bullets tanks are indyke wall, water sprinklers,

spillage contaminants diversionto ETP, safety shower, eyewash fountain, static jumpers,



Sr.No


QuantityExisting

/MaximumStorage

Capacity(Existing)


Mode

AdditionalQuantity

AfterExpansion

ProposedQuantities

afterExpansion

Type ofHazards


PPE & emergency firefightingfacility procured.

7. EDA 45 KL MnZ Plant,stored inTank

0 45 Kl Fire &Toxicrelease

Level indicator, Safety reliefvalves, bullets tanks are indyke wall, water sprinklers,spillage contaminants diversion

to ETP, safety shower, eyewash fountain, static jumpers,PPE & emergency firefightingfacility procured.

8. CarbonDisulphide

15 Kl MnZ Plant,stored inTank

6 Kl 21 Kl Toxic gasrelease dueto spill &leak, Firedue tospark orExplosion

Storage under-water, Levelindicator, Safety relief valves,bullets tanks are in dyke wall,water sprinklers, spillagecontaminants diversion to ETP,safety shower, eye washfountain, static jumpers, PPE &emergency firefighting facility

procured., Storage tanks areunder water.

9. HSD / Diesel 131 Kl Tank farm,stored in

Tank

39 Kl 170 Kl Fire,Explosion

Level indicator, Safety reliefvalves, bullets tanks are in

dyke wall, water sprinklers,spillage contaminants diversionto ETP, safety shower, eye



Sr.No


QuantityExisting

/MaximumStorage

Capacity(Existing)


Mode

AdditionalQuantity

AfterExpansion

ProposedQuantities

afterExpansion

Type ofHazards


wash fountain, static jumpers,PPE & emergency firefighting

facility procured.

10. Furnace Oil 178 KL Opp.to BoilerHouse,stored inTank

52 Kl 230 Kl Fire,Explosion

Level indicator, Safety reliefvalves, bullets tanks are indyke wall, water sprinklers,spillage contaminants diversionto ETP, safety shower, eyewash fountain, static jumpers,PPE & emergency fire fighting

facility procured.

11. EthyleneDichloride

25 MT Storage invertical tankin MCP,

stored inTank

11.75 MT 36.75 MT Fire,Explosion


spillage contaminants diversionto ETP, safety shower, eyewash fountain, static jumpers,PPE & emergency fire fightingfacility procured.

12. Cyclohexanone 50 Kl Behind DG.House,stored in

Tank

20 Kl 70 Kl Fire,Explosion,toxic

release dueto Spill &Leakage


spillage contaminants diversionto ETP, safety shower, eyewash fountain, static jumpers,



Sr.No


QuantityExisting

/MaximumStorage

Capacity(Existing)


Mode

AdditionalQuantity

AfterExpansion

ProposedQuantities

afterExpansion

Type ofHazards


PPE & emergency fire fightingfacility procured.

13. Propylenediamine

60 KL Tank farm,stored inTank

20 Kl 80 Kl Fire,Explosion,ToxicRelease

due to Spill& Leakage

Level indicator, Safety reliefvalves, bullets tanks are indyke wall, water sprinklers,spillage contaminants diversion

to ETP, safety shower, eyewash fountain, static jumpers,PPE & emergency fire fightingfacility procured.

14. Chlorine 22 Tonnersin Cl2 storageyard PCl3plant

ChlorineStorage yardin Tank

19 Tonners 41 Tonner Toxic /Corrosive

Isolated storage area, CausticSol. Pit to absorb Cl2, of onetonner dyked handling area,Cl2 - Kit, SBA Set, Airline Mask,provided in storage area, Cl2sensors are provided, CausticScrubber

15. Phosphorus

Trichloride

270 Tons Stored in

storage tanksof PCl3 plant,in Tank

110 Tons 380 Tons Toxic /

Corrosive

one tank kept empty, level

indicator, Vent connected toscrubber, dyke wall, safetyshower, eye wash fountain, Nomanual handling, Flame proof

electrical fittings provided.



Sr.No


QuantityExisting

/MaximumStorage

Capacity(Existing)


Mode

AdditionalQuantity

AfterExpansion

ProposedQuantities

afterExpansion

Type ofHazards


16. HydrochloricAcid

25 Tons atNH3 Plant

Intermediatestorage tanks

In NH3 Plant,stored inTank

167 Tons 192 Tons Corrosive,Toxic

release incase ofleaked &

Spill

Level indicator for overflow,Stored in HDPE tanks, PPE,

spill containment, diversion toETP, acid proof brick liningaround tanks, safety shower,

eye wash fountain, No manualhandling allowed.

17. Caustic lye 15 KL in NH3

and 30 KL inMNZ Plant

Intermediatestorage tank,stored inTank

27 Kl 72 Kl Corrosive,corrosivedue to leak& Spill

Level indicator for over flow,PPE, safety shower, eye washfountain, Spill containmentdiversion to ETP, ventprovided.

18. Monomethyl

AcetoAcete-Amide

50 Tons Intermediate

tanks & inHDPE rums.,stored inTank

50 Tons 100 Tons Toxic gas

release incase of spill/ leak

Stored in well ventilated area,

Personal protective equipment,Eye wash fountain provided

19. Monocrotophos(MCP)

68 Tons Stored in 200Kg drums &Kept in MCPDrum Yard,stored in Tank

27 Tons 95 Tons Toxic gasrelease dueto spill &leak, Firedue tospark

Respiration protection and PPEwearing ensured, fire fightingfacility provided, safetyshower, eye wash fountain,direct exposure is avoided.

20. 20 % Aqu.,Ammonia Sol.

116 KL In NH3 Plant02 storage

44 Kl 160 Kl Toxic gasRelease in

Stord in storage tanks withDyke wall enclosure, direct



Sr.No


QuantityExisting

/MaximumStorage

Capacity(Existing)


Mode

AdditionalQuantity

AfterExpansion

ProposedQuantities

afterExpansion

Type ofHazards


tanks, storedin Tank

case of spill/ Leak

exposure avoided, PPEprovided, Flame proof fittings,

Fire Hydrant, foam pouring,Fire extinguisher, Safetyshower, eye wash fountain,

Level indicator, Emergencytank provided.

21. MnSO4 soln. 25 KL MnZ Plant,stored inTank

35 Kl Fire &Toxic

Release

Stord in storage tanks withDyke wall enclosure, directexposure avoided, PPEprovided, Flame proof fittings,Fire Hydrant, foam pouring,Fire extinguisher, Safety

shower, eye wash fountain,Level indicator, Emergencytank provided

22. TFAC (TRI-

FloroAcetyleChloride)

40 tonners in

TFAC storageyard -PCL3plant

TFAC storage

Yard, storedin Tank

16 Tonners 56 Tonners Toxic /

Corrosive

Isolated storage area, Caustic

Sol. Pit to absorb TFAC, of onetonner dyked handling area,TFAC - Kit, SCBA Set, Air lineMask, provided in storagearea.

23. Toluene 15 KL MCP Plant,stored inTank

41 Kl 56 Kl Fire &Toxic

Release

Stord in storage tanks withDyke wall enclosure, directexposure avoided, PPE



Sr.No


QuantityExisting

/MaximumStorage

Capacity(Existing)


Mode

AdditionalQuantity

AfterExpansion

ProposedQuantities

afterExpansion

Type ofHazards


provided, Flame proof fittings,Fire Hydrant, foam pouring,

Fire extinguisher, Safetyshower, eye wash fountain,Level indicator, Emergency

tank provided.24. Thionyl Chloride 5 KL MCP Plant,

stored inTank


Release

Stord in storage tanks withDyke wall enclosure, directexposure avoided, PPEprovided, Flame proof fittings,Fire Hydrant, foam pouring,Fire extinguisher, Safetyshower, eye wash fountain,

Level indicator, Emergencytank provided.

25. Pyridine 7 KL MCP Plant,stored in

Tank


Release

Isolated area, flame arrestoron ventline, flame proof fitting,

earthing &bonding, sparkarrestor in vehicle,Fire Extinguisher, fire hydrantsystem,foam firefightingfacilities, sandbuckets, digitalLT, Interlock with tanklevel,dyke wall enclosure



Sr.No


QuantityExisting

/MaximumStorage

Capacity(Existing)


Mode

AdditionalQuantity

AfterExpansion

ProposedQuantities

afterExpansion

Type ofHazards


26. MDC 25 Kl Tank farmarea of IKI

Plant, storedin Tank


Release

Isolated area, flame arrestoron ventline, flame proof fitting,

earthing &bonding, sparkarrestor in vehicle,FireExtinguisher, fire hydrant

system,foam firefightingfacilities, sandbuckets, digitalLT, Interlock with tanklevel,dyke wall enclosure

27. Methanol 15 KL Tank farmarea of IKIPlant, storedin Tank

6 Kl 21 KL Fire flame arrestor on vent line,flame prooffitting, earthing &bonding, sparkarrestor invehicle, Fire Extinguisher,fire

hydrant system, foam firefightingfacilities, sand buckets,digital LT withinterlock, dykewall enclosure.

28. H2SO4 15 KL Tank farmarea of IKIPlant, storedin Tank

5 Kl 20 KL Corrosive Isolated area, flame prooffitting,earthing & bonding,spark arrestor invehicle, FireExtinguisher, firehydrantsystem, sand buckets,digital LT,Interlock with tanklevel, acidresistance bricks,dyke wall enclosure



Sr.No


QuantityExisting

/MaximumStorage

Capacity(Existing)


Mode

AdditionalQuantity

AfterExpansion

ProposedQuantities

afterExpansion

Type ofHazards


29. Antracol 2400 MT AntracolPlant, in Bags

0 2400 MT Toxic Isolated area, flame prooffitting,earthing & bonding,

spark arrestor invehicle, FireExtinguisher, firehydrantsystem, sand buckets

II. After Expansion (NewStorages)

1.Dimethyl Aniline

--Tank 25 MT

Flammable Ground all equipment, usePPE, wear suitable respiratory.

2.

Hexane

--

Tank 4.5 MT

Flammable Isolated storage area, Flameproof electrical equipment,Portable and fixed typefirefighting facility with AFFF

foam compound with foammonitors, earthing and staticcharge release facility, Permitto work procedure followed.

3.

Ethylene DiChoride

--

Tank 1.75 MT

Flammable Isolated storage area, Flameproof electrical equipment,Portable and fixed typefirefighting facility with AFFFfoam compound with foammonitors, earthing and staticcharge release facility, Permitto work procedure followed.



Sr.No


QuantityExisting

/MaximumStorage

Capacity(Existing)


Mode

AdditionalQuantity

AfterExpansion

ProposedQuantities

afterExpansion

Type ofHazards


4.

Acetone

--

Tank 1.33 MT

Flammable Isolated storage area, Flameproof electrical equipment,

Portable and fixed typefirefighting facility with AFFFfoam compound with foam

monitors, earthing and staticcharge release facility, Permitto work procedure followed.

5.Di Ethyl ChloroPhosphate

--

Tank 10 MT

Toxic PPE, safety shower, eye washfountain, Spill containmentdiversion to ETP, ventprovided.

6.

OrthophosphoricAcid

--

Tank /Drum 0.45 kl

Corrosive PPE, safety shower, eye wash

fountain, Spill containmentdiversion to ETP, ventprovided.

7.

Formaldehyde

--

Tank 48 MT

Flammable/

Toxic

Isolated area, flame proof

fitting,earthing & bonding,spark arrestor invehicle, Fire Extinguisher, firehydrantsystem, sand buckets

8. Hydroquinone -- Drum 54 MT Flammable,Explosive,

Toxicrelease due

Isolated storage area,restricted vehicle entry withoutmuffler, Flame proof electricalequipment, sand buckets,



Sr.No


QuantityExisting

/MaximumStorage

Capacity(Existing)


Mode

AdditionalQuantity

AfterExpansion

ProposedQuantities

afterExpansion

Type ofHazards


to spillage Portable and fixed typefirefighting facility with AFFF

foam



7.3.2 Hazardous Conditions

An accidental release of hazardous materials from barrels, cylinders,

tonners or tanks or piping would result in formation of fixed or spreading

pool. In case of immediate ignition of flammable hazardous materials, a

pool fire will result, while delayed ignition may result in explosion or flash

fire, if quantity of explosive mass is sufficient and some confinement is

present.

7.4 Accidental Release Scenarios for Consequence Analysis

The existing pesticides plant is dealing with many hazardous chemicals as

described above. Dykes have been provided around the tanks for full

containment. Subsequently, their consequence will be confined within

short distances in the form of thermal radiation. In the event of release of

toxic gases like chlorine, Ammonia, etc consequence may be off site as

toxic cloud will be moved towards wind direction. Accidental release

scenarios have been selected for consequence analysis.For selection of

maximum credible accident scenarios following methodology have been

adopted:


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd.7 - 16

Table 7.2: Physical State, Physical and Fire and Toxicity Properties of Hazardous&Non-Hazardous Raw

Materials

Sn. Hazardous Materials

/ Non-Hazardous

Materials

CAS

Numbers

Physical

State

Physical and Fire Hazard Properties Toxicity Sp

gr.

V.D.

B.P.

(˚C)

F.P.

(oC)

LEL

%

UEL

%

Auto.

Temp.

˚C

LC-50

(Inhl)

mg/l

LD-50

(O)

mg/kg

LD-50

(D)

mg/kg

1. 2-Amino-2,3-Dimethyl-

Butyramide

40963-14-2 Solid 242.7 100.6 NA NA NA NA NA NA 1.0 0.5

2. 2-Chlorobenzoic Acid 118-91-2 Solid NA 173 NA NA NA NA 501 NA 1.544 NA

3. 4 Hexyl Benzoyl Chloride 39849-71-3 Liquid 213 113 NA NA NA NA NA NA 1.081 NA

4. Aceto Amino Nitrile

Sulphate

5466-22-8 Solid 118 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

5. Antracol 8067-60-5 Solid NA NA NA NA NA 5.04 3708 5000 NA NA

6. Acetone 67-64-1 Liquid 56.2 -20 2.6 12.8 464 44000 5800 NA 0.79 2

7. Acifluorfen 50594-66-6 Solid 142 99 NA NA NA 33 4790 3250 1.546 0.133

8. Adenosine Diphosphate 58-64-0 Solid NA NA NA NA NA NA 3.33 NA 2.49 NA

9. 20 % Aqueous Ammonia 1336-21-6 Liquid 38 NA NA NA NA NA 350 NA 0.9 2.25

10. Ammonia Anhydrous 7664-41-7 Gas -2.2 NA 16 25 651 NA 350 NA 0.9 0.59

11. Ammonium Acetate 631-61-8 Solid NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 1.073 NA

12. Ammonium Ligno

Sulphate

66071-92-9 Solid NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 0.532 1.2

13. Butyl Cellosolve 111-76-2 Liquid 171 67 1.3 10.6 230 NA 1400 2000 0.9 NA

14. Butyric Acid 107-92-6 Solid 163.5 71.7 2 10 452 NA 2000 530 0.959 3.04

15. Calcium Ligno Sulphate 8061-51-6 Solid NA NA NA NA NA NA 6030 NA NA NA

16. Carbon Di Sulphide 75-15-0 Liquid 46.3 -32 1.3 50 90 NA 3188 NA 1.263 2.63

17. Chloral 7681-52-9 Liquid 96 57 NA NA NA NA 479 3030 1.9081 NA

18. Caustic Soda lye 1310-73-2 Liquid 145 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 1.53 NA




/ Non-Hazardous

Materials

CAS

Numbers

Physical

State


gr.

V.D.

B.P.

(˚C)

F.P.

(oC)

LEL

%

UEL

%

Auto.

Temp.

˚C

LC-50

(Inhl)

mg/l

LD-50

(O)

mg/kg

LD-50

(D)

mg/kg

19. Caustic flakes 1310-73-2 Solid 1388 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 2.13 NA

20. Chlorine 7782-50-5 Gas NA NA NA NA NA 293 NA NA 1.47 2.49

21. Cyclohexanone 108-94-1 Liquid 155.6 43.9 1.1 9.4 420 NA 1516 948 0.948 3.4

22. Di Ethyl Amine 111-42-2 Liquid 55.5 -18 1.8 10.1 312 NA 540 820 0.71 2.5

23. Diethyl Chloro

Phosphate

814-49-3 Liquid 112 93 NA NA NA NA NA NA 1.194 5.94

24. Diethyl Oxalate 95-92-1 Liquid 185.7 75 NA NA NA NA 2000 NA 1.076 5.04

25. Di Methyl Sulphate 77-78-1 Liquid 188 83.3 NA NA 495 NA 140 NA 1.33 4.35

26. Di-n-butyl Amine 111-92-2 Liquid 159.5 51.6 1.1 NA NA NA 189 767 0.760 1.9

27. Ethanol 64-17-5 Liquid 78.5 12.78 3.0 19.0 363 NA 7060 NA 0.789 1.59

28. Ethyl Chloro Acetate 105-39-5 Liquid 140 64 NA NA NA NA 180 161 1.15 4.23

29. Ethyl Vinyl Ether 109-92-2 Liquid 33 NA 1.3 12.0 NA NA 6120 >15000 0.75 NA

30. Ethylene Diamine 107-15-3 Liquid 117.2 34 4.2 NA 385 NA 500 NA 0.889 2.07

31. Ethylene dichloride 107-06-2 Liquid 83.5 13 6.2 15.6 NA 413 670 2800 1.235 3.42

32. Formaldehyde 50-00-0 Liquid 96 60 7 73 300 0.203 100 NA 1.08 1.04

33. HexamethyleneTetramine

100-97-0 Solid NA 250 NA NA NA NA 589 NA 1.331 NA

34. Hexane 110-54-3 Liquid 68 -23 1.2 7.7 224 NA 28710 NA 0.66 3.0

35. HNP as Media 8002-74-2 Liquid NA 199 NA NA 245 NA NA NA NA NA

36. Hydrochloric Acid 7647-01-0 Liquid 108 NA NA NA NA 3124 900 NA 1.19 1.267

37. Hydroquinone 123-31-9 Solid 286 165 NA NA 515.56 NA 320 5970 1.33 381

38. Hydroxylamine

Hydrochloride

5470-11-1 Solid NA 152 NA NA NA NA 141 NA 1.67 NA

39. Lime 1305-62-0 Solid NA NA NA NA NA NA 7040 NA 2.4 NA




/ Non-Hazardous

Materials

CAS

Numbers

Physical

State


gr.

V.D.

B.P.

(˚C)

F.P.

(oC)

LEL

%

UEL

%

Auto.

Temp.

˚C

LC-50

(Inhl)

mg/l

LD-50

(O)

mg/kg

LD-50

(D)

mg/kg

40. Manganese Sulphate 10034-96-5 Liquid 850 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 1.21 NA

41. Methanol 67-56-1 Liquid 64.5 12 6 36 464 64000 5628 NA 0.8 1.1

42. Methoxy Acetyl Chloride 38870-89-2 Solid 112 28 NA NA NA NA NA NA 1.187 NA

43. Methyl Acetoacetate 105-45-3 Liquid 164 63.5 NA NA NA 49.2 2580 >2000 1.08 NA

44. Methyl Bromo

Propianate5445-70-0

LiquidNA 52 NA NA NA NA NA NA 1.497 NA

45. Methyl Cinnamate 103-26-4 Solid 260 110 NA NA NA NA 2610 <5 1.042 NA

46. Methyl Chloride 74-87-3 Gas -24.2 NA 8.1 17.4 632 5300 1800 NA 0.921 1.743

45. Methylene Di-chloride 75-09-2 Liquid 39.8 NA 12 19 556 NA 1600 NA 1.33 2.39

46. MethyleneaminoAcetonitrile

109-82-0 Liquid NA 44 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

47. Monomethyl

Acetoacetamide20306-75-6

Liquid 106 105 NA NA NA NA >3200 NA 1.069 NA

48. n-Butanol 71-36-3 Liquid 117.7 28.9 1.4 11.2 343 NA 790 3400 0.81 2.55

49. N-Methyl-2-Pyrrolidone 872-50-4 Liquid 202 92.8 1.3 9.5 346.11 NA 3814 8000 1.026 3.4

50. Monocroptophos (MCP) 6923-22-4 Liquid 125 NA NA NA NA NA 18 126 1.22 NA

51. Ortho Phosphoric Acid 13598-36-2 Liquid 158 NA NA NA NA NA 1530 2740 1.685 3.4

52. Phosphorous Trichloride 7719-12-2 Liquid 76 NA NA NA NA NA 18 NA 1.574 4.75

53. Potassium Hydroxide 1310-58-3 Solid 1320 NA NA NA NA NA 273 NA 2.04 NA54. Propanaldehyde 123-38-6 Liquid 49 -30 2.6 17 207 NA 1410 5040 0.807 2

55. Propylene Diamine 78-90-0 Liquid 120 34 NA NA NA NA NA NA 0.867 NA

56. Pyridine 110-86-1 Liquid 115.3 20 1.8 12.4 482 NA 891 1121 0.983 0.982

57. RHODACOL 119345-04-9 Solid 93 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 1.4 NA




/ Non-Hazardous

Materials

CAS

Numbers

Physical

State


gr.

V.D.

B.P.

(˚C)

F.P.

(oC)

LEL

%

UEL

%

Auto.

Temp.

˚C

LC-50

(Inhl)

mg/l

LD-50

(O)

mg/kg

LD-50

(D)

mg/kg

58. Soda Ash 497-19-8 Solid NA NA NA NA NA NA 4049 NA 2.532 NA

59. Sodium Bicarbonate 144-55-8 Solid NA NA NA NA NA NA 3360 NA 2.159 NA

60. Sodium Chloride 7647-14-5 Solid 1413 NA NA NA NA NA 3000 10000 2.165 NA

61. Sodium Ethoxide 141-52-6 Liquid NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 1.6

62. Sodium Hydride 7646-69-7 Solid 360 229 NA NA NA NA NA NA 0.89 NA

63. Sodium Hydroxide 1310-73-2 Solid 1388 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 2.13 NA

64. Sodium LaurethSulfate 9004-82-4 Solid NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 1.04 NA

65. Sodium Methoxide 124-41-4 Solid NA NA 7.3 36.0 88 NA 2037 NA 1.1 1.1

66. Sulphuric Acid 7704-34-9 Liquid 290 NA NA NA NA NA 2140 NA 1.84 3.4

67. Thionyl Chloride 7719-09-7 Liquid 76 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 1.64 4.1

68. Toluene 108-88-3 Liquid 111 7 3.3 19 422 49 636 16.3 0.86 3.14

69. Tri Ethyl Amine 121-44-8 Liquid 89.7 -8.3 1.2 8.0 215 NA 410 570 0.73 3.48

70.Tri Flouro AcetylChloride

354-32-5 Gas -27 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 4.6

71. Tri Methyl Phosphite 7664-93-9 Liquid 112 27 5.2 61.2 250 32700 4280 2600 1.052 NA

72. Triazole 288-88-0 Solid 260 170 NA NA NA NA 1750 NA NA NA

73. Urea 57-13-6 Solid NA NA NA NA NA NA 8471 NA 1.323 2.07

74. Zinc Sulphate 7733-02-0 Solid NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

75. HSD 68334-30-5 Liquid 160 52 0.6 6.5 NA NA NA NA 0.83 <1

76. Furnace Oil 68476-33-5 Liquid 185 66 1 5 267 NA NA NA 0.9 3.0

Note 1.: B.P. : Boiling Point, F.P. Flash Point, LEL: Lower Explosive Limit, UEL: Upper Explosive Limit, Auto Temp: Auto Ignition Temperature,

Sp.Gr: Specific Gravity, V.D.: Vapour Density.

Note 2: Other properties of above materials are given in MSDS attached as Annexure with the EIA Report.



Table 7.3: Hazardous Characteristic, Storage Mode and Type of Hazards (as per NFPA)

Sn. Hazardous Materials Storage Mode Hazardous

Characteristic

Type of Hazards [National Fire

Protection Association (U.S.A.)]

1 1,4 Dioxane HDPE/MS Drum Flammable Health : 2 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 1

2 2-Amino-2,3-Dimethyl-Butyramide HDPE Bag Non-flammable Health : 2 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 0

3 2-Chlorobenzoic Acid Plastic Bottle Toxic but Non-

flammable

Health : 2 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 0

4 4 Hexyl Benzoyl Chloride Jerry Can Toxic but Non-

flammable

Health : 2 Flammability:1 Reactivity:0

5 Aceto Amino Nitrile Sulphate Glass Insert Toxic but Non-

flammable

Health: 2 Flammability:1 Reactivity:0

6 Antracol Tanks Toxic NA

7 Acetone Tank Flammable Health : 2 Flammability: 3 Reactivity:0

8 Acifluorfen HDPE Bag Combustible and

Harmful

Health: 2 Flammability: 1 Reactivity: 0

9 Adenosine Diphosphate HDPE Bag Non-combustible Health: 1 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 0

10 20 % Aqueous Ammonia Tanks Toxic Health: 3 Flammability: 1 Reactivity: 0

11 Ammonia Anhydrous Tanks Toxic Health: 3 Flammability: 1 Reactivity: 0

12 Ammonium Ligno Sulphate HDPE Bag May be combustible at

High Temperature


13 Butyl Cellosolve HDPE Drum Flammable and

Explosive


14 Butyric acid HDPE Drum Flammable Health: 3 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 0

15 Calcium Ligno Sulphate HDPE Bag May be combustible at Health: 2 Flammability: 1 Reactivity: 0




Characteristic



high temperature

16 Carbon Di Sulphide ISO Tank Flammable Health: 3 Flammability: 4 Reactivity: 0

17 Caustic Soda lye Tank Non-flammable Health:3Flammability:0 Reactivity 1

18 Chlorine Tonner Toxic Health: 3 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 0

19 Cyclohexanone Storage Tank Flammable Health: 2 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 0

20 Di Ethyl Amine HDPE/MS Drum Flammable Health: 3 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 0

21 Diethyl Chloro Phosphate 250 kg HDPE

Drum

Combustible Health: 2 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 0

22 Diethyl Oxalate 250 kg HDPE

Drum


23 Di Methyl Sulphate HDPE/MS Drum Combustible Health: 4 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 0

24 Di-n-butyl Amine HDPE Drum Flammable Health: 3 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 0

25 Ethanol HDPE Drum Flammable Health: 2 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 0

26 Ethyl Chloro Acetate HDPE Drum Flammable Health: 2 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 0

27 Ethyl Vinyl Ether HDPE Drum Highly Flammable Health: 2 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 0

28 Ethylene Diamine HDPE Drum Flammable Health: 3 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 0

29 Ethylene dichloride Vertical Tanks Flammable Health: 2 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 0

30 Formaldehyde HDPE/MS Drum Flammable Health: 3 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 0

31 Hexamethylenetetramine HDPE Bag Flammable Health: 1 Flammability: 1 Reactivity: 0

32 Hexane HDPE/MS Drum Flammable Health: 1 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 0

33 HNP as Media Tanks May be combustible at

high temperature


34 Hydrochloric Acid Tanker Corrosive Health: 3 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 1




Characteristic



35 Hydroquinone HDPE Bag May be combustible at

high temperature


36 Hydroxylamine Hydrochloride HDPE Bag May be combustible at

High Temperature


37 Lime HDPE Bag Non-flammable Health: 2 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 0

38 Manganese Sulphate Tank Non-flammable Health: 2 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 0

39 Methanol Tank Flammable Health: 1 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 0

40 Methoxy Acetyl Chloride Liquid Combustible Health: 3 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 0

41 Methyl Acetoacetate Liquid Combustible Health: 2 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 0

42 Methyl Bromo Propianate Liquid Flammable Health: 2 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 0

43 Methyl Cinnamate Solid May be combustible at

high temperature


44 Methyl Chloride Tonners Highly Flammable Health: 2 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 0

45 Methylene dichloride HDPE/MS Drum May be combustible at

High Temperature


46 Methyleneamino

Acetonitrile

Jerry Can Combustible Health: 2 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 0

47 Monomethyl Acetoacetamide Intermediate

Tanks and HDPE

Drum


48 n-Butanol HDPE/MS Drum Flammable Health: 1 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 0

49 N-Methyl-2-Pyrrolidone HDPE/MS Drum Combustible Health: 2 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 0

50 Monocroptophos (MCP) HDPE Drum Combustible Health: 2 Flammability: 1 Reactivity: 0




Characteristic



51 Ortho Phosphoric Acid HDPE/MS Drum Highly corrosive Health: 3 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 0

52 Phosphorous Tri Chloride Tank Non-flammable Health: 4 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 2

53 Potassium Hydroxide (KOH)

Powder

HDPE jumbo bag Non-flammable Health: 3 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 1

54 Propanaldehyde Tank Flammable Health: 2 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 0

55 Propylene Diamine HDPE/MS Drum Combustible Health: 2 Flammability: 1 Reactivity: 0

56 Pyridine Tank Flammable Health: 2 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 0

57 RHODACOL HDPE Drum Combustible Health: 2 Flammability: 1 Reactivity: 0

58 Soda Ash Solid Non-flammable Health: 1 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 1

59 Sodium Bi-carbonate Bag Non-flammable Health: 1 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 0

60 Sodium Chloride Solid Non-flammable Health: 1 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 0

61 Sodium Ethoxide Liquid Flammable Health: 2 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 1

62 Sodium Hydride Solid Flammable Health: 0 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 2

63 Sodium Hydroxide Solid Non-flammable Health: 3 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 1

64 Sodium LaurethSulfate Solid Non-flammable Health: 1 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 0

65 Sodium Methoxide Solid Flammable Health: 2 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 2

66 Sulphuric Acid Liquid Flammable, Corrosive Health: 2 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 1

67 Thionyl Chloride Liquid Non-Flammable Health: 2 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 2

68 Toluene Tanker Flammable Health: 2 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 0

69 Tri Ethyl Amine Tanker Non-Flammable Health: 2 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 1

70 Tri Flouro Acetyl Chloride Gas Non-Flammable Health: 2 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 1

71 Tri Methyl Phosphate MS Drum Flammable Health: 3 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 2

72 Triazole HDPE Bag May be combustible at Health: 2 Flammability: 1 Reactivity: 0




Characteristic



high temperature

73 Urea Bag May be combustible at

high temperature


74 Zinc Sulphate HDPE Bag Non-Flammable Health: 2 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 0

75 HSD Tank Flammable Health: 2 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 0

76 Furnace Oil Tanks Flammable Health: 2 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 0



7.4.1 Methodology for Selection of Accident Scenarios

The following steps have been followed for scenario selection for

consequence analysis:

The hazardous materials handled at the plant and the associated hazards

were identified and assessed though materials safety data sheet.

Operating and storage quantity, conditions of handling and storage of

hazardous materials were studied.

An assessment was made of what inventories can get released

accidentally.

7.4.2 Maximum Credible Scenarios for Consequence Analysis

At the plant, hazardous materials may be released due to loss of containment.

A leak can range in size from a pinhole leak to a catastrophic failure. In

general, smaller leaks have higher accident likelihood but lower consequence

distances. On the other hand, larger releases have lower accident likelihood

but longer consequence distance.

Criteria for Selection of Scenarios for Consequence Analysis:For

selection of maximum credible scenarios for consequence analysis for

quantitative risk assessment, the following criterion were considered:

Hazardous chemicals which are highly flammable and flammable have

been selected for consequence calculations.

Hazardous chemicals which are toxic gas and have potential to disperse as

toxic cloud have been used for consequence calculations.

Remaining hazardous chemicals stored and handed at the UPL#1, which are

only combustible, non-flammable, corrosive and do not have potential to

create serious emergency situation, have been studied qualitatively and risk

mitigation measures have been provided accordingly.

The selected scenarios for consequence calculations are given in Table 7.4.



Table 7.4: List of Selected Scenarios for Consequence Analysis

Sl. Type of Release Outcome Cases

Considered

1. Rupture of 21 Klabove ground tankMethanol

Tank followed by Immediate/ Delayed Ignition

Fire/Explosion

2. Rupture of 56 KlToluene Tank followed by

Immediate/ Delayed Ignition

Fire/Explosion

3. Release from 1.33 Kl Acetone Tank followed by


Fire/Explosion

4. Release from 4.5 Kl Hexane Tank followed by


Fire/Explosion

5. Rupture of 21 Kl Carbon Di Sulphide Tank

followed by Immediate/ Delayed Ignition

Fire/Explosion

6. Release of Ammonia from 46 Kl Tankfollowed by


Fire/Explosion and

Toxic Vapour

7. Rupture of 170 KlHSD Tank followed by


Fire/Explosion

8. Rupture of 230 Kl Furnace Oil Tank followed by


Fire/Explosion

9. Rupture of Natural Gas Pipeline to Boilers


Fire/Explosion

10. Release of Methyl Chloride from tonner followed

by Immediate/ Delayed Ignition

Fire/Explosion

11. Release from Tri Methyl Phosphite from 300 Kl

Tank

Toxic Vapour Cloud

Dispersion

12. Release Diethyl Amine (DEA) from 2 Kl tank


Fire/Explosion

13. Release of Ethylene Diamine (EDA) from in 45 Kl

Tank followed by Immediate/ Delayed Ignition

Fire/Explosion

14. Release of Ethylene Dichloride from 35 KlVertical

Tank

Fire/Explosion

15. Release of Cyclohexanone from 70 KlTank Fire/Toxic

16. Release of Propylene Diamine from 80 Kl Tank Fire/Explosion

17. Release of Pyridine from 10Kl Tank Fire/Explosion

18. Release of Methylene Dichloride (MDC) from 25

Kl Tank

Fire/Explosion



Sl. Type of Release Outcome Cases

Considered

19. Release of Dimethyl Aniline from25 Kltank Fire/Explosion

20. Release of Chlorine from Tonner Toxic Vapour Cloud

Dispersion

22. Release from 192 Kl Hydrochloric Acid Tank Toxic Vapour Cloud

Dispersion

23. Release of Sulphuric Acid from 20 Kl Tank Toxic Vapour Cloud

Dispersion

24. Release of TrifloroAcetyle Chloride from Tonner Toxic Vapour Cloud

Dispersion

25. Release from 17 Kl Thionyl Chloride Tank Toxic Vapour Cloud

Dispersion

26. Release from 380 Kl Phosphorus Trichloride Tank Toxic Vapour Cloud

Dispersion

Note: Vapour Cloud Explosion (Confined) and Flash Fire (Non-confined)

7.5 Consequence Analysis

Subsequent to the accidental release of hazardous materials, the

consequence of an accidental release depends on various factors e.g. type

and quantity of release, presence and location of an ignition source,

meteorological conditions, etc. Any loss of containment at theplant will lead to

a release of hazardous materials. The released quantity will depend on failure

size and the duration of release. Above ground tanks at the plant have been

provided with bund (dyke). On release of hazardous materials from tanks, a

fixed pool may be formed, which may or may not ignite. If immediate or

delayed ignition takes place a pool fire will result. Delayed ignition may also

lead to vapour cloud explosion / flash fire, if release quantities/surface areas

are significant. In the event of release from transfer piping and/or pipeline,

spreading pool will be formed followed by spreading pool fire on getting

source of ignition.

The following effects are distinguished for consequence analyses for

flammable materials, immediate ignition followed by pool fire, or evaporation

and delayed ignition of a vapour cloud resulting in a fire and/or explosion.



Representative consequences distance up to where 1% fatality-occurs among

those exposed, has been calculated.

The following damage distances for thermal radiation have been used:

37.5 kW/m2 Damage to process equipment. 100%

lethality in 1min. 1% lethality in

10sec.

12.5 kW/m2 First degree burn for 10 sec exposure

4 kW/m2 First degree burn for 30 sec exposure

The 0.1 bar overpressure due to explosion at 1 % fatality has been

considered for computations.

Release of toxic hazardous materials like chlorine, ammonia and sulphuric

acid will result in dispersion of toxic vapour cloud toward wind direction.

Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH) limit values for toxic

hazardous materials have been considered for computation of vulnerable

distances. IDLH Values for considered for toxic hazardous materials are given

below:

Sn Toxic Hazardous Materials IDLH Values

1. Chlorine 10 ppm

2. Ammonia 300 ppm

3. Hydrochloric Acid 50 ppm

4. Sulphuric Acid 20 ppm

5. Phosphorus Trichloride 25 ppm

7.5.1 Model Used for Consequence Analysis

The consequence analysis studies involve a large number of calculations for

which established computing aids are essential. PHAST/SAFETI software of

DNV has been used to perform the consequence calculations. PHAST/SAFETI

is a consequence and risk assessment software for calculation of physical

effects (fire, explosion, atmospheric dispersion) of the escape of hazardous

materials. PHAST/SAFETI (v6.7)software allows detailed modelling and

quantitative assessment of release of pure and mixtures of liquid and gaseous

chemicals.For computation of consequence distances for Hazardous chemicals



which are not available in PHAST data base, ALOHAsoftware developed by

EPA and the NOAA(USA) was also used. ALOHA® is the

hazard modelling program for the CAMEO® software suite, which is used

widely to plan for and respond to chemical emergencies.

7.5.2 Consequence Distance

The consequence distances for release of flammable hazardous materials at

UPL Plant are given in Table 7.5. The consequence distanceshave bene

marked on layout plan and presented in Figure 7.1 to Figure 7.16.

Table 7.5: Consequence Analysis for Flammable Hazardous Materials

Sr.

No.

Release Scenarios Thermal

Radiation

Distance

(m)

4 kW/m2

Flash

Fire

Envelope

(m)

Explosion

Effects

(Delayed

Ignition) (m)

0.1 Bar

1. Rupture ofMethanol

Tank followed by

Immediate/ Delayed

Ignition

Pool Fire:

10.29 m

21.65 m 10.0 m

2. Rupture of Toluene

Tank followed by

Immediate/ Delayed

Ignition

Pool

Fire:30.9m

31.9 m 13.4 m

3. Release from 1.33

KlAcetone Tank followed

by Immediate/ Delayed

Ignition

Pool Fire:7.4

m

4.7 m No Explosion

effect

4. Release from4.5

KlHexane Tank followed


Ignition

Pool Fire:18.9

m

16.3 m No Explosion

effect

5. Rupture of15 Kl Carbon

Di Sulphide Tank

followed by Immediate/

Delayed Ignition

Pool

Fire:17.5m

17.2 m 5.7 m



Sr.

No.


Radiation

Distance

(m)

4 kW/m2

Flash

Fire

Envelope

(m)

Explosion

Effects

(Delayed

Ignition) (m)

0.1 Bar

6. Release of Ammonia

from 8 Tanks followed


Ignition

Jet Fire: 44.1

m

6.2 m 11.1 m

7. Rupture of 180 Kl HSD

Tank followed by

Immediate/ Delayed

Ignition

Pool Fire:

41.8 m

137 m 45.7 m

8. Rupture of 230 Kl

Furnace Oil Tank


Delayed Ignition

Pool Fire:

50.04 m

229 m 26.6 m

9. Rupture of Natural Gas

Pipeline to Boilers


Delayed Ignition

Jet Fire :33.9

m

19.9 m 19.0 m

10. Release of Methyl

Chloride from tonner


Delayed Ignition

Pool Fire: <

10 m

-- No Explosion

effect

11. Release Diethyl Amine

(DEA) from 2 Kl tank


Delayed Ignition

Pool Fire: 15

m

-- No Explosion

effects

12. Release of Ethylene

Diamine (EDA) from in

45 Kl Tank followed by

Immediate/ Delayed

Ignition

Pool Fire:

<10 m

-- No Explosion

effect

13. Release of Ethylene

Dichloride from 35 Kl

Vertical Tank

Pool Fire:

<10 m

- No Explosion

effect



Sr.

No.


Radiation

Distance

(m)

4 kW/m2

Flash

Fire

Envelope

(m)

Explosion

Effects

(Delayed

Ignition) (m)

0.1 Bar

14. Release of

Cyclohexanone from 50

Kl Tank

Pool Fire: 26

m

-- No Explosion

effect

15. Release of Propylene

Diamine from 60 kl Tank

Pool Fire: 21

m

-- No Explosion

effect

17. Release of Pyridine from

7 kl Tank

Pool Fire: <

10 m

-- No Explosion

effect

18. Release of Methylene

Dichloride (MDC) from

25 kl Tank

Pool Fire: <

10 m

-- No Explosion

effect

19. Release of Dimethyl

Aniline from25 kl tank

Pool Fire:

<10 m

-- No Explosion

effect

The consequence distances for toxic hazardous materials like Ammonia,

Chlorine, Hydrochloric Acid, TrifloroAcetyle Chloride, Thionyl Chloride,

Phosphorus Trichloride and Sulphuric acid toxic vapors at Unit #1 of UPL

Plant are given in Table 7.6. The consequence distances of IDLH/ AEGL

concentration for toxic hazardous chemicals are marked on layout plan and

presented in Figure 7.17toFigure 7.19.



Table 7.6: Consequence Analysis for Toxic Hazardous Materials

Sr.

No.

Release Scenarios Concentrations

Distances (max.)

1. Release of Ammonia from 46 kl tank followed

by Toxic Vapour Cloud Dispersion

358.3 m

(IDLH: 300 ppm)

2. Release of Chlorine from Tonner followed by

Toxic Vapour Cloud Dispersion

1286.95 m

(IDLH: 10 ppm)

3. Release from 25 kl Hydrochloric Acid Tank

followed by Toxic Vapour Cloud Dispersion

246 m

(IDLH: 50 ppm))

4. Release of Sulphuric Acid from 30 KL Tank

followed Toxic Vapour Cloud Dispersion

947.82 m

(IDLH: 20 ppm)

5. Release of TrifloroAcetyle Chloride from

Tonner

340 m (210 PPM)

6. Release from 17 kl Thionyl Chloride Tank 419 m

(AEGL:14 ppm)

7. Release from 380 Kl Phosphorus Trichloride

Tank

994 m

(IDLH: 25 PPM)

8. Release of Trimethyl Phosphitefrom 300 Kl

tank

714 m

(AEGL:310 ppm)

9. Release of Ethylene Diamine from 45 Kl tank <10 m

(IDLH: 1000 PPM)

10. Release of Dichloromethane from 25 Kl tank 11 m

(ERPG 3: 1000 PPM)

11. Release of Dimethylaniline from 25 Kl tank <10 m

(IDLH: 100 PPM)

12. Release of Pyridine from 7 kl Tank 11 m

(IDLH: 1000 PPM)

13. Release of Propylene Diamine from 60 kl Tank 50 m

(PAC-3 :440 mg/m3)

The consequence of accidental release of toxic hazardous materials may be

off site beyond the boundary of the plant as toxic cloud will be moved

towards wind direction.



Figure 7.1: Thermal Radiation Distance for Methanol 21 kl Tank

Figure 7.2: Over Pressure Distance for Methanol 21 kl Tank



Figure 7.3: Thermal Radiation Distance for Toluene 56 kl Tank

Figure 7.4: Overpressure Distance for Toluene 56 kl Tank



Figure 7.5: Thermal Radiation Distance for 1.33 kl Acetone Tank

Figure 7.6: Thermal Radiation Distance for 4.5 kl Hexane Tank



Figure 7.7: Thermal Radiation Distance for 21 kl Carbon Di Sulfide Tank

Figure 7.8: Overpressure Distance for 21 Kl Carbon Di Sulfide Tank



Figure 7.10: Overpressure Distance for 180 Kl HSD Tank

Figure 7.9: Thermal Radiation Distance for 180 kl HSD Tank



Figure 7.11: Thermal Radiation Distance for 230 kl FO Tank

Figure 7.12: Overpressure Distance for 230 kl FO Tank



Figure 7.14: Overpressure Distance for Rupture of NG Piping

Figure 7.13: Thermal Radiation Distance for Jet Fire from NG Piping



Figure 7.15: Thermal Radiation Distance for Jet Fire from Ammonia

Release

Figure 7.16: Overpressure Distance for Ammonia Release



Figure 7.17: IDLH Concentration for Release of Ammonia From Tank

Figure 7.1





7.6 Frequency Analysis

The estimation of probability of an accident scenario is an essential step in

Chemical Process Quantitative Risk Analysis (CPQRA). The objective of Failure

Frequencies & Data Sources is to compile a database of existing leak

frequency data and ignition probabilities for use in quantitative risk analysis.

Experience data from operating companies in the petroleum and

petrochemicals have been used in this database. Apart from developing leak

frequencies per equipment item, generation of a hole size distribution i.e.

information about the size of releases, has been given priority. The holes size

distributions are often based on engineering judgment, as very little detailed

information is available in this area. The data taken from this database and

used for this QRA are listed below:

Sn Equipment/Event Probability

1. Gas Sensor Failure 3.00×10-4

2. Controller Failure 3.00×10-2

3. Suction Pump Failure 1.08×10-2

4. Storage Tank Physical Defect 8.83×10-5

5. Storage Tank Bad Welding 1.88×10-4

6. Erosion of Storage Tank 1.00×10-3

7. Connecting Flange Damage 1.88×10-4

8. Leak Detector Failure 3.00×10-4

9. Pipe Erosion 1.00×10-3

10. Chlorine Alarm System Failure 3.30×10-4

11. Personnel did not detect the leak in five minutes 9.50×10-2

12. Failure to reopen the valve after Replacement 5.01×10-5

13. Malfunction of Safety Valve 1.18×10-3

14. Chlorinator pressure-regulating valve fail 1.12×10-3

7.6.1 Equipment Failure Frequency

The data sources referred for failure frequencies are E & P Forum Frequency

database from TNO and Failure frequency data from the Rijnmond

Report(COVO Study). The failure frequencies have been distributed for three

different failure sizes, rupture, hole (50 mm equivalent hole size) and leak (13

mm equivalent hole size).



Equipment Rupture Hole Leak

Process

piping

4.0 x 10 -6 /m

yr

6.0 x 10 -6 /m yr 1.6 x 10 -5 /m yr

Storage Tank 1 x 10 –6 /yr 1 x 10 -5 /yr. 1 x 10 -4 /yr.

Pumps 1 x 10 –4 /yr 1 x 10 -3 /yr. 1 x 10 -2 /yr.

Valves 9.2 x 10 -6 /yr 1.8 x 10 -5 /yr. 5.3 x 10 -5/yr.

Flanges - 3.52 x 10 -6 / flange

yr

8.5x 10 -5/flange

yr

Tapping - - 1 x 10 -4 /yr.

7.6.2 Frequency Analysis for the Plant

The following methodology/ assumptions have been adopted:

The release frequency is obtained by adding the failure frequencies of all

the valves, flanges, pumps, pipeline etc.

The immediate ignition probability for pool fire has been taken as 0.065

and delayed ignition probability has been taken as 0.035.

For the plant, accident frequencies for scenarios for various storage tanks

facilities are given below:

The release frequency for storage tanks at the plant is given below:

Storage Tank Catastrophic Failure Frequency 1E-6 tank -1 yr. -1

Accident likelihood for hose failure is given below:

Base flexible hose failure frequency 4.0E-6/hr

7.7 Risk Analysis and Summation

7.7.1 QualitativeRisk Matrix

Qualitative Risk Assessments are often shown in the form of a simple risk

matrix where one axis of the matrix represents the probability and the other

axis represents consequences. The risk then is identified by the intersection of

the chosen assessment level. Severity, Likelihood/ Probability ranking and

Risk Acceptability Criteria used for preparation of risk matrix for the plant are

given below:



I. Severity RankingSeverity RankingCatastrophic (Death/System Loss) 1

Major/ Critical (Serious injury) 2

Moderate (Less Serious Injury) 3

Minor/ Marginal (Minor Injury) 4

Insignificant/ Negligible (No injury) 5

II. Likelihood/ Probability RankingLikelihood/ Probability RankingAlmost Certain E

Likely D

Possible C

Unlikely B

Impossible A

III. Risk Acceptability Criteria RankingRiskRanking

Risk AcceptabilityCriteria

Remark

H Unacceptable/High Management’s Decision/ActionPlan Required. Potential off-siteImpact.

M Medium Generally Minor Impact.Acceptable with Management’sReview. Specific monitoring orSOP to be followed.

L Low Acceptable without Review.Manage through RoutineProcedure.

Risk matrix for the Unit #1 of UPL. with implemented and proposed risk

mitigation measures is shown in Table 7.7.



Table 7.7: QualitativeRisk Matrix for the Unit #1 of UPL Ltd.Likelihood/Probability

Catastrophic(Death/Syste

m Loss)

Major/Critical

(Seriousinjury)

Moderate(Less

SeriousInjury)

Minor/Marginal(MinorInjury)

Insignificant/

Negligible(No

injury)

1 2 3 4 5Almost Certain E Low Low Moderate Moderate High

Likely D Moderate Moderate Moderate High High

Possible C Moderate Moderate Moderate High HighUnlikely B Moderate Moderate High High High

Impossible A High High High High High

7.7.2 Quantitative Risk Analysis & Summation

Risk is defined as the unwanted consequence of a particular activity in

relation to the likelihood that this may occur. Risk thus comprises of two

variables- magnitude of consequences & the probability of occurrence. The

risk analysis and summation are most often presented in terms of individual

and group or societal risk. Individual Risk is the probability of death occurring

as a result of accidents at a plant, expressed as a function of the distance

from such an activity. Such a risk actually exists only when a person is

permanently at that spot (out of doors). The individual risk is well illustrated

with the aid of risk - curves or Iso-risk contours.Societal risk is the probability

of a certain number of victims per year. In calculating the group risk

demographic data relating to the presence of humans is necessary. The

societal risk is represented as an F-N curve, which depicts the frequency of

occurrence per year F of a certain number of fatalities, N.The individual and

societal risks from a existing and after expansion of existing pesticide plant

are the result of the cumulating of risks connected with all possible scenarios.

From the standpoint of what constitutes acceptable risk levels from a

complex, both the Individual as well as Societal risk should be within the

acceptance criteria.

The DNV Software model SAFETI (PHAST RISK) has been used for plotting

the iso-risk contour of individual risk and F-N curves of Societal Risk. The

‘PHAST RISK’ (v6.7) program package is a very powerful tool to combine the

probabilities and consequences of all release scenarios considered into risk

and then sum them.Data input to SAFETI (PHAST RISK) comprises of



results of effects-consequence and frequency analyses for the scenarios

included for risk summation, along with population and meteorological data

for the locality in question.

7.7.3 Risk Summation

Risk Acceptance Criteria

The risk analysis provides a measure of the risk resulting from plant. The

methodology for calculating risk levels has been well defined and consistent

results can therefore be expected. However, the assessment of the

acceptability or otherwise of that risk is left to the judgement and experience

of the people undertaking and/or using the risk assessment study. The

normal approach adopted is to relate the risk measures obtained to risk

acceptance criteria.

Criteria Adopted for Individual Risk

As per Health and Safety Executive (HSE) UK, Individual Risk of death to the

members of the public outside the plant boundaries has been adopted as:

10-5 per year for intolerable risk

Lower than 10-6 per year for negligible risk.

ALARP - Tolerability and Acceptability of Risk

Risk from a hazardous activity is judged against the benefits from the activity,

since no activity can claim to be totally risk-free. Risk criteria are recognised

below:

There is a level of risk that is so high that it is considered unacceptable or

intolerable regardless of the benefits derived from an activity.

There is also a level of risk that is low enough as to be considered

negligible.

Levels of risk in between are to be considered tolerable subject to their

being reduced As Low As is Reasonably Practicable (ALARP). In other

words risks are only tolerable provided that it can be demonstrated that all

reasonably practicable measures have been implemented to reduce risks.



A reasonably practicable risk reduction measure is one where the costs of

implementation are not grossly disproportionate to the risk reduction

benefits achieved.

The above is the formulation of the, well-established, three tier structure of

risk criteria and risk control shown in Figure 7.20. The two horizontal

straight lines in divide risk space in to three regions. That above the upper

line is the region of unacceptable risk, while that below the lower line is the

region of acceptable risk. The region in between is the so-called ALARP region

where risk is acceptable subject to its being As Low as Reasonably Practicable

(the ALARP principle). All the various levels proposed within each tier are

judgmental. Actual decisions on what should then be done in the ALARP

region to reduce risk depend on choice of specific remedial measures.

Risk in intolerable region implies that reduction is called for irrespective of

any other considerations. Such limits have been set out by various countries

both for Individual as well as Societal risk. In between the upper and lower

bands the risks should be reduced ‘As Low As Reasonably Practicable’ using a

cost benefit approach. In cost benefit analysis the reduction in risks

associated with a particular remedial measure are compared against the costs

of implementing the measure. Where the benefits exceed the costs, the

measures can be said to be cost justified.

Figure 7.20: ALARP Principle



The risk criteria simply attempt to establish whether is risk is “tolerable”.

Below is a list of words generally in use and their meaning.

ACCEPTABLE RISKS: Since risks in general are unwelcome no risk should be

called “acceptable”. It might be better to say that the activity may be

acceptable generally, but the risks can only ever be tolerable.

TOLERABLE RISKS are risks the exposed people are expected to bear without

undue concern. A subtle difference is made out here between Acceptable

Risks and Tolerable Risks though these terms are sometimes used

interchangeably.

NEGLIGIBLE RISKS are risks so small that there is no cause for concern and

there is no reason to reduce them.

Criteria Adopted for Societal Risk Criteria

In the assessment of the societal risk, demographic data on the offsite of the

plant have been used. Only the employees working in the plant are not

included in the 'society'. With regard to the risk of people employed in nearby

industries with similar risk, it is debatable to consider them as population.

FNCurveSlope

IntolerableInterceptWith N=1

NegligibleInterceptWith N=1

Limit on N

Existing andNew Plants

-1 10-3 10-6 -

Individual Risk Due to Existing Facilities

Iso risk contour for hazardous materials storage and handling at Unit # 1 of

UPL Ltd. are presented in Figure 7.19. From the figure, it is observed that

risk level contour 1.0E-5 and 1.0E-6 are within the boundary of Plant. The risk

level 1.0E-6 per year individual risk contour also within the plant boundary,

which is negligible. It is thus clear that individual risk as computed 1.06656E-

006/avg. yrhigher than 1.0E-5/yr is within the UPL Ltd boundary and does not

cover any populated areas and is hence acceptable.The individual risk

contours up-to risk level 1.0E-6/avg. yris also within boundary of the plant as



probability of toxic gas like chlorine from tonners and ammonia gas is very

less.

Societal Risk

The individual risk values for each location when combined with population at

that location gives the societal risk at same location i.e. the probability of a

certain number of victims per year. The total Societal Risk can be obtained by

adding the values for all the locations. The Societal risk is represented as F-N

curve, frequency of number of fatalities (F) from all the accidents versus No.

of fatalities (N).

For Unit #1 of UPL Ltd., F-N curves have been drawn for combined (Day and

night) time and separately for day and Night time. F-N curves show two

straight lines (with negative slope) which indicate the Societal Risk

Acceptance criteria adopted for this study. That above the upper line is the

region of unacceptable risk, while that below the lower line is the region of

acceptable risk. The region in between is the so-called ALARPZone where

risk is acceptable subject to its being As Low As Reasonably Practicable (the

ALARP principle). Major risk contributors have been identified using the

Analysis Tools feature of PHAST RISK.

From Figures 7.20 and 7.21, it is observed that the F-N curve of societal

risk lies in the ALARP Zone in acceptable zone for risk 1.57851E-006 /avg yr.

Findings of Risk Analysis

Based on risk analysis and summation, following conclusions can be made:

1. Individual risk from existing and after proposed expansion of Unit #1 of

UPL Ltd., is tolerable, as it is below the tolerance criterion of individual risk

not to exceed 1.0E-5 per year outside the boundary,

2. Individual risk contour for 1.0E-6 per year is also within the boundary limit

of the plant,

3. Individual risk contours for 1.0E-5 and 1.0E-6 per year are observed for

failure of Chlorine Tonner and ammonia tanks, However, contour (1.0E-5

per avg. year) is within the boundary limit of plant.



Figure 7.21: Iso Risk Contours for Unit #1 of UPL

Figure 7.22: FN Curve (Day and Night) for Unit # 1of UPL



Figure 7.23: F-N Curve Combined for Day and Night Time



7.8 Risk Mitigation Measures

7.8.1 Safety at the Existing Plant

Based on hazard identification, consequence analysis, risk analysis and

observations recorded during the plant visit, the following risk mitigation

measures are emerged to enhance safety at the UPL plant:

7.8.2 System Specific Measures

The plant has already adopted various safety measures for handling and

storage of hazardous materials. Safety measures adopted at the existing plant

are described below:

i. Occupational Health, Environment and Safety Policy

The plant has prepared Occupational Health, Environment and Safety Policy.

The Occupational Health, Environment and Safety Policy has been displayed

at locations prominently within the plant and is circulated to all employees.

ii. Environment, Health & Safety Organization

a) Environment, Health & Safety Department

The HSE department is managed by qualified, experienced and competent

personnel and strict safety controls are enforced for each hazardous activity.

iii. Accident Reporting, Investigation and Analysis

Records for near-miss, incidents and accidents are maintained and analyzed

to take precautionary measures. All near-miss incidents and accidents are

reported and investigated to take corrective measures. The accident statistics

and data are maintained by Environment, Health & Safety Department.

Accident statistics and data are reviewed regularly by the senior management

to take corrective measures.

iv. Safety Inspections and Internal Audit



Safety inspections are carried out regularly at the plant by interdisciplinary

team. Internal safety auditsare also conducted frequently.

v. Safety Education and Training

(a) Safety Training

There are provisions at the plant for induction training for new workers. The

assessment of the trainee is done to ensure the effectiveness of training.

(b) Periodic Training / Reporting

The workers are trained as per need of training.

(c) Safety Communication / Motivation / Promotion

The system for safety suggestion schemes are implemented at the plant.

There is provision at the plant for the safety contests for motivation of

safety at the plant.

vi. First Aid

First aid boxes are available within various departments in existing plant.

First aid facilities will be provided through well-equipped first aid box &

Occupational Health Centre. Trained first aid persons will be available in

each shift. Pre- employment& periodic medical examination will be carried

and records will be maintained.

vii. Occupational Health

The pre- employment and periodical medical check-up are carried out at

regular interval for all employees.

Emergency vehicle/ambulance for the event of an emergency are available

round the clock at the plant in each shift.

7.8.3 Safety Measures at the Plant

i. Hazard Control Measures



Procedures and actions are well defined and known to all operating

personnel for safe shut down of plant in case of failure of any power,

instrumentation, etc.

All the tanks have been provided with temperature indicator, pressure

gauge and safety valves depending upon the process and operating

parameters.

HAZOP studies will be carried out using P&IDs for identification of hazards

during operation considering deviation of operational parameters, their

possible cause and consequence and safe guards.

All the motors and other rotating equipment machines have been provided

with suitable safety guards.

Fire extinguishers have also been installed in the plant area.

Flame arrestors will be provided at all vent lines at solvent tanks.

Suitable fire extinguishers, such as, DCP, CO2& foam type have been kept

in every plant area at easily approachable spots and in sufficient numbers.

Fire hydrant points with sufficient length of hose reel have been provided

at major emergency spots.

Bound walls, bonded wire fencing, detached storage areas are kept away

from probable ignition sources;

Safety shower and eye washer are installed at crucial places.

Sufficient space has been provided for free movement in the plant area.

Certificate of structure stability are taken from competent person.

All elevated structures will be provided with lightening arrestors.

All exposed parts of moving machineries will be provided with suitable

guards for personnel safety.

All piping and equipment will be provided with earthing connection and it

will be tested regularly.

Safety valves & rupture disc will be provided to prevent over

pressurization of vessels and reactors.

SOP will be available of safe shut-down of plant during any emergency

situation.

ii. Operational Safety

All operators & maintenance personnel concerned with the plant will be

given material safety data sheets for hazardous chemicals and to be

trained to combat any leakage spillage, etc.



Detections and sensors for smoke, heat, ammonia, chlorine, etc. will be

provided with alarm at strategic locations at the plant.

Non-destructive thickness measurements will be carried out regularly

corrosion through competent person to prevent sudden bursting by

thinning out of metal by erosion or.

Safety appliances like PVC suit, hand gloves, safety goggles, helmets etc.

will be used during material handling. Also, SCBA/emergency air masks

will be kept available all the time.

Internal and external inspection of tanks, piping, thickness measurement

of piping, inspection and testing of lifting tackles, etc, will be carried out

as per schedule.

iii. Toxic Releases: Controls

Small quantities - say leakage from piping, valves, pin holes etc. will be easily

controlled by isolating the equipment/piping etc. & using personal protective

equipment’s like helmet, shoes, hand gloves, airline respirator, breathing

apparatus (SCBA), apron, etc.

iv. Spillages, Leakages: Controls

Depending on the leaking rate/source the following actions will be taken.

Isolation/cutting of supply at leaking point, transfer to some other

vessel/equipment, and using protective appliances like hand gloves,

helmets, PVC suits etc.

Efforts will be made, to prevent spread of spillage by neutralization/ earth

barriers.

v. Hazards in Transportation: Controls

Highly inflammable chemicals are transported by road. Therefore, adequate

safety precautions for transportation are followed.

The following safety precautions are suggested during transportation of toxic,

inflammable and corrosive chemicals in tankers, while loading and unloading,

transportation and response to emergencies arising out of leakages and

spillages of hazardous materials:

Ensure TREM card with Tanker and tonner/cylinder transporting trucks.



Park the vehicle at designated place.

Stop the engine while unloading and loading of hazardous materials.

Check-up spark arrester.

Provide earthing to tanker securely.

Ensure that fireman is available near the place with proper equipment’s.

Connect the piping properly

Before start unloading, check that, there will not be any leakage.

In case of leakage, immediately attend the leakages & rectify it.

After unloading is over, close the lid properly.

Vehicle to be started only after removal of all pipelines connected with

tanker.

vi. Safety Instructions for Transportation of Hazardous Materials

The name of the chemical along with pictorial sign denoting the dangerous

goods will be marked on the vehicle and the packing material.

The name of the transporter, his address and telephone number will be

clearly written on the road tanker and on the vehicle.

The important safety precautions will be mentioned on the tanker as a

warning label.

The tanker or vehicle will not be used to transport any material other than

what is written on it.

Only trained drivers and cleaners will transport hazardous chemicals.

The transporter and the manufacturer must ensure the safe transportation

of the material.

vii. Tankers

The tanker will be checked for its fitness and safe condition before

loading.

During loading and unloading, the tanker will be breached and isolated

against any movement, while loading/unloading, use safety appliances.

The tanker will not be overloaded by hazardous materials beyond the

weight permitted by the concerned authority.

Check for leakages from the line connections before starting and stopping

the filling operations.

Drive the vehicles carefully, especially in crowded localities and on bumpy

roads.



Do not apply sudden break.

The tanker will not be parked for long time on the way and especially in

crowded places. Park the vehicle away from residential areas.

viii. Maintenance Hazards

Safety permit system like hot work, cold work, confined space entry will be

followed,

Adequate inventory of spare parts will be maintained.

Scaffoldings/Ladders will be used for maintenance.

Personal Protective Equipment (PPEs) will be utilized for protection against

fall, hand injury, head injury etc.

Maintenance procedures will be developed and followed.

All physical hazards will be eliminated.

Lifting tackles will be maintained and examined periodically as per rules &

regulation.

Hand tools/power tools will be used with approved types and of good

quality.

7.8.4 Overall Risk Reduction Measures

For risk mitigation/reduction, attempts will be made to either reduce

inventories that could get released in the event of loss of containment or

failure likelihood’s or both as feasible. Risk analysis identifies the major risk

contributors, which enables prioritization of the plant that deserve special

attention in terms of inspection and maintenance in particular and over all

safety management as a whole. Based on hazard identification, consequence

analysis the following suggestions to enhance safety at the plant are

emerged.

Risk Mitigation/Reduction Measures for Process Operations

For the risk reduction at the process operations after expansion, the following

mitigation measures are given:

A written process safety information document may be compiled for

general use.



Personnel especially contractor workers at the plant will be made aware

about the hazardous substance stored at the plant and risk associated

with them.

The process design information in the process safety information

compilation must include P&IDs/PFDs; process chemistry; maximum

intended inventory; acceptable upper and lower limits, pressures, flows

and compositions and process design and energy balances.

The document compilation will include an assessment of the hazards

presented including (i) toxicity information (ii) permissible exposure limits.

(iii) physical data (iv) thermal and chemical stability data (v) reactivity

data (vi) corrosivity data (vii) information on process and mechanical

design.

Heat, smoke, ammonia, chlorine detectors may be provided at strategic

locations in the plant and indication of detectors/sensors will be provided

in main control room.

Thickness survey for tanks and piping will be carried out periodically as

per standard practices.

Safety measures in the form of do's and don'ts will be displayed at

strategic locations especially in Gujarati and English language.

Personnel engaged in handling of hazardous chemicals will be trained to

respond in an unlikely event of emergencies.

The plant will check and ensure that all instruments provided in the plant

are in good condition and documented.

Personal Protective Equipment

If a worker enters a hazardous area, he must wear suitable personal

protective equipment (PPE). Workers will be taught when and how to use

mask or respiratory apparatus (SCBA) provided. Without SCBA entry into the

confined space or toxic gas area will not be attempted.

Keep personal protective equipment where it can be accessed quickly,

outside the hazardous material storage area and away from areas of likely

affected.

Each employee will maintain his personal protective equipment in clean,

working condition at all times.

All equipment will be used and maintained in accordance with the

manufacturer’s instructions.



Equipment installed for body and eye wash will be checked properly for

uninterrupted operation.

Risk Mitigation Measures for Proposed Expansion

Hazardous chemicals will be stored in separate storage along with

necessary safety measures.

Hazardous process operations will be carried out by trained operators &

under supervision Process Safety Engineer.

Hazardous chemicals will be handled in close circuit.

Enclosures will be provided with vent connected to scrubber for Bromine

etc.

Safety fittings like safety valve, pressure reducing valve, vent, flame

arrestor, pressure / temperature indicators, level indicators, rupture discs

etc. will be provided to the concern equipment.

Calibration of all instruments in the plant will be carried out periodically.

Loading/unloading will be ensured with earthing & bonding for flammable

chemicals.

Flameproof fitting, earthing & bonding of equipments& pipelines will be

provided for flammable chemicals.

Work permit system will be followed strictly.

Periodic on site emergency mock drills will be arranged.

Work area monitoring will be done periodically.

Safety training’s will be given to the workers for handling of hazardous

chemicals.

Monthly Cholinesterase enzyme (Blood) test will be carried for those who

will work in manufacturing process.

Protective clothing will be provided to all workers & casual workers and

these will be regularly washed properly.

Necessary PPE’s will be readily available. Jobs will be accomplished using

relevant PPEs

Necessary cautionary and safety awareness placards will be displayed at

conspicuous places in company.

Eating & chewing will be prohibited in manufacturing area.

Bulk Storage of Finished Product



Stacking of manufactured products in warehouse will be restricted to

certain fixed height. Drums/plastic carboys/jars & other finished goods

packing shall not be stacked at very high levels. This may cause accidents.

Some space must be left while storing the product to easily identify lot

numbers.

It will be marked with Lot No. for easy stacking and removal.

It will be insured that plant personnel are wearing safety protective

equipment while entering in the warehouse or handling products.



Handling of Hazardous Materials

Personal protective equipment used by the workers during handling of

hazardous chemicals, will be replaced after certain time.

If any spillage of hazardous chemicals, it will be cleaned and disposed as

per standard practiced.

Empty drums of hazardous chemicals will neutralize immediately.

Workers engaged in handling of hazardous chemicals will be made aware

of properties of hazardous chemicals.

Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) will be displayed in storage area.

Do's and don'ts will be displayed at strategic locations especially in

Gujarati and English languages.

General Working Conditions at the Plant after Expansion

(a) House Keeping

All the passages, floors and stairways will be maintained in good condition.

The system will be available to deal with any spillage of dry or liquid

chemical at the plant.

Walkways will be always kept free from obstructions.

In the plant, precaution, instructions and Do's and don'ts will be displayed

at strategic locations in Gujarati and English Languages.

All pits, sumps will be properly covered or securely fenced.

(b) Ventilation

Adequate ventilation will be provided in the work floor environment,

hazardous material storage and warehouse for products.

The work environment will be assessed and monitored regularly as local

ventilation is most effective method for controlling dust and gaseous

emissions at work floor.

Safe Operating Procedures

Safe operating procedures will be available for hazardous materials

handling, operations and equipment.



The workers will be informed of consequences of failure to observe the

safe operating procedures.

Safe operating procedures will be formulated and updated, specific to

process & equipment and distributed to concerned plant personnel.

Safety procedure near anhydrous Ammonia and Chlorine tonners will be

prepared and displayed meticulously in Gujarati and English languages.

Work Permit System

Work permit system will be followed at the plant during maintenance.

Fire Protection

Well-designed pressured hydrant system comprising with jockey pump,

electrical & diesel pumps, hydrant, monitor, etc maintained at the plant.

The firefighting system and equipment will be tested and maintained as

per relevant standards.

Heat and smoke detectors will be provided at the plant and shall be

calibrated and maintained properly.

Static Electricity

All equipment and storage tanks/containers of flammable hazardous

materials will be bounded and earthed properly.

Electrical pits shall be maintained clean and covered.

Electrical continuity for earthing circuits of earth pits will be maintained.

Periodic inspections will be carried for earth pits and record will be

maintained.

Communication System

Communication facilities will be checked periodically for its proper functioning.

Safety Inspections

The system will be initiated for checklist based routine safety inspection and

internal safety audit of the plant after expansion. Safety inspection team shall

be formed from various disciplines and departments.

Predictive and Preventive Maintenance



Predictive and preventive maintenance schedule will be prepared for

equipment, piping, pumps, etc., after expansion of the plant.

Electrical Safety

Insulation pad at HT panels shall be replaced at regular interval.

Housekeeping in MCC room shall be kept proper for safe working

conditions.

All the three-phase motor and equipment will be double earthed.

Danger signage showing bone and skull will be displayed at all three phase

motors.

Insulation mat will be provided to the three phase electrical control panels.

Colour Coding System

Colour coding for piping and utility lines shall be followed in accordance with

IS: 2379:1990.

Control of Odour

The efforts will be made to control odour from the plant. Odour Threshold

Concentrations for Hazardous Chemicals is as give below:

Sn. Hazardous Chemicals Odor ThresholdConcentration

1. Methanol 200 ppm (MSDS)

2. Toluene 200 ppm (MSDS)

3. Ammonia Gas 5 ppm (MSDS)

4. Chlorine 0.5 ppm (USEPA)

5. Tri Methyl Phosphite 0.0001 ppm (ACGIH)

Mock Drill Exercises

Mock drills are conducted quarterly. Exercises or drills have two basic

functions, namely training and testing of systems. While exercises do provide

an effective means of training in response procedures, their primary purpose

is to test the adequacy of the emergency management system and to ensure

that all response elements are fully capable of managing an emergency

situation.



Mock drills are best means of accomplishing the following goals andobjectives:

1. To reveal weaknesses in the plans and procedures before emergencies

occur.

2. To identify deficiencies in resources (both in manpower and equipment).

3. To improve the level of co-ordination among various response personnel,

departments and agencies.

4. To clarify each individual’s role and areas of responsibility.

Based on outcomes of emergency response plan is updated accordingly.

7.9 Disaster Management Plan

Disaster Management Plan for the project is presented as standalone reportas

“On site Emergency Response Management Plan”.

Onsite and Off Site DMP for Unit #1 covers the following aspects:

Objective of DMP Basic contents of DMP i.e. description of site, brief description of plant, on

site emergency plan, off site emergency plan Definitions Emergency organic chart, details of safety organization, safety awareness

in employee / public, medical facilities, OHC, PPEs, details of fire fightingsecurity system, ERT, Disaster control measures, communication

Roles and responsibilities during emergency Site main controller, incident controller ECC (emergency control center) Emergency due to natural calamities Mutual Aid Roles and responsibilities of stakeholders including external agencies Emergency handling and evacuation plan Occupational Health Management Plan Occupational hazards, specific pre-placement and periodic monitoring Monitoring parameters and frequency Employees’ Responsibilities OHC Policy

7.9.1 Updation of Disaster Management Plan



Based on finding of Mock Drill, disaster management plan is updated at

regular interval and circulated to concerned department and officials.



Chapter 8

PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 General

The existing Unit # 1 of UPL is engaged in manufacturing of different types of

pesticides, formulations& intermediates products and proposed to increase

production capacities of pesticides, pesticide intermediates & formulations with

addition of new products (Pesticides, Pesticide Intermediates & Formulation).

The benefits of pesticides manufacturing include increased food production,

increased profits for farmers and the prevention of crop diseases. Although pests

consume or harm a large portion of agricultural crops, without the use of

pesticides it is likely that they would consume a higher percentage and there will

be loss of agricultural productivity. Due to the use of pesticides, it is possible to

combat pests and produce larger quantities of foods. By producing more crops,

farmers are also able to increase profits by having more produce to sell.

Pesticides also increase farm profits by helping the farmer save money on labor

costs. Using pesticides reduces the amount of time required to manually remove

weeds and pests from fields. Hence, expansion of UPL project will help in

increase in agricultural productivity indirectly by increasing production of

pesticides and its availability through reducing gaps in demand and supply of

pesticides in the area and region.

8.2 Employment Opportunities

The project will create extra opportunities of direct and indirect employment for

skilled and unskilled manpower. This will also increase the demand for essential

daily utilities in the local market. The project will have following benefits on

employment opportunities:

● The construction work, erection & commissioning and operation of the

proposed plant will require man-power;



● After expansion of the Unit #1, additional 1105 persons will be employed at

various levels. Total workforce requirement after expansion of Unit # 1 will

be 2046 persons.

● Local people will also get employment opportunity after expansion;

● Thousands of people will get employment opportunities during transportation,

distribution, trading and sale of pesticides manufactured by Unit # 1 of UPL

at Ankleshwar;

● Due to the proposed expansion of Unit#1 of UPL indirect

employments/business will be generated through every day purchase by

additional staff and workers from local traders of grocery, rental houses,

garments purchases, vegetable shop, local transportation, etc.

8.3 Other Tangible Benefits

The details of the tangible benefits through the proposed expansion of Unit # 1

of UPL plants are given in below:

● As proposed expansion of Unit #1 will be located within existing plant and

notified industrial area, the proposed project will not have any adverse socio-

economic impact on the area.

● The project will encourage industrial growth of pesticide sector specifically in

formulation units in the region;

● The company will have market growth of its own brands name in various

overseas countries;

● The company will carter pesticide products needs of the domestic market

also;

● UPL will develop in-house manufacturing facilities with the state of art

process, quality control and R & D;

● As pesticide products will be used by farmers, agricultural growth and high

crop yield will be ascertained;

● The project will enhance tax benefits to the country and foreign exchange

savings;

● The UPL undertakes various social activities in area and region.

● UPL supports nursing college, MBA College, Gyandham School, agriculture

development, health &sanitation, environment &nature conservation,



education &empowerment, employability &entrepreneurship and national

&local area needs.

Photographs of CSR Activities by UPL Ltd.







Chapter 9

ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFITS ANALYSIS

9.1 General

The Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis was not recommended during scoping

stage and in ToR granted for proposed expansion of Unit # 1 of UPL by Expert

Appraisal Committee (EAC) of Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change

(MoEF&CC). Hence, the Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis was not carried out.

The total capital investment for proposed expansion is Rs 353.43 Crores

including expenses in Environmental Management Facilities. The Unit will be

providing adequate equipment, resources, manpower & implantation of

Environment management system to take care of different components of

environment. In the yearly budget, sufficient amount will be provided to take

care of operational expenses and disposal costs of wastes.



Chapter 10

Environmental Management Plan

10.1 Introduction

An EMP is a project and site-specific plan developed to ensure that the project is

being implemented / operated in an environmentally sustainable manner.The

proposed expansion of existing Unit #1 of UPL plant may have both positive and

negative impacts on the environment. The anticipated impacts from proposed

expansion of the existing plant should be properly managed and mitigated for

anticipated impacts.The proper Environmental Management Plan (EMP) should

be prepared for activities of the proposed expansion of existing Unit # 1 to

minimize impacts on the basis of prevailing environmental conditions and likely

impacts on various environmental parameters. Environmental Management Plan

will also facilitate monitoring of environmental parameters. Environmental

Management Plan is required for implementation and monitoring of

environmental mitigation measures. EMP includes schemes for proper and

scientific treatment and disposal mechanism for emissions, effluents, sewage,

noise levels, solid and hazardous wastes. Apart from this, rain water harvesting,

landscaping and green belt development, occupational safety aspects of the

workers, noise control measures, etc. are also included in the EMP. Adequate

budgetary provisions including recurring cost are also made for EMP

implementation.

10.2 Purpose of Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

The various objectives of the Environmental Management Plan for the proposed

expansion of the Unit #1 of UPL are as given below:

To treat all the pollutants viz. liquid, solid and gaseous those contribute to the

degradation of the environment with appropriate technology.

To comply with all regulations stipulated by the Ministry of Environment,

Forest & Climate Change (MoEF&CC) /Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB)



/ CPCB regarding air emissions and liquid effluent discharge, under various

Act/Rules/Laws for prevention and control of pollution.

To handle hazardous wastes as per the Hazardous and Other Waste

(Management & Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016

To encourage support and conduct developmental work for the purpose of

achieving environmental standards and to improve the methods of

environmental management.

To create good working conditions (avoidance of air and noise pollution) for

employees.

To reduce fire and risk/ accident hazards.

Perspective budgeting and allocation of funds for environmental management

expenditure. Continuous development and search for innovative technologies

for a cleaner and better environment.

10.3 Occupational Health and Safety

The UPL has duly signed Health, Safety and Environmental (HSE) Policy dated

16th July 2015. The copy of UPL’s Health, Safety and Environmental (HSE) Policy

is enclosed as Annexure 7.

The management of UPL Limited is committed to safeguard the Health, Safety &

Environment for all by minimizing adverse effect due to its Industrial &

Agrochemical Products Manufacturing & Marketing operations, services and

project activities.

The Unit has implemented QMA ISO 9001, EMS ISO 14001 and OHSAS

18001.The unit has also implemented Responsible Care initiative and the

Management is committed to continual improvement in HSE by carrying out risk

assessment of its activities including proactive safety risk assessment with

involvement of its employees and take proactive actions for pollution prevention.

The Company will comply to all applicable statutory and other requirements

pertaining to Occupational Health, Safety and Environment. The Management

will make arrangement for information, education, training and retraining to our



employees, other interested parties and stakeholders about Occupational Health,

Safety & Environment as and when required.

The HSE Policy, objectives and targets, significant aspects, risk levels and

performances shall be reviewed periodically and communicated to our employees

and interested parties.

Existing Safety &Health Good Practices

Safe Assembly Point have been provided at 5 locations

Electrical Sirens are available at TMP Plant, Security Main Gate and SF-10

Plant.

Manual call points/gong bell

Induction and Refreshers Safety Trainingsare conducted and records

maintained.

Personal Protected Equipment (PPE) including SCBA, Countifit mask-ISI mark,

Cloth mask (cotton mask) and Fume mask- cartridge type (organic vap.),

Fume mask with H2S cartridge, Bubble hood.

Occupational Health center is available at the plant.

Fire extinguisher and fire hydrant system have been provided in the plant.

The fire pumps start in Auto mode. Total fire hydrant water storage capacity

is 1200 Kl.

Safety kits to handle leakage from tonners is available.

Work place monitoring facilities are available and work place monitoring is

carried regularly.

The unit is OHSAS 18001 Certified with implementation of all required safety

management system. The system is audited once in a year by external

agency. Additionally, Safety Audit, Workplace monitoring, illumination survey,

ergonomics and VOC monitoring is conducted regularly.

10.4 Environmental Management Cell

UPL is fully conscious for environmental management, therefore, Environment

Management Cell has been formulated having officers from various disciplines to



co-ordinate the activities concerned with environmental management and

implementation of environment enhancement measures.

The cell is responsible for all environmental management activities such as ETP

operation, air pollution control equipment operation and maintenance, hazardous

waste management, green belt development, housekeeping, work floor

monitoring, occupation health and safety facilities, compliance of regulatory

compliance, etc. Environment management cell has following responsibilities:

● Records keeping of environmental data, documents and information in line

with the statutory requirements,

● Day to day basis implementation of environmental management and

operation of pollution control system, to achieve optimum efficiency of the air

pollution control equipment,

● Routine ambient air quality monitoring and stack monitoring at the plant,

● Sampling and analysis of untreated and treated effluents of ETP to ensure

desired efficiency,

● Ensure proper collection and disposal of hazardous wastes. Making efforts for

minimization, reuse and recycling of the hazardous wastes,

● Coordination with various departments of UPL plant to ensure environmental

management,

● Training for environment management for staff and workers at the plant,

● Ensure growth of Green Belt Development at the plant.

After the proposed expansion, the Environmental Management Cell and its

infrastructure will be augmented to take up additional responsibilities for

implementation of mitigation measures.

The Environmental Management Cell will also include the safety officer for

observing, inspecting and regulating the safety measures inside the plant

premise. The Environmental Management Cell will be responsible for maintaining

records of all the data, documents and information in line with the statutory

requirements. Organizational structure of Environmental Management Cell of Unit

# 1 of UPL is shown in the form of block diagram in Figure 10.1.


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd.10 - 5Figure 10.1 – Environment Management Cell





10.5 Environmental Management Plan for Construction Phase

10.5.1Pollution Control Arrangement / Mitigative Measures for Construction Phase

Environmental Management Plan would specifically consist of the following and industry willfollow the said plan

physically as well as in spirit. Pollution control arrangements/mitigative measures for different types/sources of

pollution are presented in the Table 10.1 and Table 10.2.

Table 10.1 : EMP for Construction Phase

Description Type of Pollutant/ Wastes

Source Pollution Control Arrangements /Management

EnvironmentalparametersAir,Water,Noise,Land/soil,Flora &fauna,Socio-economic,Health & safety

Particulate matter,fugitive emissions,domestic wastewater, noise,municipal solid /waste

Variousconstructionactivitieslike site cleaning,excavation,installation ofequipment,transportation andmaterial handlingetc.

Loading and unloading of materials from

tankers may lead to fugitive emissions. To

avoid the same, the materials transfer will be

done through fixed piping connections.

Tarpaulin sheet covers will be used on the

materials during transportation.

To reduce the noise generation during the

transportation activities; the vehicle will be

keptperiodically serviced and maintained as

per the requirement of latest trend in

automobile industry.

The vehicles having PUCs and spark arrestors

will only allowed for the transportation.




Source Pollution Control Arrangements /Management All the vibrating parts will be checked

periodically and serviced to reduce the noise

generation.

Sound producing equipment will be enclosed in

the sound proofing enclosure to give residual

sound pressure level of 75 dB(A).

Sources of high noise level will be provided

adequate sound enclosures.

Domestic wastewater will be treated and

disposed off through existing effluent

treatment plant

All municipal solid waste will be properly stored

on site before it is collected by

municipality/other agency for its ultimate

disposal.

All workers will be trained to use wielding

shields and follow safer practice.

To minimize the adverse health effects all

necessary/ suitable personnel protective

equipment likesafety helmet, safety goggles,

gum boots, earmuff/ear plug and safety net

etc will be provided for




Source Pollution Control Arrangements /Management working personnel.

Excavated earth will be used for re-filling of

foundation & plinth, green belt and leveling

low lyingareas at project site itself.

Construction and demolition materials (if any)

will be used for leveling low lying areas.

Top soil will be stored onsite and used for

development of greenbelt/ landscaping.

Regular water sprinkling will be done.

Greenbelt will be developed and maintained

(as per EB expert and CPCB guidelines) within

thepremises / around the premises.

Table 10.2 – EMP for Operational PhaseDescription

(Environmental

Parameters)

Type of

Pollutants/Wastes

Source Pollution Control Arrangements /

Management

Air Environment PM, SO₂, NO2 From Boiler Operations &

stand by DG Sets

The following actions will be implemented to

control the PM, SO2& NO2 pollutants

Use of clean fuel – Natural Gas shall be

used to reduce emissions and zero waste

generation from burning activity (no fly ash

/ waste generation).

Control excess air to ensure complete



Description

(Environmental

Parameters)

Type of

Pollutants/Wastes


Management

combustion of fuel

Regular monitoring of boiler stacks for

parameters PM,SO2 and NO2.

Emergency shutdown of boiler in case of

Abnormal operations.

Plantations will be carried out in the

prevailing wind direction in order to control

the dust.

Ambient air quality outside the premises

and work place monitoring will be carried

out once in amonth through

MoEF/NABL/GPCB approved agency.

Company should develop greenbelt on the

road sides of NH 8 and other nearby

villages as well aspavement will be done in

unpaved area.

Cl2 and NH3 TMP Plant- Neutralization

Process

HCL scrubber followed by Water Scrubber

PM Solid Formulation Plant Bag Filter & Wet Scrubber (HYPO)

PM Mancozeb/Maneb/Zineb/Ziram

Plant- Spray Dryer

Cyclone & Water + Venturi Scrubber

HCl and Cl2 PCl3 storage tank- Caustic

Scrubber (Packed column)

Alkali Scrubber

PM CaCl2 Plant- Spray Dryer Cyclone& Water + Venturi Scrubber

PM Spray Drier of Mancozeb / Cyclone & Water Scrubber



Description

(Environmental

Parameters)

Type of

Pollutants/Wastes


Management

Maneb / Zineb/ Ziram

PM Antracol Spray Drier Bag Filter

NH3Flonicamide plant Ammonia

generating reactor

Water scrubber (Packed column)

HClFlonicamide Plant at HCL and

SO2 generating reactor

Water Scrubber followed by Caustic (Packed

columns)

VOC Imazapic Plant - Methyl

acrolien reactor**

Carbon Filter followed by alkali Scrubber

CS2 / H2S Mancozeb or Maneb or Zineb

or Ziram - CS2 Recovery**

CS2 Recovery followed by caustic scrubber

CS2/ H2S Zineb or Antracol - CS2

Recovery **

CS2 Recovery followed by caustic scrubber

Air Environment Particulate Matter &

Gaseous pollutants

Raw Material / Finished

Products Handling

Material Charging

Vehicular traffic

within the factory

Production of solid technical

pesticides

Implementation of closed handling system

of major solid raw materials.

Installation and operation of latest

technology enabled scrubbing system

prevailing in industry.

Development of greenbelt surrounding the

plant premises.

Regular maintenance of bag filters, cyclones

& scrubbers.

Regular stack emission monitoring of point

source emissions for particulate matter &

other gaseous pollutants.

Only PUC certified vehicle is being be



Description

(Environmental

Parameters)

Type of

Pollutants/Wastes


Management

allowed to use.

Regular cleaning circulation areas to avoid

vehicular movement generated dust

emissions.

Water

Environment

Domestic

Wastewater

Sanitation & Canteen facility Domestic effluent will be treated in Sewage

Treatment Plant (STP) and treated wastewater

will be used for gardening / process.

Industrial waste

water

Industrial

wastewater

(process, boiler blow-down,

cooling purge,

washing etc), RO Reject

The unit has proposed to augment existing

ETP capacity from 400 KLD To 1400 KLD

after expansions. The existing primary,

secondary & tertiary treatment stages will

be in place with augmented capacity and

new technologies.

Effluent conveyance pipeline will be regular

check for the leakage. Treated water will be

sent to FETP NCT for further treatment and

disposal

Unit has installed 100 KLD capacity RO

System. Permeate will be taken to cooling

tower make up

Approx. 60 % Steam condensate from boiler

can be recycled back for boiler water make-

up.

Proper storm water collection is / will be

provided to avoid water logging, mosquitos



Description

(Environmental

Parameters)

Type of

Pollutants/Wastes


Management

breeding etc.

Rainwater harvesting scheme is / will be

installed at selected buildings.

Land/Soil

Environment

Hazardous Wastes Production of Pesticides, ETP

Sludge, Off Specific / Expired

chemicals etc.

The collection, storage and disposal of

hazardous wastes to Common Hazardous

Waste Disposal Facility and Incineration

Facility of Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd

(BEIL) at Ankleshwar and recyclable

hazardous wastes are sold to authorized

cyclers Empty barrels/ containers are sent to

BEIL, Dahej for decontamination /

detoxification.

The generated by products will be sold to

local market or deposed as per applicability

of Hazardous & Other wastes (Management

& Handling) rules 2016.

Land/Soil

Environment

E-waste Computers,

Laptops

To be collected, stored and given to

authorized recycler

Land/Soil

Environment

Used Oil Machinery lubricating To be collected, stored and given to

authorized recycler

Land/Soil

Environment

Battery Waste Electrical/Instrument

Installations

To be collected, stored and given to

authorized recycler

Noise Environment Structure-borne

noise: The

Noise from steam turbine

generator

Specific acoustic housing /enclosures.

All the vibrating parts will be checked



Description

(Environmental

Parameters)

Type of

Pollutants/Wastes


Management

vibration

transmitted may

activate the

building structure

where it mounted

without proper

installation.

Air-borne noise

due to air

turbulence at

equipment/

structure and etc.

Rotating equipment

compressors, fans, pumps

Vibration from

rotating

equipment of cooling tower

periodically and serviced to reduce the noise

generation.

All machineries and its accessories will be

well designed and mounted/located with the

flexible support or foundation to avoid the

vibration noise.

Adequate sound enclosures will be provided

and proper maintenance as well as

lubrication will be done to all the equipment

and machineries generating high noise.

Care will be taken to ensure that the noise

level do not exceed 75 dB (A) during the

Day time and 70 dB (A) during the Night

time. However, personal protective

equipment (PPE) like earplugs/earmuffs will

be provided to all the workers working in

such areas

where noise level will be high. In addition to

this a green belt area will be developed

around the premises which will help to

reduce noise levels.

Enclosure with silencers at condenser fan

outlets and at air inlets of the enclosure will

be fabricated. Vibration isolators to support

a water-cooling tower, thereby isolating it



Description

(Environmental

Parameters)

Type of

Pollutants/Wastes


Management

from the building structure will be provided.

Equipment will be properly mounted on

structure to provide support/add rigidity.

Biological

Environment

Particulate Matter &

Gaseous Pollutants

From Plant premises point

sources and material

handling, vehicular movement

etc.

Greenbelt will be developed and maintained

(as per EB expert and CPCB guidelines)

within the premises/ around the premises to

control the expected pollutants due to

proposed project activity as well as to

improve the aesthetic.

Characteristic of plants mainly considered

for affecting absorption of pollutant gases

and removal of dust particle are as follows.

For Absorption of Gases:

Tolerance towards pollutants in question,

at concentration, that are not too high to

be

instantaneously lethal

Longer duration of foliage

Freely exposed foliage

Adequate height of crown

Openness of foliage in canopy

Big leaves (long and broad laminar

surface)

Large number of stomatal apertures



Description

(Environmental

Parameters)

Type of

Pollutants/Wastes


Management

For Removal of Suspended Particular

matter

Height and spread of crown.

Leaves supported on firm petiole

Abundance of surface on bark and foliage

Roughness of bark

Abundance of axillary hairs

Hairs or scales on laminar surface

Protected Stomata

Greenbelt development plan including nos.

of trees, species & type of trees, rows of

trees etc. are detailed in Chapter- 4.

Rain Water

Harvesting

Water Conservation The unit will maintain Zero Ground water

withdrawal.

All administrative building and canteen roofs

water will be collected by means of an

appropriate Rain Water Harvesting System

at industry & roof top rain water harvesting

will be done in such a manner that first

water is excluded and subsequently roof top

rain water will be harvested and reused.

Risk & Safety

Management

Fire hazards Storage & handling

of materials,

manufacturing

Risk Assessment study for proposed project

has been carried out. Details of Risk

assessment study report along with



Description

(Environmental

Parameters)

Type of

Pollutants/Wastes


Management

process mitigation measure/emergency plan to

control / minimize the probable hazard due

to proposed project are given in Chapter –

7,

Fire fighting equipment/system and

extinguishers will be installed as per the

requirement of the fire risk in all

plants/sections/departments and/or as per

the requirement of Factory Act/ Rules/ IS

2190:1992/suggestion made in Risk

Assessment Study.

Occupational/

workers health

& safety

Occupational

health & safety

hazards

Storage & handling

of materials,

manufacturing

process

To minimize the adverse health effects all

necessary/ suitable personnel protective

equipment like helmet, safety goggles, gum

boots, earmuff/ear plug and safety net etc will

be provided for

working personnel.

All suggested/proposed pollution control

devices/measure should be installed and

operated / maintained properly on regular

basis.

All precautionary methods will be adopted

by unit is also committed towards the

Health & Safety of workers and will provide

a facility of pre-medical check-up of



Description

(Environmental

Parameters)

Type of

Pollutants/Wastes


Management

employees for detecting any kind of adverse

effect on the health of employee due to the

chemical or work place condition and

providing opportunity to improve the

working condition.

The workers exposed to higher noise level

will be provided with ear muffs/ear plugs.

The workers exposed to higher noise level

will be provided with ear muffs/ ear plugs.

Proper handling of the materials and the

maintenance of Material Safety Data Sheet

(MSDS) will be followed to ensure safety

within the plant area.

Drinking water supply for the employees will

be provided by the project proponent and

the standard of the drinking water will be as

per IS 10500:2012. Proper sanitary facilities

will be made available by the project

proponent so that employees do not suffer

from any health ailments.

The employees will be made aware of

general practices sanitary practices.

Periodical training programme to inform the

employees about their task, associated risk,

and safe working practices will be



Description

(Environmental

Parameters)

Type of

Pollutants/Wastes


Management

undertaken. Training will also include

information on accident prevention, proper

control and maintenance of equipment and

safe material handling practices. To refresh

the academic and skill improvement as per

management requirement, induction

training and external training will be

provided to fresher’s with respect to

“Industrial Safety & Health Training”.

Onsite-offsite emergency plan/disaster

management plan will be developed as per

the suggestion made in Risk Assessment

Study. A regular monitoring of the

occupational Health and Safety will reduce

the chances of accidents hence all the

records of job related accidents and illness

will be maintained as per the requirement of

Gujarat Factory Act. This information will be

reviewed and evaluated to improve the

effectiveness of Environmental Health and

Safety programme.

Regular work place monitoring will be

carried out form-37 will be maintained as

per GFR

Cleaner Solid/liquid/gases Manufacturing The cleaner production is a way or a tool to



Description

(Environmental

Parameters)

Type of

Pollutants/Wastes


Management

Production ,

Resource /

Energy

Conservation

pollutants process & material

handling/ storage

have sustainable development with initiative

to have growth minimum disturbance to

environment and human being. The

approach to cleaner production is different

from conventional method of end of pipe

treatment.

Cleaner production approach is directly

reduction at source. Details of the same are

given in Chapter- 2.

Socio-Economic

Environment

and Corporate

Social

Responsibility

(CSR)

Regular environment awareness programme

should organize to improve upon the

surrounding population about the beneficial

impacts of the projects and about the

measures being undertaken for improving

quality of life.

To minimize strain on existing infrastructure

adequate provision of basic amenities

education, health, transport etc is made

considering the needs of workplace and

migrating population.

Promoting tree plantation in the area should

develop social forestry.

Sanitation facilities must gradually be

improved for better hygiene and Health

Employment strategy would prefer



Description

(Environmental

Parameters)

Type of

Pollutants/Wastes


Management

employment of local people, promote Skill

development.

To mitigate the adverse impact likely to

arise in social, cultural and economical

aspects in the surrounding region and the

proposed project is expected to contribute

towards enlistment of local people quality of

life CSR activity will be organized. CSR

activities are proposed by the industry and

budgetary details are given in Chapter- 10.


Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. 10- 21

10.6Infrastructure Facilities for labour during construction as well as

Operational phase

During both phases the labour will be provided sanitation, drinking water,changing room, bathing facility, canteen facility & Regular medical check-up.

All required PPEs and apron will be given by UPL.

All Workers will be given proper safety, health awareness and operationaltraining for execution of given task. The training will be inhouse and practicalboth.

10.7 Solvent Management Plan

The following mitigation measures have been implemented for the solvent

handling, storage and management at the Unit #1 of UPL. Same will be

continued after expansion also:

For manufacturing of pesticide products at existing plant and after

expansion,solvents are/ will be used in the various processes, which are

recovered throughefficient solvent recovery system. Presently solvents are

recovered above 95%.

Flame arrestors have been provided at all vent lines at solvent tanks.

Vent condensers have been provided on the solvent and odorous

chemicalstorages tanks.

Flame proof lights have been provided in solvent storage and handling areas.

Solventsare transferred to reactors through closed piping.

Solvent handling pumps have mechanical seals to prevent leakages. Reactors

are also provided with breather valve to prevent losses.

Earthing and bonding have been provided to solvent storage tanks, pumps,

transfer piping’s and reactors.



10.8 Energy Conservation Measures

At the Unit # 1, the following energy conservation measures will be taken:

Boiler

● Establish an efficiency-maintenance program. Start with an energy audit and

follow-up, then make a boiler efficiency-maintenance program.

● Steam condensate will recycle back in to boiler.

● Company will provide economizer for stack for waste heat recovery.

Electrical Utilities

Electricity Distribution System

● Schedule operations to maintain a high load factor,

● Shift loads to off-peak times,

● Minimize maximum demand by tripping loads through a demand controller,

● Stagger start-up times for equipment with large starting currents to minimize

load peaking,

● Use standby electric generation equipment for on-peak high load periods,

● Correct power factor to at least 0.90 under rated load conditions,

● Set transformer taps to optimum settings,

● Check utility electric meter with your own meter,

● Shut off unnecessary computers, lights, fans, printers, and copiers at night,

Motors

● Properly size to the load for optimum efficiency. (High efficiency motors offer

of 4 - 5% higher efficiency than standard motors),

● Use energy-efficient motors where economical,

● Use synchronous motors to improve power factor,

● Check alignment of motors,



● Provide proper ventilation (For every 10 oC increase in motor operating

temperature over recommended peak, the motor life is estimated to be

halved),

● Check for under-voltage and over-voltage conditions,

● Balance the three-phase power supply. (An imbalanced voltage can reduce 3

- 5% in motor input power),

● Demand efficiency restoration after motor rewinding. (If rewinding is not

done properly, the efficiency can be reduced by 5 - 8%).

Drives

● Use variable-speed drives for large variable loads,

● Use precision alignment,

● Check belt tension regularly,

● Eliminate variable-pitch pulleys,

● Use flat belts as alternatives to v-belts,

● Use synthetic lubricants for large gearboxes,

● Eliminate eddy current couplings,

● Shut them off when not needed.

ID Fans

● Use smooth, well-rounded air inlet cones for fan air intakes,

● Avoid poor flow distribution at the fan inlet,

● Minimize fan inlet and outlet obstructions,

● Clean screens, filters, and fan blades regularly,

● Use aerofoil-shaped fan blades,

● Minimize fan speed,

● Use low-slip or flat belts,


● Eliminate variable pitch pulleys,

● Use variable speed drives for large variable fan loads,

● Use energy-efficient motors for continuous or near-continuous operation,

● Turn fans off when not needed.



Blowers

● Use smooth, well-rounded air inlet ducts or cones for air intakes,

● Minimize blower inlet and outlet obstructions,

● Clean screens and filters regularly,

● Minimize blower speed,

● Use low-slip or no-slip belts,


● Eliminate variable pitch pulleys,

● Use variable speed drives for large variable blower loads,

● Use energy-efficient motors for continuous or near-continuous operation,

● Turn blowers off when they are not needed,

Pumps

● Operate pumping near best efficiency point,

● Modify pumping to minimize throttling,

● Adapt to wide load variation with variable speed drives or sequenced control

of smaller units,

● Repair seals and packing,

● Balance the system to minimize flows and reduce pump power requirements.

Cooling Towers

● Control cooling tower fans based on leaving water temperatures,

● Control to the optimum water temperature as determined from cooling tower

and chiller performance data,

● Use two-speed or variable-speed drives for cooling tower fan control,

● Turn off unnecessary cooling tower fans when loads are reduced,

● Balance flow to cooling tower hot water basin,

● Periodically clean plugged cooling tower water distribution nozzles,

● Install new nozzles to obtain a more-uniform water pattern,

● Optimize cooling tower fan blade angle on a seasonal and/or load basis,

● Correct excessive and/or uneven fan blade tip clearance and poor fan

balance,



● Divert clean air-conditioned building exhaust to the cooling tower during hot

weather,

● Re-line leaking cooling tower cold water basins,

● Check water overflow pipes for proper operating level.

● Optimize chemical use,

● Consider side stream water treatment,

● Restrict flows through large loads to design values,

● Shut off loads that are not in service,

● Take blow down water from the return water header,

● Optimize blow down flow rate,

● Automate blow down to minimize it,

● Install interlocks to prevent fan operation when there is no water flow,

● Establish a cooling tower efficiency-maintenance program. Start with an

energy audit and follow-up, then make a cooling tower efficiency-

maintenance program.

Lighting

● Reduce excessive illumination levels to standard levels using switching,

delamping, etc,

● Aggressively control lighting with clock timers, delay timers, photocells,

and/or occupancy sensors,

● Install efficient alternatives to incandescent lighting, mercury vapor lighting,

etc,

● Select lamps carefully with high power factor and long-term efficiency in

mind,

● Upgrade obsolete fluorescent systems to Compact fluorescents,

● Consider day lighting, skylights, etc,

● Consider painting the walls a lighter color and using less lighting fixtures or

lower wattages,

● Use task lighting and reduce background illumination,

● Re-evaluate exterior lighting strategy, type, and control. Control it

aggressively,

● Change exit signs from incandescent to LED.



DG Sets

● Optimize loading,

● Use waste heat to generate steam/hot water /power an absorption chiller or

preheat process or utility feeds,

● Use jacket and head cooling water for process needs,

● Clean air filters regularly.

Miscellaneous

● Meter any unmetered utilities. Know what is normal efficient use. Track down

causes of deviations,

● Shut down spare, idling, or unneeded equipment,

● Make sure that all of the utilities to redundant areas are turned off - including

utilities like compressed air and cooling water.

10.9 Natural Resource Conservation

At the Unit # 1, natural resource conservation measures are/will be adopted in

the following ways:

● Energy conservation measures will be adopted to save the energy and avoid

wastage of energy under the policy of "energy saved is energy produced,"

● Heat from boiler stack flue gases is utilized for heating water through Heat

Recovery Units,

● Solvents are recovered above 95%.

● Use drip irrigation and sprinkling irrigation to improve irrigation efficiency and

reduce evaporation,

● Rain water harvesting system will be adopted to use rain water.



10.10“Best Manufacturing practice” and “Safe Practice” for HandlingStorage, Transportation and Unloading of Hazardous Chemicals

The “best manufacturing practice” and “Safe Practice” for handling storage,

transportation and unloading of the hazardous chemicals, to be adopted at the

existing Unit # 1 after expansion are as given below:

10.10.1 Best Manufacturing Practices

The best manufacturing practice guidelines provide guidance for manufacturing,

testing, and quality assurance in order to ensure that desired quality of product

has been produced maintaining occupational health and safety. The best

manufacturing practices for existing UPL plant after expansion are as given

below:

● The plant is/will maintain a clean and safety manufacturing area.

● Safe working conditions is/will be maintained in order to prevent minimize

risk and safety.

● Manufacturing processes is/will be clearly defined and controlled. All

processes is/will be validated to ensure consistency and compliance with

specifications.

● Manufacturing processes is/will be controlled, and any changes to the process

is/will be evaluated.

● Instructions and procedures is/will be written in clear and unambiguous

language.

● Operators is/will be trained to carry out and document procedures.

● Records is/will be made, manually or by instruments, during manufacturing

that the demonstrated steps required by the defined procedures and

instructions are in fact taken and that the quantity and quality of the product

was as expected. Deviations is/will be investigated and documented.

● Records of manufacture that enable the complete history of a batch to be

traced are retained in a comprehensible and accessible form.



10.10.2 Safe Practices

At the UPL plant after expansion, safety practices will be followed to minimize

risk and same have been discussed in Chapter 7 in details and summarized

below:

● A written process safety information document will be compiled for general

use. The document compilation will include an assessment of the hazards

presented toxicity/flammable information, Permissible exposure limits,

physical hazard data, thermal and chemical stability data, reactivity data,

corrosively data and information on process and mechanical design.

● The process design information in the process safety information compilation

will include P&IDs/PFDs; process chemistry; maximum intended inventory;

upper and lower limits, pressures, flows and compositions and process design

and energy balances.

● Personnel engaged in handling of hazardous chemicals will be trained to

respond in an unlikely event of emergencies.

● Safety measures in the form of DO’s and Don’ts will be displayed at strategic

locations especially in Gujarati and English language.

● The plant will check and ensure that all instruments provided in the plant are

in good condition and documented.

● Safe work practices will be developed to provide for the control of hazards

during operation and maintenance.

● Personnel especially contractor workers at the plant will be made aware

about the hazardous substances stored at the plant and risk associated with

them.

● Predictive and preventive maintenance schedule will be prepared for new

equipment, piping, pumps, etc. and thickness survey will be done periodically

as per standard practices.

● Safety communication/motivation/promotion will be implemented.

● Safety education and training will be imparted to the workers available at the

plant area.



● Necessary first aid facilities will be provided at the plant at strategic locations.

● Occupational Health Centre will be established at the plant. Antidotes for all

hazardous chemicals will be available at occupational health center at the

plant.

● Workers engaged in handling of hazardous chemicals will be made aware of

properties of hazardous chemicals.

● In the plant, precaution and instructions will be displayed at strategic

locations in Gujarati and English Languages.

● Adequate ventilation will be provided in the work floor environment.

● The work environment will be assessed and monitored regularly as local

ventilation is most effective method for controlling dust and gaseous

emissions at work floor.

● Safe operating procedures will be available for mostly all hazardous materials,

operations and equipment.

● The workers will be informed of consequences of failure to observe the safe

operating procedures.

● Work permit system will be followed at the plant.

● Records for near-miss, incidents and accidents will be maintained and

analyzed to take precautionary measures. There is no reportable accident in

past years at the plant.

● At the plant, safety audit will be carried out by the Audit team comprising of

safety professional, technical services, maintenance and process personnel.

● Necessary fire protection facilities will be provided at the plant after

expansion.

● Adequate numbers of fire extinguishers will be provided in production area.

● Easy availability of fire extinguishers and trained personnel will be insured to

operate extinguishers.

● All equipment and storage tanks/containers of flammable chemicals will be

bounded and earthed properly.

● The workers will be made aware about the hazards associated with manual

material handling.

● Communication system including public address system will be provided.



● The system will be initiated for checklist based routine safety inspection and

internal audit of the plant. Safety inspection team will be formed from various

disciplines and departments.

● Predictive and preventive maintenance schedule will be followed in religious

manner.

● Colour coding for piping and utility lines will be followed in accordance with

IS: 2379:1990.

● Before entering the tankers and trucks engaged in the transportation of

hazardous materials to the plant, Registration certificate for transportation of

hazardous materials, driving license to drive vehicles carrying hazardous

materials, fitness certificate, valid National permit, TREM Card, Insurance

papers, will be checked before allowing to enter the plant premises:

● Electrical Hazardous and safety will be properly managed at the proposed

plant.

● Electrical earth pits will be cleaned, covered and maintained in good

condition.

10.12Green Belt Development


tree will be felled. At present at the plant total 33402 sqm green belt have been

developed by planting indigenous trees species. The UPL has developed in house

nursery since 1993-94 and donates 1000-2000 no of saplings per annum without

charges to surrounding area. The unit has received approval from NHAI for

development of additional green belt adjacent to compound wall of unit. The unit

has signed agreement for development of 1,82,108 sqm (45 Acres) of land with

green belt from ~ 3 km distance at survey no 611/613/614/615 & 616 located at

village – Mandva.This will improve aesthetics and have positive impact.

Tree plantation for green belt is known for improving the aesthetic and

climatological environment of an area and properly designed green belt can help

in ameliorating air pollution to a very significant degree. Green belt works most

effective as a sink for particulate matter and gaseous emissions from ground

level sources, such as, fugitive emissions. Effectiveness of green belt for the



elevated sources is rather limited but its action as a green lung greatly helps in

improving the air quality of the area.

Green belt also helps in attenuating sound level as it acts as a barrier for sound

propagation. Plants native to an area are generally suggested to suit the

prevailing ecosystem and biogeochemical cycling. Native plants are more

tolerant to disease and result in better attenuation of pollutants. Green belts

also provide habitat and food for birds, small mammals and reptiles.



10.11.1 Design and Development of Green Belt

Green belt development planning for the proposed expansion of UPL plant has

to be done with the ecological perspective of the immediate surrounding

environment taking into consideration nature of pollutants, availability of space

and prominent wind directions.

10.11.2 Guidelines & Technique for Green Belt Development

The structure & composition of vegetation in the study area as observed during

the baseline study, edaphic characteristics in the study area & CPCB guideline

(PROBES/75/1999-2000) for development of green belt are the basis for

selection of plant species for the UPL plant along with the following

considerations:

● Local/native fast growing preferably non-fruiting trees & shrubs should be

used for plantation

● Plants should have preferably large leaf area

10.11.3 Plantation Details for Green Belt Development at Unit # 1

The details of the plantation carried out for green belt at the Unit # 1 of UPL are

given in Table 10.3and Table 10.4. Green belt development plan for the UPL

plant isshown in Figure 10.2.

Table 10.3: Vegetation within the Unit #1 of UPL Plant


Local Name of Species No. of Species

Azadirachtaindica Neem 38

Peltophorumpterocarpum Peltophorum 680

Alstonia scholaris Indian Pulai (Kodiya) 36

Tamarindusindica Imli 3





Delonix regia Gulmahor 6

Plumeria rubra Champa 370

Ficusreligiosa Peepal 12

Ficusbenghalensis Banyan (Vad) 8

Bambuseae Bamboo 134

Citrus limon Nimbu 3

Mimusopselengi Borsali 32

Terminalia catappa Indian Badam 120

Acacia Nilotica Desi Baval 55

Musa acuminate Banana 8

Manilkarazapota Chiku 5

Leucaena leucocephala Subaval 410

Cocos nucifera Nariyeli 12

Dypsislutescens Aarika Palm (Yellow Palm) 137

Hyophorbelagenicaulis Bottle Palm 18

Caryotaurens Fish Tail Palm 4

Millettiapinnata Karanj 7

Murrayakoenigii Curry-Patta 4

Ficusbenjamina Pukar – Black Phycus 162

Schefflera arboricola Octopus Tree 18

Pisonia Alba Alba 31

Eucalyptus Nilgiri 6

Casuarina equisetifolia Saru 5

Thespesia populnea Paras Peepal 21

ThevetianeriifoliaJuss Pili Karen 336

Mulberry Setur 9

Annona squamosa Sitafal 4

Mangiferaindica Aambo (Mango) 12

Syzygiumcumini Jamun 6

Cycas revoluta Sago palm 2

Saracaasoca Sita Ashok 17

Limoniaacidissima Wood Apple (Kantha) 5

Albiziasaman Rain Tree 18

Acacia Auriculiformis BangaliBaval 70





Tabebuia rosea Basant Rani 18

Neolamarckiacadamba Kadam 6

Ficus Panda Panda Ficus 124

Pithecellobium dulce GorasAambli 18

Sapindusmukorossi Aritha 2

Cordia dichotoma Gunda 7

Cassia fistula Garmalo 6

Couroupitaguianensis Kailashpati 4

Aegle marmelos Bilipatra 1

Prunus avium Cherry 4

Moringa oleifera Saragvo 1

Tectona Grandis Sagwan 8

Phoenix dactylifera Kharek 2

Tecoma stans Sonapaati 44

Erythrina variegata Indian Coral 3

Tabernaemontanadivaricata Tagari 80

Tabernaemontana Tagar 75

Pyrus communis Jamrukh 6

Punicagranatum Anar 1

Bougainvillea Boganvel 47

Ixora coccinea Rugmani 220

Others Others 120

Canabis sativa Saptaparni 45

3666

Table 10.4: Plantation of Species in Drums/Pots within Unit #1

Sr.No


Local Name of Species No of Species

1. Dypsislutescens Aarika Palm (Yellow Palm) 83

2. Schefflera arboricola Octopus Tree 39

3. Ficusbenjamina Pukar – Black Phycus 245

4. Cycas revoluta Sago palm 34

5. Pisonia Alba Alba 80

6. Areca catechu Supari Palm 19



Sr.No


Local Name of Species No of Species

7. Raffia palm Rafia 19

8. Bougainvillea Boganvel 46

9. Tabernaemontana Tagar 42

10. Plumeria rubra Champa 52

11. Musa acuminate Banana 32

12. Terminalia catappa Indian Badam 8

13. Hyophorbelagenicaulis Bottle Palm 42

14. Cocos nucifera Nariyeli 15

15. Caryotaurens Fish Tail Palm 16

16. Bambuseae Bamboo 22



EIA/EMP Report for Capacity Expansion of Manufacturing Capacity of Existing Products and Manufacturingof New Pesticides, Intermediate Chemicals (Unit # 1), Plot No.- 117/118, Notified Industrial Estate, GIDC,Ankleshwar (Gujarat)


Figure 10.2: Green Belt Development Plan for Unit #1

Green Belt Development Plan for Unit #1



10.12Occupational Health & Safety after Expansion

10.12.1Details of Occupational Health Program

At the existing and after proposed expansion of Unit #1, various types of

hazardous chemicals will be stored and handled for manufacturing of different

types of pesticides. The workers at the plant after expansion will be exposed

directly or indirectly by these chemicals. Necessary mitigation measures will be

adopted to handle and storage of hazardous chemicals within Threshold Limit

Values (TLV)/ Permissible Exposure Levels as per ACGIH (American Conference

of Governmental Industrial Hygienists) recommendations. The risk mitigation

measures will be taken to keep these chemicals within PEL/TLV.

The workers will be examined concerning their exposure to hazardous chemicals

during pre-placement and periodical medical monitoring annually. Liver Function

Tests (LFT) during pre-placement and periodical examination annually will be

carried.

10.12.2Occupational Health Surveillance Programme

Workers can be directly or indirectly exposed by hazardous chemicals during the

charging process or materials handling at the Unit # 1. UPL is/will take necessary

measures to keep hazardous chemicals exposures within the Permissible

Exposure Limit (PEL)/ Threshold Limit Value (TLV). The following measures

is/will be taken to maintain Occupational Health & and safety at the plant after

expansion:

● Process is/will be carried out in closed circuit system.

● Dilution ventilation/local exhaust ventilation system is/will be provided.

● Hazardous chemicals is/will be handled by trained person only following

SOPs.

● MSDS of hazardous substances is/will be maintained and displayed as

strategic locations.

● Eyes and body wash system is/will be provided at required locations.

● Labeling and sign board is/will be provided accordingly.



● PPE is/will be provided and used during handling of hazardous chemicals.

● Evaluation of Exposure of Chemical is/will be carried out during pre-

placement and periodical medical monitoring

● Emergency /exposure examination and test is/will be carried out. Examination

is/will be based on irritation, sensitization of skin, respiratory system, eye,

shortness of breath.

● Test is/will be carried out as per handling of chemicals as per OSHA guideline.

Previous medical opinion of workers/employees as well as history is/will bechecked.

The Occupational Health Surveillance Programme for the plant has been

prepared, which is/will be followed after expansion of the existing UPL plant.

The objective of Occupational Health Surveillance Programme is as given below:

● Workplace injuries, illness can be prevented and hazard should be identified.

● Evaluation of accident analysis due to unsafe acts and condition as well as

identified the health and safety problems in workplace.

● Effective Preventive measures strategies can be prepared.

● New technologies, educational activities, public awareness and regulatory and

policy changes can be achieved.

The overall mission of the Occupational Health Surveillance Program is to

promote the health, safety and quality of life of working people is/will be

achieved. The surveillance program can be improved by following action:

● Pre-placement examination and periodic examination is/will be carried out at

workplace.

● Emergency/exposure examination and test is/will be carried out. Examination

is based on irritation, sensitization of skin, respiratory system, eye, shortness

of breath.

● Maintain the work profile and medical history of employee/workers.

● Pulmonary function test is/will be carried out in case handling of

formaldehyde.

● Written medical opinion to worker is/will be maintained.

● Health examination is/will be certified by qualified medical practitioners



10.12.2.1 Liver Function Tests (LFT) during Pre-placement and PeriodicalExamination

The liver function test (LFT) is blood test that gives an indication of whether the

liver is functioning properly. The test is also very useful to see if there is active

damage in the liver (hepatitis) or sluggish bile flow (Cholestasis). It is also

important to remember that diagnosis of liver disease depends on the

combination of patient history, occupational exposures, physical examination,

laboratory testing, biopsy and sometimes imaging studies such as ultrasound

scans, and etc.

There are so many tests covered in LFT. They are as below with their normalvalues:

AST (Aspartate Aminotransferase) : 5-40 iu/l

ALT (alaninie aminotransferase) : 5-35 iu/l

ALP (alkaline phosphatase) : 30-85 imu/ml

GGT (gamma-glutamyl transpepdiase) : 5-27 u/l

Total Serum Protein : 6-8g/dl

Albumin : 3.2-4.5g/dl

Total Serum Bilirubin : 0.1-1.0mg/dl

Indirect Bilirubin : 0.2-0.8 mg/dl

Direct Bilirubin : 0.1-0.3 mg/dl

Urine Bilirubin : Negative

Interpretation and follow up of the test is varying with clinical context and

results. If there are minor abnormalities in the test, the repetition of the test may

conduct after 1 week of test result. If test values are within the range, the

repetition of the test may conduct after the one year of the test result. If there

are chronic abnormalities seen in the results, the repetition of the test may

conduct twice in a week and also consult with the doctors.



10.12.2.2 Pre-employment Medical Examination

For company employees as well as contract-based workers following medical

examination will be carried out:

● Physical Examination.

● Hematology Profile - Complete Blood Count with Differential Count, E S R &

Blood Group & Rh factor.

● Liver Profile - S C G O T, S G P T & Serum Bilirubin.

● Kidney Profile - Blood, Urea, Uric Acid & Creatinine.

● Lipid Profile - Cholesterol, Trigycerides, HDL - Cholesterol – VLDL Cholesterol,

LDL Cholesterol, Cholesterol - HDL Cholesterol Ratio (Risk Factor).

● Infectious Disease Profile - ELISA, HbsAG (Australia Antigen), V D R L.

● General Tests - Routine Urine & Stool Examination

● X - Ray Chest - P A View

● E C G Signed by Cardiologist

● Blood Sugar

● Sonography

Annual Medical Examination

● History & Physical Examination

● Complete Blood Count

● Vision Test – Far, Near &Colour

● Audiometric Test – Air Conduction

● Computerized Electrocardiography

● Computerized Lung Function Test

● Lipid Profile (Cholesterol, HDL Cholesterol, LDL Cholesterol, Triglycerides)

● Liver Function tests (SGPT)

● Kidney Function Test (BUN, Creatinine)

● Thyroid Stimulating Hormone (TSH)

● Digital Retinoscopy (Diabetes, Hypertension, Glaucoma, Age related

● Macular degeneration, Retinitis pigmentosa.)

● More Liver Function tests (Bilirubin, Alkaline phosphatase, Proteins, GGTP)



● S. Calcium (Bone test)

● S Uric acid (test for joints)

● Anaemia Profile (Total Iron, TIBC, % Transferrin saturation

● BCA Test

Annual health report for the Unit #1 of UPL plant is given in Annexure 8.

10.13Rain Water Harvesting

The rainfall received in the area around the Unit # 1 of UPL Plant is 900 mm per

annum.

The rain water harvesting system is installed at UPL Unit 1 for Boiler House,

administration building and laboratory building. The roof top rain water is

collected and stored in underground sump. The stored rain water is used in

Boiler Make up, flushing, washing & gardening requirements. Total 250 Sq M

Roof Top Area has been utilised for roof top rain water harvesting. The first rain

water is sent to existing effluent treatment plant and afterwards collected and

used. The photographs showing existing roof top rain water harvesting are given

below.



10.14 Odour Control Action Plan

At the plant, some of the hazardous chemicals / solvents are odorous and may

create odour. Therefore, well-planned odour control system to reduce the odour

is already available at the plant. Odour control action plan comprise the following

measures:

● All odorous / toxic chemicals are handled in bulk through close piping.

Handling of such chemicals in carboys is not allowed.

● Vent condensers have been provided on the solvent and odorous chemical

storages tanks.

● Pumps with mechanical seal for odorous chemicals or usage of seal-less

pumps for solvents have been implemented.

● Process Scrubbers with proper scrubbing media

● Usage of scrubbers or carbon adsorption system to take of emissions from

storage tanks

● Usage of closed sampling system to avoid odour problem

The source of odour at the plant and its control measure is given below in Table

10.5.

Table 10.5: Main Odorous compounds, Properties, Exposure, Type of

Odour and Its Health Impact

Compound Properties Exposure

&Odour

Health impact

Ammonia (NH3) Colorless, stable

at Room temp

TWA-50ppm,

Ammonia can

strong, high

corrosive in

presence of Cu

and its alloys

Exposure can

cause Coughing,

chest pains

Difficulty in

breathing

Chlorine (Cl2) Greenish Yellow

gas, Extremely

reactive

TLV-0.5 ppm,

pungent

suffocating bleach

Can cause itching

and burning of the

Eyes, nose, throat



Compound Properties Exposure

&Odour

Health impact

like odour

Hydrogen

Sulphide (H2S)

Colorless gas,

stable, highly

Inflammable

TWA-10 ppm,

smell, of Rotten

eggs

High toxic may be

fatal if inhaled.

Skin Contact may

cause burns

Carbon Disulfide

(CS2)

Colorless and

Flammable gas

ACGIH TWA 1ppm,

Odour Threshold:

0.05 mg/m3

Extremely

hazardous in case

of skin contact

(irritant), of

ingestion, of

inhalation)

Tri Methyl

Phosphite (TMP)

Colourless Liquid

with a

Characteristic

Pungent Order

TLV-TWA: 10

mg/m3 (2ppm),

Odour Threshold:

0.0001 ppm

(ACGIH)

Skin Eyes and

Mucous Membrane

irritants

Di Methyl

Sulphate (DMS)

Colorless oily

liquid, odorless to

a faint onion-like

odor

Odour Threshold not

established as perUSEPA, IDLH: 7ppm

(NIOSH),

Extremely toxic

vapors and liquid -

- a few whiffs or

contact on skin

could be fatal.

Source : Materials Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) and “A Comprehensive Guide to

the Hazardous Properties of Chemical Substances by Pradyot Patnaik (A John

Wiley & Sons, Inc Publication, 2007)

Odor control action plan implemented at the existing plant are given in Table

10.6.



Table 10.6: Odor Control Action Plan Implemented at Existing Plant

Sr.

No.

Source Action Plan

1) Provided process scrubber as per

process emission requirement.

Closed handling system for various

chemicals and products and

connected to scrubber

2) Use of ISO tankers for

Hazardous Chemicals and Closed

transfer system.

Usage of seal less pumps for

transferring of toxic/hazardous

chemicals

3) Mechanical seals for certain

reactors to prevent leakage of

hazardous chemicals

Regular inspection and Preventive

maintenance of pumps, valves,

pipes etc., as per maintenance

software (SAP).

4) Online sensors for Hazardous

Chemicals like Cl2, Ammonia etc.

Ammonia and Chlorine sensors

provided

Odour generating operations and proposed control measures for proposed

expansion of UPL’s existing plant are given Table 10.7.

Table 10.7: Odour Generating Operations and Activities

after Proposed Expansion of Existing Plant

Sr.

No.Probable sources Proposed Control measures

1) Pumps handling odorous

chemicals

● Use of mechanical seals in

pumps and compressors, and

seal less pump if feasible

● Proper maintenance of pipelines

and pipe-fittings

● Online sensors for Hazardous

Chemicals like Chlorine, and

Ammonia etc.

2) At reactors during charging of ● Provide dedicated measuring



Sr.


liquid chemicals and solid

chemicals as well as during

process reactions and process

operations

tank for each reactor

● Closed loop pumping of Liquid

raw materials

● Process scrubber as per process

emission requirement.

3) Pressure Relief Valve

Emissions from pipelines

● To be connected to APCD in case

of toxic gases

4) Release from Sampling Lines ● Using a closed loop sampling

system.

5) Emissions from Bulk Storage

Tanks during storage, loading

and unloading

● ISO tankers for Hazardous

Chemicals and Closed transfer

system.

● Provided breather valves, PSVs,

rupture discs & Install vapor

recovery systems.

6) Leaks from Valves, Flanges,

plugs and instrument

`connections

● Use Welded

pipes

wherever

feasible

● Suitable

gasket

material to be

used

●Suitable gland

packing to be

used in valves

●Regular

inspection and

Preventive

maintenance

7) Chemical vapor from wet cake

in filtration and drying area

● Adopt covered transfer systems

and fume extraction systems

wherever required

● Provide PPE to workers

8) storing drums and bags in

warehouse

● Local exhausts and roof top

ventilators

● Prevent spillage by providing drip

pans, proper handling



Sr.


equipment, min. manual

operations

9) Open effluent collection drains

and conc. effluent storage

open tanks

● Effluent drains shall be covered

with minimum inspection covers

● Concentrated effluent shall be

stored in closed tanks wherever

possible

10.15Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) Programme

At UPL, Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) programmes have been in practice

since decades. The goal of ESC is to be responsible for social activities and

encourage a positive impact through these activities on the environment,

consumers, employees, communities, stakeholders and all other related spheres.

M/s. UPL Ltd is committed towards Social Responsibilities, and it’s a pleasure to

involve in such efforts and budget will be planned for 2.5% of the project cost.

UPL Ltd. is continuously involved in various Socio-economic welfare programmes

since 1969 with the inception of its manufacturing operations at Vapi, Gujarat

which indicates an active Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) over the last five

decades. The group has central ESC team for planning and execution of ESC

activities.

Five Year ESC Planning

Proposed expansion capital investment will be Rs 35,343 Lacks. UPL will spent

2.5 % of total capital investment for Enterprise Social Commitment.All ESC

projects in the area will be undertaken in six key focus areas and will be

implemented according to company’s ESC policy. Further, a deep need analysis

study will be conducted to clinically understand the need of society, to estimate

their causes and to make action plan for addressing those needs.



Six Key focus areas of UPL’s ESC:

1) Agriculture Development

2) Health & Sanitation

3) Environment & Nature Conservation

4) Education & Empowerment

5) Employability & Entrepreneurship

6) National & Local Area needs

1. Agriculture Development (UPL KhedutPragati)

UPL KhedutPragati Program is an Agriculture Development initiative implemented

by the ESC department of UPL limited. This programme is mainly focused on

agriculture development because agriculture is the backbone of rural India. More

than 70% of the total population is dependent directly or indirectly on agriculture

for its subsistence. Considering the situation surrounding area, multiple

agriculture projects will be carried out under the umbrella of “UPL KhedutPragati”

UPL Khedut Pragati will be based on making the agriculture more sustainable

and profitable venture for the farmers through increasing the yield of agriculture

produce, reducing the cost of cultivation and better management of natural

resources. The Program/Intervention

UPL Khedut Pragati Program 4000 Farmer Families have been benefited under

ESC as per details given below:

Program/Intervention Duration Program Reach (Till Date)

UPL AKRSP SRI Project 4 Years 1500 Farmers/21 Villages

Dang Paddy DevelopmentProgram

3 Years 354 farmers/10 Villages

Agriculture initiatives atAnkleshwar

2 Years 500 farmers

UPL Centre for AgricultureExcellence

15 Years 13,082 farmers

UPL BoriBagicha Project 2 Years 928 farmers/10Villages




Dang Moringa developmentProgram

2 Years 104 farmers/9 villages

Agriculture Project with Co-operative -Valsad

1 Years 1000 FARMERS/16 Villages

Vapi Agriculture DevelopmentProgram

1 Years 208 farmers

Vandri Cluster DevelopmentProject

1 Years 400 farmers

2. Health and Sanitation

UPL will work on its School Sanitation Programme by making toilet blocks in

surrounding schools and health programme by medical facilities and nursing

education.

UPL’s Health and Sanitation programme details under ESC are given below:

Program/Intervention Duration Program Reach (Till Date)Rotary Hospital, Vapi 40 years OPD Patient/Year: 45,000 To

50,000 IPDPatient/year:10,000 TO 12,000

Sandra Shroff ROFEL College ofNursing, Vapi

13 years 55 students/year

UPL School Sanitation Program 2 years 3000 students and 3000commuters/day

3. Environment & Nature Conservation (VasudhaProgramme)

The strategy envisaged for Nature Conservation is called as UPL

VasudhaProgramme. Vasudha in Sanskrit means the Mother Earth, the giver of

wealth. The UPL VasudhaProgramme is aiming for integrated nature

conservation project involving all stakeholders.

UPL Social Forestry - To enhance the biodiversity by

increasing the forest cover which will give sustainable

livelihood opportunity to local community”.



Eco Club Project - This is an initiative to make the young generation aware

about the importance of protecting nature and maintaining ecological balance.

These clubs are formed in schools and students participate in environment

related activities through these clubs.

Details of Environment & Nature Conservation (VasudhaProgramme) under ESC

are given below:


Eco Club Project 3 years 5000+students

Sarus Conservation Project,Vadodara

2 years 3500 students and 1000villagers

UPL Social Forestry Project 1 years 48,736 tree sapling and1,20,000 mangrove saplingplanted

4. Education & Empowerment

UPL will go for School Development Programme and will have provision for

infrastructure support to government school to enhance the access and to

provide enabling condition for quality education.

Details of Education & Empowerment programme under ESC are given below:

Program/Intervention Duration Program Reach(Till Date)

Smt. Sandraben Shroff GyanDhamSchool, Vapi

16 Years 1600 students / year

Gnyan Dham Eklavya Model ResidentialSchool, Vapi

5 Years 350+students / year

Smt. PushpavatiDevidas ShroffSanskardeepVidyalaAnkleshwar

16 Years 1140 students/ year

Shroff ‘s Rotary Institute of ChemicalTechnology (SRICT), Vataria,Ankleshwar

4 Years 330+ students / Year

GIDC Rajju Shroff ROFEL Institute ofManagement Studies(GRIMS), Vapi

18 Years 120 students/ year

Mobile EducationVanProjecr,Ankleshwar

16 Years 34 Villages



5. Employability & Entrepreneurship

The smallscale industry plays a pivotal role in rural economy in terms of

employment. Our project area has large segment of population which is illiterate

and unemployed. Lack of opportunity makes them incapable to take up jobs so

we have started supporting through Skill based Entrepreneurial training.

Under the Thematic focus of Employability & Entrepreneurship, UPL have formed

women Self Help Group (Jai Yogeshwar Mahila Mandal) to build the capacity of

tribal women at Kachhigam, Block Umargam, District Valsad. UPL have organized

Entrepreneurial Skill Development programme on Artificial Jewellary in

association with Utkarsh Mahila Association. The key topics covered in the

programme were Career and Scope, types of raw materials, types making

instruments, type of products (Mangal Sutra etc.) costing, entrepreneurial and

marketing topics.

Details of Employability & Entrepreneurship programme under ESC are given

below:


Skill Development Initiative UPL

Niyojaniy Kendra

3 Years 817 youth trained and placed

UPL Udyamita 3 Years 1141 women members

Skill Based Entrepreneurial

Development Program

3 Years 783 participants

UPL GoateryProject 1 Years 40 families



6. National and Local Area Need

Being a responsible corporate citizen, UPL always respond to address the local

area need by undertaking development initiative to help our community grow.

We do all need based activity for community around our factory sites.

UPL focus areas will include:

✓ Response to Natural Disaster

✓ Suraksha Abhiyan (Road safety, Girl Safety and Industrial Safety)

✓ Support of Non-Financial Aid

✓ Any other Development Activity

Details of national and local area need programme under ESC are given below:


Industrial Safety Training 3 years 1976 students

Girl Safety Training 3 years 9938 Girls

Road/ Highway Safety Training 2 years 8173 students

Home Safety Training 1 year 292 women

UPL Goatery Project 1 year 40 families

UPL Unnati 1 year 6 community-based

organizations

Global Parli Project 1 year 15 villages

The proposed expansion project of existing UPL plant will provide direct

employment to the people of the area and thousands will get business

opportunity to feed the demand of project and the people working for the

project. Small market will be developed to feed daily demand of the people

working for the proposed project. There is a provision of separate allocation of

fund under ESC and 2.5 % of the total profit gain due to proposed project and

same will be invested for the infrastructure development of the local people of

the area. People will get medical, education and business opportunities. UPL will



conduct need based survey in the area under supervision of local panchayat and

district administration. The needy person will be supported as per requirement.

This will improve infrastructure and economic status of the people living in the

area. Other project proponent will take advantage of developed infrastructure of

the area to set up industry which will further improve infrastructure and

economy of the area.

Tentative Budget for Five-year ESC Plan

The summary of tentative budget for Five-years plan for enterprises social

commitment is given below in Table 10.8. Details of Five Year Budget for

Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) is given in Table 10.9.

Table 10.8: Summary Tentative Budget for Five-year ESC PlanSr.No. Key Focus Area Project Budget (Rs)

1. Agriculture Development UPL KhedutPragati 1,08,82,2032. Health & Sanitation UPL School Sanitation 73,49,196

3. Environment & NatureConservation

UPL Social Forestry 3,33,74,787

4. Education & Empowerment School Education & UPLUdyamita 1,01,13,572

5. Employability &Entrepreneurship

UPL Niyojaniy& Skilldevelopment. 1,12,66,519

6. National & Local Areaneeds

UPL GramPragati42,34,215

Total 7,72,20,492



Table 10.9: Five Year Budget for Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

Year

ESC Initiatives For Surrounding 12 Villages

UPL Niyojaniy(Skill

Development)

UPLKhedutPragati

(AgricultureDevelopment)

UPLGramPragati(EmergingLocal area

need)

UPL SchoolSanitation

(Toilet Blocksin School)

SchoolDevelopmentProgramme

UPL VasudhaProgramme(Nature Conservation)

GRANDTOTAL

UPL SocialForestry

(TreePlantation)

SchoolPlantation &

Eco Club

Year 1 1,671,000 1,614,000 628,000 1,090,000 1,500,000 4,690,000 260,000 11,453,000

Year 2 1,921,650 1,856,100 722,200 1,253,500 1,725,000 5,393,500 299,000 13,170,950

Year 3 2,209,898 2,134,515 830,530 1,441,525 1,983,750 6,202,525 343,850 15,146,593

Year 4 2,541,382 2,454,692 955,110 1,657,754 2,281,313 7,132,904 395,428 17,418,581

Year 5 2,922,589 2,822,896 1,098,376 1,906,417 2,623,509 8,202,839 454,742 20,031,369

Grand Total 11,266,519 10,882,203 4,234,215 7,349,196 10,113,572 31,621,768 1,753,019 77,220,492

Note: The proposed plan is based on present understanding of community needs. The needs and aspiration ofcommunity is a dynamic process and keeps on changing. Final ESC plan and fund outlay for different ESCinitiatives will be based on community need at that time






10.16Compliance To Corporate Responsibility For Environmental Protection(CREP) Guidelines

Details of compliance to Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection

(CREP) Guidelines by UPL are discussed below:

10.16.1 Segregation of Waste Streams

UPL has implemented segregation of waste streams as per details given below:

Low COD Streams:The low COD streams generated from boiler, cooling tower,

Mancozeb plant, MCP plant, Flonicamide, SF 10, Hot well water are segregated.

ETP: Primary, secondary and tertiary treatment. Treated effluents are

discharged to FETP of NCT for further treatment and disposal to deep sea

through closed pipeline system.

Aqueous Waste (High TDS) is evaporated by Forced Evaporation System and

Multiple Effect Evaporation System.

FACCO System is installed for high COD effluent and followed by ETP treatment.

Installed RO Plant for treatment of low COD/low TDS streams and treated

permeate is used in cooling towers.

10.16.2 Detoxification and Treatment of High COD Wastes Streams

Organic process residue generated is sent to common incineration system

operated by BEIL.

10.16.3 Efficient Recovery System forSolvents

Solvents are recovered at every possible level and recovery above 95% is

achieved through efficient recovery systems at the plant.



10.16.4 Improvement in Solvent Recovery

By products like Methyl Chloride, Calcium Chloride, Sodium Sulphate, Ammonia

and Di Calcium Phosphate are recovered and sold. The plant is also generating

salt from Evaporation for which UPL trying to get the market. Since salt is a low

cost material, it is difficult to get proper market. Currently, salt is sent to secured

landfill facility for disposal.

10.16.5 Hazardous Air Pollutants Control

Process Scrubber are available for chemicals being handled like Tri Methyl

Phosphite, Phosphorus Tri Chloride and Mancozeb, etc. Air Pollution control

equipment are cleaned regularly. The plant has installed sensing equipment for

Ammonia, Chlorineand CS2. Closed handling system is available for hazardous

chemicals like TMP and CS2.

10.16.6 Control of Fugitive Emissions / VOCs

The following measures as implemented at existing plant, will be adopted for

control of fugitive emissions/VOC after expansion also:

● Fugitive Emission Control: For fugitive emission control, seal less pumps

are used for transfer of TMP. In critical reactors, mechanical seals are

provided.Closed sampling system is also implemented for TMP.

● Material Transferred in closed system

TMP storage/drum filling station are connected to an HCL Scrubber.

Closed sampling system is used.

● LDAR (Leak Detection And Repair)

Regular inspections are carried out with reference to pumps, valves, pipes,

etc. As per maintenance software (SAP), preventive maintenance of the

plants is done.

● VOC Monitoring



VOC Monitoring of ambient air through external agency is carried out.



10.16.7 Upgradation of Incinerator

The plant has stopped incinerator and taken membership of common incineration

system of BEIL at Ankleshwar. Incinerable wastes are sent to BEIL Ankleshwar

since April 2004. Same practice will continue after proposed expansion of the

existing plant.

10.16.8 Bio Assay Test and Toxicity Factor

UPL is/will be conducting Bio Assay & Toxicity Factor (TF) test and will continue

after expansion.

10.17 Budgetary Provisions for EMP Implementation

For implementation of mitigation measures and environmental management plan

for expansion of Unit #1 of UPL, capital cost and recurring expenditure will be

involved. The budgetary estimates for capital cost and recurring expenditure are

given in Table 10.10.

Table 10.10: Budget for EMP Implementation

for Existing and After Expansion

Sr.

No.

Component Particulars Capital

Investment

(Lakhs)

Recurring

Expenditure

per Annum

(Lakhs)

1. Air Dust Collectors/ bag

filters, Process

Vent/Scrubbers/Cyclones.

46.5 50

2. Water Low and high COD/TDS

stream to MEE. ETP

comprising of pre-

primary, primary,

2000 1300



Sr.

No.

Component Particulars Capital

Investment

(Lakhs)

Recurring

Expenditure

per Annum

(Lakhs)

secondary & tertiary

treatment,STP, etc.

3. Rain Water

Harvesting

Installation of RWH

System & Annual

Cleaning of RWH tank

50 5

4. Occupational

Health &

Safety

Health medical checkup

of workers, PPEs for

Workers. Emergency

Preparedness, Fire

hydrant systems, fire

extinguishers, emergency

control room, OHC and

HAZOP study

250 25

5. Resource

Recovery

Methyl Chloride and

Solvents

Included in

ETP and

Waste

management

Included in

ETP and

Waste

management

6. Environment

Monitoring &

Management

Cell

Environment Monitoring

as per monitoring plan

160

7. Enhancement

of Green Belt

Development and

maintenance of green

belt

30 6.0

Total (Rs.) 2376.5 1543



Chapter 11

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

11.1 Introduction

The Unit # 1 of UPL Limited (formerly known as United Phosphorous Limited)

is engaged in manufacturing of pesticides product as Pesticides technical like

Mancozeb, Maneb, Zineb, Ziram, Antracol, Monocrotophos, Dichlorvos

(DDVP), Flonicamide (IKI 1145), Tebuconazole, Sulfosulfuran (SF 10),

Acifluorfen (ACF) and Intermediates like Tri Methyl Phsphite (TMP), Tri Ethyl

Phosphite (TEP), Liquid Formulation Products like Monocrotophos (Phoskill)-

SL, Dichlorvos (DDVP) (DOOM)- EC, Acifluorfen (Acf), Bentazone Sodium

(Galaxy), Tebuconazole, and Solid Formulation Products like Antracol,

Mancozeb, Sulfosulfuran, Flonicamide (IKI 220), Imidacloprid.

The unit had obtained 02 (two) Environmental Clearances for pesticides &

intermediate Chemicals vide letter No.: J.11011/117/2002-IA II dated July

17th, 2003 and J-11011/407/2006-IA-II(I) dated April 4th, 2007 from Ministry

of Environment, Forest and Climate Change in the name of M/sUPL Ltd

Unit#01. The unit has fully implemented Environmental Clearance granted

from MoEF vide letter no J.11011/117/2002-IA II dated July 17th, 2003&The

unit has not implemented environmental clearance Letter No: J-

11011/407/2006-IA-II(I) dated April4 – 2007, which was accordedfor product

mix change without change in quantity of the products and without increasing

pollution load.

The Unit is presently manufacturing 06 Pesticide Technical @ 1520 TPM and

02 Pesticide Intermediate @1120 TPM. It is proposed to expand Pesticide

Technical capacity from 1520 TPM to 5480 TPM by manufacturing 9 pesticide

technical products (6 existing+3 proposed products); Pesticide Specific

Intermediate capacity from 1120 TPM to 2100 TPM (2 existing+1 proposed

Intermediate products).

The total area of Unit#1 of UPL is 1,36,677 sqm. Proposed expansion will be

carried out within existing premises of Unit #1 and investing Rs. 353.43

Crores as capital cost for expansion project.



11.1.1Terms of Reference for EIA Study

The proposal for the proposed project was considered by Expert Appraisal

Committee (EAC) Industry -2 and Standard ToR was issued vide letter no.

No.IA-J-11011/582/2017-IA-II(I) on dated 10th February 2018. Subsequently

after receipt of standard TOR, amendment proposal was submitted for

exemption of public hearing and Zero liquid discharge (ZLD), same was

considered in the 36th Expert Appraisal Committee Meeting held during 24-26

April 2018 and MoM with exemption of public hearing and Zero Liquid

Discharge (ZLD) condition was issued.

11.2 Project description

11.2.1Existing and Proposed Production Capacity

The production capacities of existing and proposed products are given below:



Existing and Proposed Production Capacities after Expansion

Sr.No


(TPM)



(TPM)

TotalCapacity

AfterExpansion

(TPM)

CASNumber

LD50(for Rats -

Oral)


classUse/ Application

CategoryAs per EC

Notification2006

(A) Pesticide Technical Products-Existing and Proposed capacity

1

MancozebOr

650Or

MancozebOr

650Or

1300

8018-01-7

>5,000 mg/kgRef :

PesticideManual

(FifteenthEdition)

Breaks down rapidly in soil,rapidly degraded in

environment by hydrolysis,oxidation, photolysis and

metabolism.


WHO (a.i.) U


(FifteenthEdition)

Control of manyfungal diseases in

a wide range offield crops, fruits,nuts, vegetables,ornamentals, etc.

Ref : PesticideManual (Fifteenth

Edition)

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Fungicide)

ManebOr

650Or

ManebOr

650Or

12427-38-2

>5,000 mg/kgRef :

PesticideManual

(FifteenthEdition)

Rapidly degraded inenvironment by hydrolysis,oxidation, photolysis and

metabolism.


WHO (a.i.) U


(FifteenthEdition)

Control of manyfungal diseases infield crops, fruits,nuts, vegetables,ornamentals, turf

etc.Ref : Pesticide

Manual (FifteenthEdition)

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Fungicide)

ZinebOr

650Or

ZinebOr

650Or

12122-67-7

>5,200 mg/kgRef :

PesticideManual

(FifteenthEdition)





WHO (a.i.) U


(FifteenthEdition)

Control of downymildews in vines,

hops, lettuce,onions, spinach,

brassicas, oilseedrape, tobacco, and

ornamentals.Ref : Pesticide

Manual (Fifteenth

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Fungicide)



Sr.No


(TPM)



(TPM)

TotalCapacity

AfterExpansion

(TPM)

CASNumber

LD50(for Rats -

Oral)



CategoryAs per EC

Notification2006

Edition)

ZiramOr

650Or

ZiramOr

650Or

137-30-4

2068 mg/kgRef :

PesticideManual

(FifteenthEdition)

In soil, aerobic DT50 42 hours.


WHO (a.i.) III


(FifteenthEdition)

Fungicidal controlin pome fruit,

stone fruit, nuts,vines, vegetablesand ornamentals;

in particular,control of scab inapples and pears.


Edition)

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Fungicide)

Antracol(existing andproposed)

650Antracol

65012071-83-9





WHO (a.i.) U


(FifteenthEdition)

Control of downymildew, black rots,

red fire diseaseand grey mould on

vines; scab andbrown rot on

apples and pears,leaf spot disease

on stone fruit.Ref : Pesticide


A-5(b)Pesticide

(Fungicide)

-- -- Antracol or 500 50012071-83-9


Manual(Fifteenth



WHO (a.i.) U

Ref :Pesticide

Control of downymildew, black rots,

red fire diseaseand grey mould on

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Fungicide)



Sr.No


(TPM)



(TPM)

TotalCapacity

AfterExpansion

(TPM)

CASNumber

LD50(for Rats -

Oral)



CategoryAs per EC

Notification2006

Edition) Manual(FifteenthEdition)

vines; scab andbrown rot on

apples and pears,leaf spot disease

on stone fruit.Ref : Pesticide


Zineb(combinedcapacity)

12122-67-7

>5,200 mg/kgRef :

PesticideManual

(FifteenthEdition)





WHO (a.i.) U


(FifteenthEdition)

Control of downymildews in vines,

hops, lettuce,onions, spinach,

brassicas, oilseedrape, tobacco, and

ornamentals.Ref : Pesticide


A-5(b)Pesticide

(Fungicide)

2

MonocrotophosOR

Dichlorovos(DDVP)

(CombinedCapacity)

760OR760

Monocrotophos 740 15006923-22-4

18 mg/kgRef :

PesticideManual

(FifteenthEdition)

Rapidly degraded in soil, DT50

1-5 days


WHO (a.i.) Ib


(FifteenthEdition)

Control of broadspectrum of pests,including sucking,

chewing andboring insects,

and spider miteson cotton, citrus,

olives, rice, maize,sorghum,

sugarcane, sugarbeet, peanuts,potatoes, soya

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Insecticide)



Sr.No


(TPM)



(TPM)

TotalCapacity

AfterExpansion

(TPM)

CASNumber

LD50(for Rats -

Oral)



CategoryAs per EC

Notification2006

beans,vegetables,

ornamentals andtobacco.

Dichlorovos 760 760 62-73-7

50 mg/kgRef :

PesticideManual

(FifteenthEdition)

Non- persistent in environment,with rapid decomposition in

atmosphere.


WHO (a.i.) Ib


(FifteenthEdition)

Control ofhousehold andpublic health

insect pests andalso use as a

veterinaryanthelmintic


Edition)

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Insecticide)

3Sulfosulfuron

(SF-10)OR

60OR


OR60 120

141776-32-1

>5,000 mg/kg


FifteenthEdition)

Soil DT50 32 days;Photodegradation DT50 3

days; degradation in water /sediment system was fairly

rapid DT50 32 days for river.


EPA(formulation)

III


(FifteenthEdition)

Has demonstratedactivity for the

control of annualbroad leaved

weeds and grassweeds in cereals.Also for use onnon-crop sites


Edition)

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Herbicide)



Sr.No


(TPM)



(TPM)

TotalCapacity

AfterExpansion

(TPM)

CASNumber

LD50(for Rats -

Oral)



CategoryAs per EC

Notification2006

TebuconazoleOR

60OR

TebuconazoleOR

107534-96-3

4000 mg/kgRef :

PesticideManual

(FifteenthEdition)

The degradation oftebuconazole in soil under field

conditions, the compounddegraded much more rapidly,

and did not accumulate in longterm studies (3-5 y)


WHO (a.i.) III


(FifteenthEdition)

Used as a seeddressing, is

effective againstvarious smut andbunt diseases ofcereals, such as

Tilletia spp.,Ustilago spp. And

Urocystis spp.Ref : Pesticide


A-5(b)Pesticide

(Fungicide)

Acifluorfen 60 Acifluorfen62476-59-9

1540 mg/kgRef :

PesticideManual

(FifteenthEdition)

Will be moderately quicklydegraded, degradation occurs

through microbial activity.


WHO (a.i.) III


(FifteenthEdition)

Used post-emergence for thecontrol of annual

broad-leavedweeds, with some

effects ongrasses, in soyabeans, peanuts

and rice.Ref : Pesticide


A-5(b)Pesticide

(Herbicide)



Sr.No


(TPM)



(TPM)

TotalCapacity

AfterExpansion

(TPM)

CASNumber

LD50(for Rats -

Oral)



CategoryAs per EC

Notification2006



100 150158062-

67-0

884 -1768mg/kg


(FifteenthEdition)

Soil/Environment DT50 (4soils) 0.7-1.8 d (mean 1.1 d)


--

Foliar, selectiveaphicide; also

effective againstsome other

sucking insects.For use in fruit,

cereals, potatoes,cotton andvegetables.


Edition)

A-5(b)Pesticide

5 Metalaxyl 0 Metalaxyl 500 50057837-19-1

633 mg/kg


(FifteenthEdition)

In soil DT50 29 days; DT50 inwater 22-48 days.


WHO (a.i.) III


(FifteenthEdition)

To controldiseases, causedby air- and soil-

bornePeronosporales of

a wide range oftemperate,

subtropical andtropical crops.


Edition)

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Fungicide)



Sr.No


(TPM)



(TPM)

TotalCapacity

AfterExpansion

(TPM)

CASNumber

LD50(for Rats -

Oral)



CategoryAs per EC

Notification2006

6 Karphos 0 Karphos 150 150 18854-01-8

180-242mg/kg


(FifteenthEdition)

DT50 in soil 3-7 days.


WHO (a.i.) Ib


(FifteenthEdition)

Effective againstAphididae,Coccidae,

Diaspididae andMargarodidae incabbages, citrusand ornamentals.

Ref: PesticideManual (Fifteenth

Edition)

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Insecticide)

7 Imazapic 0 Imazapic 500 500115136-

53-3

> 5000 mg/kg


(FifteenthEdition)

The primary route ofdegradation in soil is via

microbial activity; DT50 31-410days, depending on soil and

climatic conditions.


EPA(formulation)

III


(FifteenthEdition)

For post and pre-emergence

residual control ofa wide variety of

annual andperennial weeds

in pasture,rangeland andnon-cropland

areas.

A-5(b)Pesticide

(Herbicide)

Total – A 1520 Total – A 3960 5480

(B) Pesticide Specific Intermediate chemicals- Existing and Proposed capacity

8

AminoAcetoNitirile

Sulphate(AANS)

0

AminoAcetoNitirile

Sulphate(AANS)

100 1005466-22-8

No dataAvailable


Scientific

No further relevant informationavailable

Ref: SDS ThermoFisherScientific

Acute Toxicity(Oral) –

Category 3(H301)


SU24 ScientificResearch andDevelopment


Scientific

A-5(b)



Sr.No


(TPM)



(TPM)

TotalCapacity

AfterExpansion

(TPM)

CASNumber

LD50(for Rats -

Oral)



CategoryAs per EC

Notification2006

Scientific

9TrimethylPhosphite

OR

1120OR

TrimethylPhosphite

OR

880OR

2000(CombinedCapacity)

121-45-9

Ref:MSDS

1600 mg/kgRef: MSDS

No information available

Ref: MSDS

EU - GHSSubstance

ClassificationAcute Toxicityoral Category

4;(H302),

ReproductiveToxicity

Category 2(H371)

Ref: MSDS

Used primarily asan intermediate inthe manufacture

of pesticides.

Ref: MSDS

A-5(b)

10Tri Ethyl

Phosphite1000

Tri EthylPhosphite

1000

122-52-1

Ref:MSDS

Oral 3720mg/kg

Ref: MSDS

Readily biodegradableRef: MSDS

EU - GHSSubstance

ClassificationFlammable

LiquidCategory 3;

H226Ref: MSDS

Used primarily asan intermediate inthe manufacture

of pesticides

Ref: MSDS

A-5(b)

Total- B 1120 Total- B 980 2100

Total (A+B) 2640 Total (A+B) 4940 7580

* No Product is banned (as per CIB) from above table.



EIA/EMP Report for Capacity Expansion of Manufacturing Capacity of ExistingProducts and Manufacturing of New Pesticides, Intermediate Chemicals (Unit # 1),Plot No.- 117/118, Notified Industrial Estate, GIDC, Ankleshwar(Gujarat)


11.2.2 By Product List (Existing and After Expansion)

Total 18 no’s of by products are proposed to be generated after expansion.

From the existing plant, 155184 MT/Annum by products are generated while

after expansion total 346598 MT/Annum by products will be generated. All

byproducts will be sold to market or disposed as per applicability of

Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management & Transboundary Movement)

Rules 2016 based on applicability.

Salt Generation from Evaporation (Before and After Expansion)

Unit #1 of UPL evaporates residues to produce salt from various pesticide

manufacturing processes. Total 2204 MT/ annum salt is generated from

evaporation system at the existing plant. After expansion of the plant,

additional 4124 MT/ annum salt will be generated. Total salt generation from

existing plant and after expansion will be 6328 MT/Annum.

Resource Optimization/Recycling And Reuse at Unit 1 of UPL

UPL has developed system for Min. 95% solvent recovery at existing units &

same technology will be utilized at proposed expansion. Steam condensate

will be recycled in the cooling tower as implemented for production of existing

products. The generated by products will be separately collected and stored

at designated area for sale to local parties or authorized users of by products

as per applicability of regulation / standards. More effective scrubbers for

emission in limits and dust filter/separators.

Condensing Economizer with O2 Trim provided for Energy Conservation in

Boiler.

Valuable Products recovery from waste streams Ethanol, Methanol,

CalciumChloride, Di Calcium Phosphate (DCP) and Hydro Chloric Acid

(HCl), Ammonia, Methyl Chloride, Sodium Sulphate, Sodium

Hydrosulfide(NaHS), Sodium Bisulpite, Sodium Bromide.

About 50% steam condensate recycled to Boiler.

Recycle of empty drums used for organic residue handling sent to BEIL for

treatment and recycle.



RO permeate recycled and reused to process.

After proposed expansion the domestic waste water will be treated

separately to new STP and treated water will be used to green belt and

process.

11.2.3Utilities and Water Requirements

Total power requirement for UPL’s existing plant is 11462 kW. After proposed

expansion, total power requirement will be 32653 kW and same will be

supplied from DGVCL. There are two existing DG sets having capacity of 1x

1250 KVA and 1x 500 KVA. After expansion proposed one additional DG Set

1250 KVA (1 No.) will be installed as standby source of electricity to meet the

power requirement in case of grid power failure.

UPL have existing cooling towers with 10000 TR and after proposed

expansion additional 12868 TR at temperature drop of nearly 5.5oC. After

proposed expansion total capacity of cooing tower will be 22868 TR.

Total steam requirement for existing plant at full production of UPL Plant is

about 30 tph, which is meet through three nos of 10 tph capacity natural gas

fired boilers. To meet the steam requirement after expansion of the plant,

existing boilers (3 X 10 TPH) will be replaced with natural gas fired two

boilers 30 TPH capacity each and one boilers 35 TPH capacity boiler.

At the existing Unit # 1, UPL has total 674 TR capacities chilled brine plants

for various pesticide manufacturing processes. After proposed expansion

additional 674 TR capacities chilled brine plants with temperature drop of

nearly -15oC will be required. After proposed expansion total capacity of

chilling brine plants will be 1348 TR.

Total existing water consumption at the UPL plant is 1039 KLD. After

proposed expansion, additional water requirement will be 3718 KLD. Total

water consumption after expansion is estimated 4757 KLD. Water





11.3 Description of the Environment

As per ToR, studies were conducted during pre-monsoon season from 8th

March to 7thJune 2018.

11.3.1 Ambient Air Quality

Ambient Air quality monitoring was carried out twice a week at 8 locations for

one season from 7th March to 4th June 2018.

The maximum and minimum concentrations for PM10 were recorded as 94.9

µg/m3 and 54.5 µg/m3, respectively. The maximum concentration of PM10 was

recorded at the Project site and minimum concentration was observed at

village Kapodra.

The maximum and minimum concentrations for PM2.5 were recorded as 56.9

µg/m3 and 31.4 µg/m3, respectively. The maximum concentration was

recorded at Project site and the minimum concentration was recorded at

village Amboli.

Concentration of SO2, NO2, CO, O3, NH3) at all AAQM locations are well within

limits of NAAQS. The concentrations of Benzene, Benzo (a) Pyrene (BaP),

Lead, Arsenic, Nickel, HCl, Cl2, VOC, CS2 and H2S in ambient air quality were

found below detection limit during the study period.

11.3.2 Stack Emission Monitoring

During the study period stack emission monitoring was carried out for all the

stacks at the existing plant. Stack monitoring parameters are within the

permissible emission standards as stipulated in CC&A by GPCB for the existing

Unit #1 of UPL.

11.3.3 Waste Water Generation

423 kld waste water/effluents are generated from the existing unit # 1 of

UPL, which includes 205 kld trade effluents, 64 kld cooling tower blowdown,



18 kl from boiler blowdown, 86 kld MEE condensate of ETP and 50 kld

domestic waste water. The company has effluent treatment plant (400 KLD)

with Primary, secondary & tertiary treatment facilities. The treated effluent

are discharged to Final Effluent Treatment Plant (FETP) of Narmada Clean

Tech. Ltd. (NCT). After expansion, total industrial effluent generation will be

1273 kld. The UPL will expand the capacity of ETP to 1400 kld (1000 kld

additional capacity of proposed ETP). Treated effluent generated from various

processes after expansion will be sent to FETP operated by M/s Narmada

Clean Tech, Ankleshwar, for further treatment and disposal. UPL meets the

following discharge standards for treated effluents as prescribed by GPCB in

CC&A.

The UPL has proposed sewage treatment plant (STP) with 100 KLD Capacity

for treatment of domestic waste water generated at the plant premises after

expansion. The treated water from Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) will be

reused for gardening &process.

11.3.4Hazardous Waste Generation and Disposal

UPL plant generates, various types of hazardous wastes. Details of hazardous

wastes generation, category, quantities, mode of disposal for existing plant

and after proposed expansion are described in Chapter 2 of EIA Report. UPL

is member of Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd (BEIL) at Ankleshwar for

disposal of hazardous wastes as per condition of CC&A by GPCB.

11.3.5 Soil Quality

The soil of the project area are mainly Typic Chromusterts, Fluventic

Ustochrepts and VerticUstropepts as per National Bureau of Soil Survey and

Land Use Planning. Soil of the area are deep to very deep, slightly to

moderately well drained, fine soils on very gently alluvial plain with

moderately erosion and moderately salinity, associated with very deep,

moderately well drained, calcareous, fine soils with slight - moderately

erosion.

11.3.6 Noise Monitoring Details



As per Noise monitoring data, result of day time noise monitoring (06:00 AM

to 10:00 PM) are 51.6-67.2 dB (A) and for night time monitoring (10:00 PM to

06:00 AM) are 41.7-61.6 dB (A) and day and night Leq noise levels are well

within permissible limit.

11.3.7Surface Water Monitoring Details

The surface water sample was collected from GNFC Reservoir, Narmada River

and GIDC Pond during the study period and were analyzed for physical and

chemical parameters. Analysed results for surface water were compared to

the CPCB standard for Designated Best Uses of Water and meeting prescribed

limit.

11.3.8Ground Water Quality

The results of ground water samples collected from the study area were

compared to Indian Standard Specification of drinking water IS: 10500:2012.

Some of analyzed parameters in ground water samples meet acceptable limit

however all the analyzed parameters are meeting permissible limit in the

absence of alternate source as per Indian Standard Specification of drinking

water IS: 10500:2012.

11.3.9Socio Economic Aspects

There are total 97356 households in the study area. Total population of the

study area accounts for 440062. Population density in the study area is 1400

person/km2. sex ratio for the study area is 900. Literacy rate of study area is

75.14 % (79.40 % male and 70.41 %female). Scheduled castes population

accounts 4.1% of the total population of the study area. Scheduled tribes

population accounts for 27.1% of the total population of the study area. In

the study area, total main workers account for 34.16% (53.89% males and

12.23% females) whereas non-workers account for 61.72% (42.21% males

and 83.40% females) and marginal workers are 4.12% (3.9% males and

4.37% females) of the total population of study area.



Presently, UPL #1 is providing employment to 941 personnel. After

expansion, additional manpower requirement will be 1105. Total manpower

requirement after expansion will be 2046 persons.



11.4 Anticipated environmental impacts and mitigation measures

11.4.1 Air quality Modelling and Impact

Incremental Highest 24 hourly GLCs value 2.86 µg/m3 for Particulate Matter

(PM 10 &PM 2.5), 2.49 µg/m3 for Sulphur Dioxide(SO2), 3.59µg/m3 for

Nitrogen Dioxide,0.34 µg/m3 for HCl,0.18 µg/m3 for Cl2,0.19 µg/m3 for

NH3,0.031 µg/m3 for H2S, 0.39 µg/m3 for CS2and0.14 µg/m3 for VOC is

obtained at (+) 500 m, (+) 500 m at distance of 0.707 km and 45o angle

from North (clockwise).

Since the 24-hourly predicted incremental GLC values from UPL Plant after

expansion when added together with 24-hourly baseline values of Particulate

Matter, SO2 and NO2 remain below the 24-hourly ambient air quality

standards of 80 μg/m3 for SO2& NO2 and 100 μg/m3 for PM10 in industrial,

residential, rural and other area. 24 Hourly GLC values for HCl, Cl2, NH3, H2S,

CS2 and VOC are also extremely low and negligible. It is important to mention

that impact of existing plant operation in terms of GLCs values has already

included in baseline air quality values monitored in the at the plant site and in

the study area. Therefore, operation of the plant after expansion will not

cause any appreciable adverse impact on ambient air quality of the study

area.

11.4.2 Mitigation Measures during Construction & Operational Phase

Necessary mitigation measures will be taken to minimize anticipated adverse

environmental impact on environment by implementation of EMP.For issues

related to water pollution, air pollution and hazardous waste management,

following mitigation measures is / will be implemented:

During operation phase after expansion, approx. 1273 kld effluent will be

generated from the plant after proposed expansion and will be treated in ETP

at Unit #1 comprising primary, secondary and tertiary treatment facilities. The

treated effluent will be discharged to Final Effluent Treatment Plant (FETP) of

Narmada Clean Tech. Ltd. (NCT) for further treatment and disposal.



The Unit has/will install process scrubbers, cyclones and bag filters to mitigate

air pollutants generated from the stack emissions.

Hazardous wastes generated is/will be sent to CHWDF&IF of BEIL at

Ankleshwar for landfilling or incineration as applicable.

11.5 Analysis of Alternatives (technology and site)

No alternative site has been proposed for expansion in pesticides, pesticide

intermediates and pesticide formulation plants as expansion is carried out in

existing plant premises. The project site for expansion is situated in notified

industrial area of GIDC, Ankleshwar.

11.6Environmental Monitoring Plan

Post project environmental monitoring is/will be done as per

MoEF&CC/CPCB/GPCB guidelines by following recommended/standard

method approved by MoEF&CC/CPCB. The cost of monitoring plan for

construction phase (12 months) of the proposed expansion is estimated as

Rs. 1,60,000/- while for operation phase cost of monitoring plan is estimated

as Rs. 11,73,200/-. During operation phase environmental monitoring will be

carried out every year.

11.7 Additional Studies – Risk Assessment

Qualitative and quantitative both risk have been analysed for the existing and

proposed expansion of Unit #1. Specific mitigation measures for safety at

storage areas for hazardous chemicals and safety systems / safeguards /

control measures to reduce risk of fire, explosion and toxic release, disaster

preparedness and emergency management plan has also been developed.To

minimize the risk and to enhance the safety at the plant after expansion, risk

mitigation measures suggested in study will be implemented after expansion.

11.8 Project Benefits

After expansion of the Unit #1, additional 1105 persons will be employed at

various levels. Total workforce requirement after expansion of Unit # 1 will be

2046 persons. As proposed expansion of Unit #1 will be located within



existing plant and notified industrial area, the proposed project will not have

any adverse socio-economic impact on the area. The project will encourage

industrial growth of pesticide sector specifically in formulation units in the

region. The company will have market growth of its own brands name in

various overseas countries. The company will carter pesticide products needs

of the domestic market also. As pesticide products will be used by farmers,

agricultural growth and high crop yield will be ascertained. The project will

enhance tax benefits to the country and foreign exchange savings. The UPL

undertakes various social activities in area and region. UPL supports nursing

college, MBA College, Gyandham School, agriculture development, health &

sanitation, environment & nature conservation, education & empowerment,

employability & entrepreneurship and national & local area needs.

11.9 Environmental Management Plan

During construction phase materials will be transported through covered

trucks. Construction activities will be carried out during day time only. Regular

water sprinkling will done to reduce dust concentration in the atmosphere.

PPEs will be provided to workers and first aid facilities shall be kept at

designated locations during construction phase.

During operation phase the UPL will maintain comprehensive environment

management plan in place for the proposed unit which will covers all the

environment protection measures to mitigate adverse environmental impact.

High TDS effluent stream is/will be treated in MEE. While low COD low TDS

effluent will be treated in ETP at the plant. Treated effluent is/will be

discharged in FETP, Ankleshwar. Natural gas (furnace oil) will be used as fuel

in boilers hence negligible flue gas emissions. UPL has already prepared

elaborated strategy for collection, storage and disposal of hazardous wastes

to Common Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility and Incineration Facility of

Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd (BEIL) at Ankleshwar and recyclable

hazardous wastes are sold to authorized cyclers. Empty barrels/ containers

are sent to BEIL, Dahej for decontamination / detoxification.

11.9.1 Green Belt Development


tree will be felled. At present at the plant total 33402 sqm green belt have



been developed by planting indigenous trees species. The UPL has developed

in house nursery since 1993-94 and donates 1000-2000 no of saplings per

annum without charges to surrounding area. The unit has received approval

from NHAI for development of additional green belt adjacent to compound

wall of unit. The unit has signed agreement for development of 1,82,108 sqm

(45 Acres) of land with green belt from ~ 3 km distance at survey no

611/613/614/615 & 616 located at village – Mandva.

11.10Conclusions

The site of expansion of existing Unit #1 is located in GIDC Notified Industrial

area, Ankleshwar and would not have any considerable impact on

environment with efficient mitigation measures implemented. With the

implementation of the mitigation measures and EMP, the proposed project

activities will have positive beneficial effect on the local population, economic

output and other related facilities viz. employment generation, development

of business, transportation etc. Risk assessment including emergency

response plan and DMP has been prepared to handle any sort of

emergencies. It has been concluded that the project would not have any

considerable impacts on environment as well as socio-economic and

ecological conditions of the project area after expansion. Therefore, the

proposed project is considered to be environmentally safe.



Chapter 12

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

12.1 The Consultant

M/s Shivalik Solid Waste Management Limited (SSWML) has been appointed by

M/s UPL Ltd (Unit#1, Ankleshwar) as consultant to carry out Environmental

Impact Assessment study of the proposed expansion of the existing pesticides

plant of Unit # 1 at Ankleshwar.

12.2 Profile of Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd.

Brief profile of SSWML is as given below:

Name of the Consultancy

CompanyM/s. Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd.

Address

Registered Office:

Village-Majra, P.O. Dabhota, Tehsil Nalagarh,

Distt. Solan, Himachal Pradesh – 174101

Phone/Telefax: 01795-260427, 260227

Zirakpur Office:

SCO 20-21, 2ndFloor, Near Hotel Dolphin, Baltana,

Zirakpur Punjab- 140604 Phone/Telefax: 01762–

509496

E-mail [email protected]

[email protected]

Website www.sswml.net

Nature of Services

Treatment, Storage & Disposal Facility, EIA

Consultancy, Environmental, Health & Safety

Auditing, EMS, Environmental Monitoring &

Laboratory Analytical Services, Waste water

Management, Energy Audit, Greens Concept

Development, etc.



Shivalik Solid Waste Management Limited (SSWML), Nalagarh is offering high

quality technical services in the field of EIA, Environment, Health & Safety (EHS),

and Environmental Monitoring & Laboratory Analytical Services etc. SSWML is

supported by distinguished professionals, engineers, scientists etc. SSWML

Professionals have excellent experience in executing EIA and other

environmental projects.

For Environmental Monitoring related work SSWML has in-house laboratory

approved by NABL. The following experts are associated with SSWML for EIA and

Environmental projects. The following experts are associated with SSWML for

EIA and Environmental projects.

12.3 EIA Coordinator and Functional Area Experts

Details of EIA Coordinator and Functional Area Experts involved in the EIA report

of UPL Limited (Unit #1at Ankleshwar) are given in Table 12.1.Team Members

(TM) andFAA (Functional Area Associate) Associated with the study are given in

Table 12.2.

Table 12.1: EIA Coordinator and Functional Area Experts(FAEs) for the Project

S.

No.

Functional Areas Name of the

Expert/s

Involvement

(Period &Task**)

I. EIA Coordinator Mr.Ashok Kumar

Sharma

January 2018 –till date

EIA Co-Coordinator Mr. Vinod Kumar

Gautam

February 2018 to till date

II. Functional Area Expert

1. AP*(Air Pollution

Monitoring, Prevention

& Control)

Ms. Daksha Gupta Quantification of Airpollution and Assessment ofImpacts.

Period of Involvement: Mar

2018 –till date



S.

No.


Expert/s

Involvement

(Period &Task**)

2. RH*(Risk Assessment &Hazard Management)

Mr. Ashok Kumar

Sharma& Mr. Vinod

Kumar Gautam

Assisted approved FAEduring study periodCoordinating safety studies,finalization of DMP,contribution to RA/DMP

Documentation andcontribution to EIAdocumentation.

3. WP*(Water PollutionMonitoring, Prevention& Control)

Dr P N

Parameswaran&Mr

Snehal R.

Lokhandwala

Quantification of waterpollution and Assessment ofImpacts.


2018 –till date.

4. SHW*(Solid and HazardousWaste Management)

Ms. Daksha Gupta&

Mr. Vinod Kumar

Gautam& Dr. P N

Parameswaran

Quantification of Solid &Hazardous Waste andAssessment of Impacts.


2018 –till date


SayantaniChaterjee Collection and Compilationof Socio-economic data.scenario and CSR Plan.

Period of Involvement: Mar2018 –till date

6. EB* (Ecology &Biodiversity)

Dr. I. S. Dua,

MrSilbhadra Brahma &

Shivani Dutt.

Conducted primary surveywork at site, collectedinformation about flora andfauna from Forestdepartment and checked.Period of Involvement: Mar

2018 –till date.

7. HG* (Hydrology,Ground Water & WaterConservation)

Yamesh Sharma Provided guidance on

Hydrology aspects of the

EIA Report.



S.

No.


Expert/s

Involvement

(Period &Task**)

8. GEO* (Geology) Subhash Chander

Sharma

Geology and

geomorphologic analysis

based on secondary data.

9. SC* (SoilConservation)

BS Lole. Interpretation of baseline

data of soil analysis and its

interpretation. Preparation

of draft report considering

impact and mitigation on

Soil as per guidelines.

Table 12.2: Team Members (TM) and FAA(Functional Area Associate)Associated with the Study

S.No.

Functional Areas Name of theTM/FAA

Involvement(Period & Task**)

1. AP*(Air PollutionMonitoring, Prevention& Control)

Vishal Kalhapure Assisted approved FAEPeriod of Involvement:during study period. AssistedFAE in Site visit, checking airquality data, evaluation ofresults of Ambient Air QualityMonitoring (AAQM).

2. WP* (Water PollutionMonitoring, Prevention& Control)

Kashyap Bhatt Assisted approved FAEduringstudy period. Assistedapproved FAE, in selection ofsampling locations forsurface and ground watersampling, evaluation ofwater pollution controlmanagement, identificationof impacts, suggestion ofmitigation measures,contribution to EIAdocumentation.

3. SHW* (Solid andHazardous WasteManagement)

Vishal Kalhapure Assisted approved FAE inIdentification of solid andHazardous Wastesgenerated, designs fortemporary storage facilities



S.No.

Functional Areas Name of theTM/FAA

Involvement(Period & Task**)

for hazardous wastes,mitigation measures formanagement of hazardouswaste, contribution to theEIA documentation.

4. SC* (SoilConservation)

S. Brahma (TM) &Sanjay Sharma (TM)

Assisted approved FAE andsite visited and collection ofbase line data of soil analysisand along with fieldobservation, Preparation ofdraft report.

5. NV* (Noise &Vibration)

Niraj Kumari Parihar Assisted approved duringstudy period, analysis ofdata, identification ofimpacts and mitigationmeasures, and contributionto EIA documentation.

6. RH* (Risk Assessment& HazardManagement)

Baseem Zafar Assisted approved FAEduring study periodCoordinating safety studies,finalization of DMP,contribution to RA/DMPDocumentation andcontribution to EIAdocumentation.

7. AQ* (Meteorology, AirQuality Modeling &Prediction)

Baseem Zafar Assisted approved inchecking air quality data,evaluation of results ofAmbient Air QualityMonitoring (AAQM), andcontribution to EIAdocumentation& compilationof report.

8. SE* (Socio-economics) Sunita Dhirta Assisted approved FAE inCollection and Compilation ofSocio-economic data.



Documents

UPL Limitedenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/... · 1.4.1 Salient Features and Details of Proposed Project 1-5 1.4.2 Location of the Project 1-11 1.4.3 Importance of the